Samskrtasubodhini. A Sanskrit Primer. (M.deshpande) (2007)
Samskrtasubodhini. A Sanskrit Primer. (M.deshpande) (2007)
Samskrtasubodhini. A Sanskrit Primer. (M.deshpande) (2007)
By
Dedicated
to
(1852-1903 )
my great-grand-mother's maternal uncle
who was
the first Professor ofSanskrit
(at the Free Church College, Bombay)
in our family
and
whose stories inspired me
since my childhood
to follow in his footsteps
CONTENTS
Preface Sanskrit Language Lesson 1. Sanskrit Alphabet Lesson 2. Verbs: First conjugation, active (qt~ql4:;p present tense Personal Pronouns: Nominative Lesson 3. Masculine and Neuter Nouns in aJ Prepositions Personal Pronouns: Accusative Sandhi: anusvara, visarga Lesson 4. Verbs: Fourth, Sixth, Tenth Conjugations, active (q t~qrq;!f) ... Negation and Some Connectives: :;:r, =if, Pages xi xiii
1 29
35
45
CiT,
Lesson 5. Lesson 6. Lesson 7. Lesson 8. Lesson 9.
'(!If
Sandhi: ,. ~ OJ Explanation of Cases Active (qt~qrq1) Verbs: Past Imperfect, Imperative, Potential Declensions of Personal Pronouns Use of Indeclinables Feminine Nouns in 3lT, 3l Pronouns: ~, liC[, '(!(fC( Masculine Nouns in ~ and 'J' Feminine Nouns in ~ and 'J' Sandhi: visarga, vowels Middle (3'lI?i~q (41) Verbs: Present Tense Sandhi: vowels Middle (3'lk;q~q 141) Verbs: Past Imperfect, Imperative, Potential Affixes: ~ Gerunds and Infinitives Masculine and Feminine Nouns in i Sandhi: consonants
53 61 67 73 79
f,
87
93
fir,
99 107
vii
113
121
129
139
145
155
165
m)
'\
171
175
185
191
203
213
223
231
237
245
251
261
279
285
293
303
313
viii
327
339
353
363
371
377
383
389
391
393
395
397
399
401
403
405
407
411
417
1. ~'iT
2. ~lf;a81i.fl'1T
419
453
ix
PREFACE
To
The Fourth Reprint Edition
I started working on this book around 1976 and almost twenty generations of my students at Michigan used its successively im proved versions before the book was finally officially published in 1997. During its long pre-publication life, this book received attention and assistance from a number of my students, especially Ann Wehmeyer, Sandy Huntington, Brian Akers, Patrick Pranke, and Jonathan Silk. Professor Gudrun Buhnemann (Wisconsin) and Profes sor Stella Sandahl (Toronto) have also offered suggestions for Professor Thomas Hudak (Arizona) offered improving the book. invaluable help in preparing the camera-ready copy of the book and made suggestions for formal consistency. Besides these students and colleagues, I also want to thank (Late) Pt. N.N. Bhide and Professor S.D. Laddu of Pune for their extensive comments. The current fourth reprint of the book incorporates corrections point ed out by Dr. Gary Tubb (Columbia). With all this help, I still bear the ultimate responsibility for the final shape of the book. This book looks at Sanskrit as a productive language, rather than as a dead language which can only be deciphered. I have not insisted on each Sanskrit example being a citation from a classi cal text, though many examples are versions of classical passages modified to fit the level of grammar covered in a given lesson. I have personally contributed poems, plays, and serious writing, and have participated in literary and Sastric debates in Sanskrit. Therefore, I have not felt shy in composing Sanskrit passages myself, though I have deliberately kept modernisms of modern Sanskrit at a minimum and have emphasized the classical patterns. The book is expressly designed to be introductory. That means it does not pretend to cover and explain all possible nuances of Sanskrit grammar, and does not go into every possible exception to its rules. It deals with the standard classical language, and does not deal with Vedic Sanskrit, or with peculiarities of the epic, Buddhist or other non-standard varieties of Sanskrit. The book is oriented toward learning and teaching Sanskrit as a language, and does not aim at teaching Sanskrit linguistics, either in its Indo-European or PaI).inian dimensions. In this regard, I have been influenced a lot by the textbooks of English, German and French I used to learn these languages. Those students who need more direct access to Sanskrit linguistics should be Similarly, the book directed to specific works in that category. The is not intended to teach Hinduism, Buddhism, or J ainism. examples are inclusive of these traditions, but they also include Sanskrit poetry and satire, and are intended to teach Sanskrit as a language, rather than as a moral, religious, or a mystical code. Each introductory book ultimately needs to make a choice of facts, explanations, and the order and the amounts in which these My facts and explanations should be provided to the student. choice is guided by my own experience of teaching Sanskrit for the past thirty-two years. The book is not designed for self-study, and assumes that the instructor knows a great deal more Sanskrit
xi
than what is contained in this book and can provide more detailed explanations if demanded by students. I hope that the publication of this book will advance the cause of Sanskrit instruction. I have myself composed the bulk of stories and exercises in this book. A few of them are direct quotations from classical works, and others are altered versions of classical passages modified to fit the level of grammar known to the student at a given point. I have not consciously and deliberately excerpted However, there will examples from other Sanskrit textbooks. necessarily be a certain amount of shared examples. I studied Sanskri t since the age of ten, using a wide variety of teaching materials in Marathi, Sanskrit, and English, and these materials have an enormous overlap in cited examples. As a result, it is not possible to attribute a given example to a specific source. I wish to acknowledge my general indebtedness to all the teaching materials I have used over the years to acquire the knowledge of Sanskrit. I am extremely pleased to see that this book is now going into its fourth printing in a short span of seven years. Its success as a basic textbook for teaching Sanskrit is by now self evident. In this fourth reprint, I have made additional correc tions for the minor typographical and other errors which I noticed However, myself, and also those which were pointed out to me. except for these very minor corrections, the book remains identi cal with the first three printings. Ann Arbor, May 27, 2003
Madhav M. Deshpande
xii
SANSKRIT LANGUAGE
Sanskrit is the oldest attested member of the Indo-Aryan language-family, itself a sub-branch of Indo-Iranian, which is in turn a branch of the Indo-European family of languages. The oldest known Indo-Aryan texts, the Vedas, were composed in an archaic form of Sanskri t called Vedic. The oldest among the Vedas, the IJgveda, dates to the middle of the second millennium B.C. and was composed largely in the Northwestern region of the Indian sub-continent. Subsequently, Indo-Aryans moved fprther east and south within the sub-continent, and later Vedic:. texts The late Vedic period continued were produced in these areas. until the middle of the first millennium B.C. In all probability, writing was not known in this period, and the literature relevant for religious ritual was preserved by an extraordinarily accurate oral tradition which survives to this day in many parts of India. One can, however, detect dialectal differences as far back as the IJgveda, and these increased as the Indo-Aryans moved into different regions. With these migrations, the orally transmitted Vedic texts themselves imperceptibly underwent successive alterations, as is evident from the branches and sub-branches of the Vedic textual traditions. The Rgveda was followed by other Vedas, i.e., the Atharvaveda, Yajurveda and Samaveda, in various recensions. These texts consist largely of prayers to Vedic deities composed by the Aryan priests, ritual formulae, curses, incantations, etc., and are generally referred to by the word mantra in the Indian tradition. These were followed by prose compositions, mostly commentatorial and exegetical in nature, called Brahma'1}as, and philosophical and mystical texts known as the U panu,ads. The chronological divisions among these texts are not sharp and there is some overlap, but the language of the early Vedic texts can be neatly distinguished from that of the late Vedic prose. There are traces of vernacular languages, or what are later called Prakrits, even in early Vedic texts, but it is fairly clear that S0111e form of Sanskri t was used as the first language by the Vedic poets. Throughout its history, Sanskrit was influenced by the languages with which it came in contact and, in turn, it influenced them. Even the oldest Vedic texts show some signs of convergence with non-Aryan languages in phonology, syntax and lexicon. Indications of this convergence, only minor in early phases, become more pronounced in later centuries. Sanskrit, as a second language, was also substantially influenced by the first languages of its speakers, be they Indo-Aryan vernaculars such as the Prakrits or non-Aryan tongues such as the Dravidian languages of South India. At the same time, as the elite language par excellence, Sanskrit exerted tremendous influence on Indo-Aryan In almost every case, the literary and non-Aryan vernaculars.
xiii
vernaculars were in fact Sanskritized varieties of these languages. The vernacularization of Sanskrit and the Sanskritization of vernaculars have been simultaneous processes in Indian linguistic history, which have substantially affected every In the case of Sanskrit, the dimension of all these languages. dedicated indigenous tradition of scholarship has helped maintain a certain amount of stability in the morphological structure of the language. A closer examination, however, reveals substantial changes in phonology, syntax and lexicon. The middle of the first millennium B.C. marks a general transition to what is called Classical Sanskrit. Somewhat akin to the language of the late Vedic prose, the Classical language slowly began to lose its standing as a first language to becoming a second - language important for religion and learning acquired through ritual apprenticeship and a study of grammar. By this time, the language of the Vedic hymns, which were orally preserved and recited, was becoming partially unintelligible, and its correct pronunciation and comprehension required deliberate study. This eventually led to the emergence of phonetic analysis, etymological studies, sophisticated recitational techniques, and general exegetical efforts. Eventually, this helped the development of the tradition of Sanskrit grammar. The oldest surviving grammar (i.e., A~tlidhyayi "Grammar in Eight Chapters") is ascribed to Panini who lived in the Northwestern corner of the sub-continent abOl.i.t 500 B.C. It presents a state of affairs in which the Vedic texts were orally preserved and studied, and a form of colloquial Sanskrit was widely used with near-native fluency. However, it also suggests the existence of vernacular languages which are fully attested a few centuries later as the Prakrits or the Middle Indo-Aryan languages. It is unlikely that Sanskrit was Pal).ini's mother-tongue, but it is obvious that it was widely used in various walks of life by different communities and was not restricted to the priestly class or to the context of In later centuries, the sociolinguistics of Sanskrit went ritual. on changing. Eventually, Sanskrit became a fossilized classical language, a second-language of high social prestige restricted generally to ritual and elite learning. The earliest readable inscriptions in India, those of the King ASoka in the 3rd century B.C., are in Prakrits (= Middle The earliest known Indo-Aryan languages) and not in Sanskrit. Sanskrit inscription of any importance comes from the 8aka (= Scythian) ruler Rudradaman (2nd century A.D.). It is important to note that the political patronage of Sanskrit in the ancient times emanated from the foreign rulers of western India and Sanskrit was given the status as the official language by the Guptas and by the "new" ~atriyas. Sanskrit was used by these rulers as a means to integrate themselves into the local society, as did Sakas, or else as a sYlnbol of high status. Sanskrit eventually became the dominant language of inscriptions through the rest of the first millennium A.D. It was used by poets, philosophers, ministers,
xiv
and was the language of technical literature ranging from medicine and mathematics to archery and erotics. While the Classical language generally follows the description given by Prupni, many Sanskrit dialects, differing from P8J,lini's description to varying degrees, are seen in the two great epics, the M ahiibhiimta and the Ra'miiYG'f}llt, in Buddhist and Jain religious texts, in inscriptions and in late popular literature. These varieties are often described by terms such as Epic Sanskrit, Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit, Inscriptional Hybrid Sanskrit, Vernacular Sanskrit, and even Dog Sanskrit. The elite scholastic tradition generally maintained a strict adherence to Pani's grammar, and Classical Sanskrit continues to be written and spoken in traditional Hindu academies to this day. It is a living second language. It has been recognized by the constitution of India as one of the national languages. It is widely used in temple and domestic ritual, to a limited extent for new literary activity and even for a daily news broadcast by the All India Radio. Its knowledge is essential for any non-superficial understanding of the linguistic, religious, social and even poli tical history of the Indian sub-continent. In the field of linguistics, it was the "discovery of Sanskrit" by Sir William Jones and others in the 18th century that led to the development of the field of Indo-European historical and comparative linguistics in the West.
Writing System
In the course of its history, Sanskrit was written in many different scripts, yet the tradition of indigenous phonetics and grammar predates the appearance of writing and analyzes the oral language. The script most commonly used for Sanskrit currently is called Devanagari. It is a syllabic form of writing in which the consonant signs form the core of the written syllable. Vowels coming after the consonant are indicated by various add-on liga tures with the exception of the short a which is inherent in the consonant sign. Vowels are indicated with independent characters only when they appear in the beginning of a word. The organiza tion of Sanskrit alphabet shows a highly sophisticated level of phonetic analysis dating back to the middle of the first mille nnium B.C. A chart of the Sanskrit Devanagari alphabet in the traditional order is given below.
xv
fi
ai
3'u 3;u
;rI
art 0
art au
xt
au
Add-on Vowel-Signs
xT a
x
c:
Txi x1 i x u x, U
\9
x r <20l x e x ai xt
"'
Consonant-Signs (with Inherent a-Vowel) Stops and Nasals +Voice +Voice +Voice -Voice -Voice .Asp +Asp -Asp +Asp -Asp Velar Palatal Cerebral Dental Labial
qik
~
kh ch th
1Tg \ifj
-q gh
~ jh
Sn
T.fc
iJ'
5Jn
11[~
cf
(ft
"0
"64
G t/-h
!f dh
'{ th
Cfd
ifb
';fn
lfm
'tfp
ttl ph
'l'
bh
1:Jy
-Voice
~8
Cfv
+Voice
~h
-Voice
x:
IJ
(Visarga)
xvi
The following provides a sample Sanskrit text printed Devanagari along with the standard Roman transcription:
in
hi n ;\
I I
"There was a powerful king named Nala, the son of Virasena. He was endowed with all desirable virtues, was handsome and was expert in dealing with horses."
Sounds
The Sanskrit sound system has thirteen vowels. Of these, a, i, u, rand l are short, and a, i, ii, 6, 0, ai, and au are long. The fast two are diphthongs, while the rest are monophthongs. An extra-long variety (pluta) of most of these vowels is found occasionally in vocatives, etc. As given in the chart of the alphabet above, Sanskrit has thirty-six consonants, i.e. five series of stops and nasals, four semi-vowels, three voiceless sibilants, a voiced h, a voiceless J.z" and rp, or Anusvlira. In addition, ancient phonetic treatises note numerous variations and disputes concerning the exact nature of some of these sounds, e.g., '1(t and J.z,. Ancient phoneticians, for instance, debate whether '1(t (anusvara) is a vowel or a consonant, and some even consider it to be a sibilant (ii,fman). Modern linguists sometimes question whether the sounds n, n, J.z" '1(t etc. should be considered allophones rather than independent phonemes. Similarly, the indigenous grammarians speak of nasalization of vowels and semi-vowels, yielding sounds like 6, i, '0, v and l. These may also be treated as allophones, and the same is true of extra-long vowels. There has been a great change in the vowels from Indo-European to Sanskrit. To illustrate this change, we may consider the case of diphthongs. For example, the twelve Indo-European diphthongs *ei, *oi, *ai, *eu, *ou, *au, rei, *oi, *ai, *'"'eu, *ou and *au were reduced to four Indo-Iranian diphthongs *ai, *au, *ai and *au. Of these, *ai and *au became the Sanskrit monophthongs e and 0, while *ai and *iiu became Sanskrit ai and au, respectively.
r,
The consonant system of Sanskrit is marked by the opposition of aspirated and unaspirated stops, both voiced and voiceless, in each series. Some consonants are restricted in their use. For example, n appears only before or after palatals, and n only finally or before gutturals (which may subsequently be lost). The sounds hand 8 do not occur at the end of a word, and only k, t, t, p, n, n, m, and If can occur at the end of a sentence. Certain sounds such as jh, which are not of Indo-European origin, occur in
xvii
onomatopoeic expressions or words borrowed from Prakrits or non-Aryan languages. The retroflex or cerebral consonants constitute the chief innovation of Sanskrit. The origin of these sounds is hotly debated, and explanations range from developments internal to Indo-Aryan to borrowing from Dravidian and/or some other non-Aryan languages. It seems most likely that both the influences played a concurrent role. The pronunciation of some consonants is different depending on where they occur in a word. For instance, y and v were pronounced more strongly initially than intervocalically. The ancient Sanskrit of the Vedic texts as well as the spoken Sanskrit of PaI}ini had living accents. The Sanskrit grammarians distinguish between udiitta "raised", anudiitta "unraised", and svarita "rising-falling" accent. Of these, the position of the udatta generally agrees with that of the primary word-accent in I.E. Other Sanskrit accents are mainly prosodic in nature. These accents were lost in the later classical language, but were preserved in the recitation of the Vedic scriptures.
Grammar
Sanskrit, like Greek and Latin, is an inflected language, so that the bulk of grammatical information is carried by the morphology. The morphemes can be divided into stems and affixes. The stems are further divided into nominal stems and verbal roots. There are primary nominal stems (including adjectives, pronouns and indeclinables) such as a'1J4a,- "egg", kha- "sky, space", bala "strength", etc., which cannot be further broken down into components, and secondary nominal stems, generally of three kinds: a) nominals derived from other nominals via affixation, e.g., kuru + a :> kauTava "a person belonging to the lineage of kuru", naTa + tva naTatva "man-ness"; b) nominals derived from verb roots kartr "doer, maker", gam + ana through affixation, e.g., kr + tr gatnana "action of going"; and c) compounds, e.g., naTa + pati naTapati "lord of men, king" , cakra + pii't}i ) cakrapii1J,i "one who has a discus in his hand, Vi~l}.u". Verb roots can be divided into (e.g., putTa primary roots (e.g., gam- "to go") and secondary "son" > putriya- "to want to have a son"). A third category of These generally include stems is that of indeclinable items. particles (e.g., upari "above"), pre- and post-positions (e.g., adhi, pari, anu), adverbs (e.g., satatam "always"), connectives (e.g., ca "and", vii "or"), and occasionally even nouns (e.g. SOOT "heaven"). The inflections may be generally divided into prefixes (e.g., a + gacchat), infixes (e.g., bhi-na-d + til and suffixes They may also be divided into inflections (e.g., as + ti). producing secondary stems and roots, and inflections producing the final inflected items. The latter may be generally divided into case-affIXes for nominal stems and finite verb endings for verb roots.
}> }> }> }>
xviii
The nominal stem is characterized by gender as an intrinsic property. There are three genders, i.e. masculine, feminine and neuter. The gender is grammatical and usually cannot be correlated with any semantic factor, although male and female living beings are often masculine and feminine, e.g., nara- "man" (masc.) vs niiri- "woman" (fem.). Within this pair, the masculine can also be used as the generic. In the use of pronouns, generally, the neuter is most generic, and among animate entities, the masculine is the generic term, e.g., kim (neut.) "what?", kal! (masc.) "who (male or female)?", and ka (fem.) "who (female)?". The declension of nouns is affected by several factors, i.e. gender (masculine, feminine, neuter); the final sound or sounds of a given stem, e.g., the a of nara-, or the an of rajan-; number (singular, dual, plural) and case (nominative, accusative, instrumental, dative, ablative, genitive, locative, vocative). A sample nominal declension for the word deva- (masc.) "god" is given below: Singular Dual Plural Nominative Accusative Instrumental Dative Ablative Genitive Locative Vocative
The nominative and accusative forms of a neuter nominal are identical with each other and these are also the same as the vocative, with the exception of the singular. All other forms of neuter nominals are identical with the corresponding masculine forms. Consider the relevant forms for vana- n. "forest": Singular Nom., Acc. Vocative Dual Plural
vanam vana
vane vane
vanani vanani
The feminine nominal declension is slightly different in its affixes, e.g., mala- f. "garland", instrumental sg. malaya, dative sg. malayai, locative sg. malayam, etc.. The pronominal declensions are slightly different from the nominal declensions, e.g. masculine dative sg. deva- > devaya "to god" vs d)- > tas1fU1,i "to him". The adjectives are not normally distinguished in declension from nouns. Vedic morphology differed in some cases from the Classical forms, e.g. nominative plural: classical deval! vs Vedic devasal!; instrumental plural: classical devail! vs Vedic devebhil!.
tar
The Vedic verbal system is far more complex than the Classical system. Verb roots are generally of two types,
xix
athematic and thematic. The first type has a variable accent and a variable stem form to which terminations are directly attached, e.g., as + ti ~ asti "is". The second type had an invariable accent and stem, and the vowel a was inserted between this stem and the final termination (e.g., budh + a + ti ~ bodhati "knows"), This made the second type a more regular formation, since the thematic a prevented the far more complex interaction between the root-final and aWIX-initial consonants. In the history of Sanskrit, there is a gradual movement away from the athematic toward the thematic type. Despite the fact that Classical Sanskrit lost accents, the effects of these accents on the derivation, such as the alternations of ile/ai, ufo/au, r/arlar etc., survive. In Vedic, a verb often has a number of stems. Consider the forms for the roots gam- "to go" and bhu- "to be, become", i.e. present (e.g., gacch-, bhav-), aorist (e.g., gam-, bhu-), perfect (e.g., ja-gam-, ba-bhu-), future (e.g., gam-i-t!ya-, bhav-i-t!ya-) etc., each stem providing a different aspectual dimension such as continuous, punctual and completed action. Each stem could have up to five moods, i.e. indicative (e.g. gacch-a-ti "goes", bhav-a-ti "is, becomes"), injunctive (e.g., gacch-a-t "May X go", bhav-a-t "May X be / become"), subjunctive (e.g., gaech-a-ti "May X please go", bhav-a-ti "May X please be / become"), optative (e.g., gacck-e-t "should go", bhav-e-t "should be I become") and imperative (e.g., gacch-a-tu "must go", bhav-a-tu "must be / become"). The indicative of the present, perfect and future stems could have present and past tense forms, while the aorist indicative was limited to the past tense. The different present stems indicated meanings such as indicative (e.g., gacch-a-ti "goes", bhav-a-ti "is / becomes"), intensive (e.g., jan-gam-i-ti "keeps on going", bo-bhav-i-ti "keeps on becoming") , causative (e.g., gam-aya-ti "X makes Y go", bhav-aya-ti "X makes Y be / become"), desiderative (e.g., ji-gam-i-fJa-ti "X himself wants to go", bu-bhu-f!a-ti "X himself wants to be / become"), etc. Each tense or mood had three persons (first, second and third) and three numbers (singular, dual and plural). Each tense or mood could also be conjugated in two voices with different terminations active and middle (e.g., gacck-a-ti / gaceh-a-te "goes", bOOv-a-ti I bhav-a-te "is I becomes"). There were a number of participial forms indicating and voices (e.g., present active participle various tenses gacch-ant- "going", bOOv-ant- "being I becoming"; present passive participle gam-ya-mana- "being gone to"; present middle participle gacck-a-mana- "going", bOOv-a-mana "being I becoming"; past passive participle ga-ta- "gone to"; past active participle ga-ta or ga-ta-vant- "gone", bhu-ta- or bhu-ta-vant- "that which was / has become"; future active participle gam-i-t!y-ant- "he who will go", bhav-i-fJy-ant- "he who will be / become"; future middle/passive participle gam-i-f!ya-ma1}a- "that which will be gone to"), as well as a number of nonfinite verbal forms such as gerunds (e.g., ga-tva "having gone", a-gam-ya "having come", bhu-tva "having been I become", sam-bhu-ya "having been born") and infinitives of various kinds (e.g., gan-tum, gan-tave, gan-tavai,
xx
gan-tol], "to go"; bhav-i-tum, bhav~i-tol], "to be / become") , and numerous kinds of verbal nouns (e.g., gam-ana-, ga-ti"going", gan-tr"goer" , bhav-ana"being", bhiiv-a "being"). Thus, for a given verb, the total number of derived forms was very large. This complexity was greatly reduced in the Classical language. The injunctive virtually disappeared and the subjunctive was largely incorporated into the imperative. The aorist and the perfect survived only in the indicative and the aorist participle was lost. The great variety of Vedic infinitives was reduced to a single form in -tum. The different meanings of the aorist, the perfect and the past tense forms of the present stem were all merged into a single notion of past. In the late Classical language, the frequency of the finite verb is greatly reduced and its function is taken over by participles and periphrastic constructions of various sorts; in general, the language came to favor nominal sentences over verbal sentences. The Classical language, as the repository of traditional learning, retained access to a variety of ancient verbal forms, but in practice the frequency of finite verbs was substantially reduced. A sample paradigm of the present tense active forms of the root pat- "to fall" are presented below. gam-a-dhyai,
Dual
patavah patathah patatal], .
Plural
patamah patatha' patanti
Sanskrit syntax is in its general features Indo-European and the use of cases, tenses and moods in Sanskrit has close parallels in Greek and Latin. The older Sanskrit relied more on the finite verb as the center of its sentences, while the late Classical language became more nominal through the use of participles and purely nominal sentences. While Sanskrit is one of the so-called free-word-order languages, generally the word-order is of the SOY type, though the pragmatic shifts of focus and emphasis can alter this prototypical word-order. In non-emotive technical prose, the topic-comment (uddeya-vidheya) order is generally followed, while in the conversational language, the emphasized part of the The word~order dictated by pragmatic sentence is often fronted. considerations has to interact with other rules requiring specific positions for pronouns, clitics etc., and this often leads to discontinuous constituents. Adjectives generally precede nouns, but when functioning as predicates, they generally follow a noun. The older language shows a free choice between prepositional and postpositional usage of adverbs, but the later language generally The use of passive moves in the direction of postpositional use. gradually increases in the Classical language, and the usage of
xxi
passive participles, even where it is not warranted by the discourse-pragmatics, is taken as an indication of the influence of the ergativity in the substratum languages. The syntax. of the late Classical language is substantially influenced by that of the first languages of its users, and features such as ergativity are reflected in the use of Sanskrit though changed frequencies of various forms. The most remarkable feature of the Classical language is the compounds, especially their phenomenal length. Long compounds are used with great facility to present vistas of frozen descriptions, while the action in the narrative is handled An example involving typical by means of participles and verbs. Sanskrit compounds is given below (Jayadeva's Gitagovinda, 1.4.1):
candana-carcita-nila-kalevam-ptta-vasana-vana-malt Sandal-wood-smeared-blue-body-yellow-garment-forest-garland possessing + Nom. Sg. keli-calan-ma""i-ku1J4ala-ma1J4ita-ga1J4a-yugalJ, smita-salt play-moving-jewel-ear-ornament-adorned-cheek-pair + Nom. Sg. smile-habit + Nom. Sg.
"[Krishna] is wearing forest garlands, a yellow garment, and has his blue body smeared with the paste of Sandalwood. He is always smiling and his cheeks are adorned with jeweled ear-ornaments which move during his play."
and created a Such changes occurred throughout history, certain gap between the actual performance of Sanskrit users in different regions and at different times, on the one hand, and the academically maintained prescriptive ideal of Pal}.inian Sanskrit on the other. The more elite a user of Sanskrit, the more his performance tended to approximate the PaQ.inian ideal; the more populist, the more his performance tended to approximate the local vernacular. Given these variations, the actual productions of each Sanskrit author show a unique balance between these
xxii
...
sociolinguistic pressures. Only with this in mind can we hope to arrive at a realistic picture of the Sanskrit language as it is actually attested in the extant documents.
Bibliography
Altindische Syntax. Delbruck, Berthold. 1888. Syntaktische Halle: Verlag der Buchhandlung des Forschungen, 5. Waisenhauses.
1916. Macdonell, A.A. University Press.
Oxford
Bloch, Jules. 1965. Ind o-Aryan, from the Vedas to Modern Times. Translated from French by Alfred Master. Librairie d'Amerique e d'Orient. Paris: Adrien-Maisonneuve. Burrow, Thomas. Faber. 1955.
Leiden.
Sanskrit Grammar. 2nd edition. Whitney, W.D. 1889. printing, 1964. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
xxiii
2.
Below is a guide to pronunciation of the respective Sanskrit sounds for native speakers of American English. It should be kept in mind that these are only approximate equivalents. The vowels above should be pronounced as follows: a like the a in organ or the u in cut. a like the a in car, held twice as long as short a. i like the i in chin.
i
like the ee in week, held twice as long as short i.
r
e ai o au
Ip.
u in bush.
u in rule but held twice as long as short u.
l}
like l followed by r (lr) like the e in they. like the ai in aisle. like the 0 in go. like the ow in how. (anusvara) - before pause, pronounced like m, bu contextually changes like n in bingo, punch, and mint. (visarga) - a final h-sound: aly is pronounced like aha as follows: jh as in hedgehog Ii as in canyon as in tub t as in light-heart th Q as in dove Qha as in red-hot as rna (prepare to say I} the r and say na).
The consonants are pronounced k as in kick kh as in Eckhart g as in give gh as in dig-hard as in sing Ii as in chair c ch as in staunch-heart as in joy j
Cerebrals are pronounced with tongue to roof of mouth, but the following dentals are pronounced with tongue against teeth: t th d dh n p ph
tub but with tongue against teeth. light-heart but with tongue against teeth. dove but with tongue against teeth. red-hot but with tongue against teeth. nut but with tongue between teeth. pipe I as in light as in uphill (not j) v as in vine
as as as as as as in in in in in in
s (palatal)
- as in the
in
bh
m y
r
crashed
h
as in home
3.
All vowels are considered to be voiced sounds and do not have aspiration. a sonorous In the following chart, the term 'voice' vibration, while the term 'aspiration' refers to
to a rush of air. The characters ii, v, and 1, refer to nasal counter parts of y, v, and l. The phonetic analysis of Sanskrit consonants is as follows:
refers
Point of Articulation -Voice -Asp +Asp Velar Palatal Cerebral Dental Labial
4.
Stops
SemiVowels
Sibilants
+Voice +Voice +Voice -Voice -Asp +Asp -Asp -Asp +Asp +Asp +Nasal
g
k
c
kh
ch
gh
jh
IJ
8
~
n
1!
ylii
r
t
t
p
th
th
4
d
4h dh bh
n
m
lit
viii
ph
The following character charts provide a clear view of the basic shapes of the Devanagari letters, which are tradi There are minor
calligraphic
regional differences in the shapes of Devanagari characters, and the shapes in these charts, as well as the shapes of Devanagan characters in the rest of this book, are close to the typography of the well known Nirl).ayasagara Press of Bombay.
o !u ~~
0 0 0
gIl
.h~Jl:~
3f am
au
3f: ah
u~ uq~
u~ u~
u~
~
..2:
.l3.
.Lt
:s:r
ca
cha ja
jha fia
Ull uqp
.Lo.
Up uql ~ .2
Ul
.2
ta
tha da
!f ;r
dha na
10
11
urn uqq
J:t
Jt
ud
.b.
(?
Cf
va
ya
ra
la
12
HI
uyf
US)]:
uq
~
US
US
!k
.a
.h
Vowel
31 3IT
Cf)
xf
Cf5T
fx
~
~
fcp
~
~
d1
-=;f[
cg-
ka ka ki ki ku kii
kr
0
e
~
X+<? " X
~
<r
C[
~/W ~ ~ ~
~
~
it
3rt3fr
31 31:
it
<#r
Cf)
kf kl ke kai ko kau
0
0
X X
Cf):
kam . kah .
14
5. +a
~
ttl
If
s
if
8'
~
eft T if m 1t4 tcft ~ ~ 1fT fiT 1ft lj l{ m 1(r ~ q t{ ST tg: tt J ~ :qr ~ Tft Tj ; iJT ~ ift ~ f5
ifiT
'fifj
,
+r
0
+r ifi
0
+e
+ai
+0
1j
If ~
(j ij
$
~ ~ ~ ~
Cflt
1]
~ ~ ~
q i
~
It
T.f E
E
E
QfT
~ ~
~ ~
if
~ ~ OJ ~
or e
0
"$
orr for IT fZ or f6 ST fS
G" Of
0
'1
oft 51
~
~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~
if
~ ~
iJ
~
k
~ ~ ~
m
irt
~
st
m ijf
cpt
+au +81p.
+~
rfj ~
If
~:
ttl:
If:
ti sf i
q:
S:
:q:
8':
~:
~:
trt
G1t
ij
Of E
9 J g
l
{
OJ ~
P 1 I f G" E
OJ (j'
'1 c Of E
~ ~
Cf q ;r
l:f
~
itt
j;r
tft
~
tft CI
~
,
q
OJ
if ;r Z .z t i i- t a- t Ur .tr
~
m m~ on orr of
ot of t n sf i it at t oft nIT of of at ij
~
\if
Of:
et et t
e:
0:
"$: G"! Of:
'i
iE{
'1 E
E
~
if
~
Cf
q
c
;ft
f!
~
1 q
;r
l:f ~
~
E
~ ~ ~
~
~
0:
'1:
if
;f
~
fl
'-f
;t
if 'f
11
If
r
(?
Ci
~
1ST
(1'
11 1ft 1] If lft ~ E TI ft tt ~* ~* t* ~* (?f q iP ~ ~ it ~ Ci CiT Ft eft 'i C{ ~ E m ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 11 1ST 'IT ~ tft 'i ~ E (ft fl (1' m % il ~ E lIT lfT
~
1ft
tt
~
,
'1
1j ~
-q:
1
1J
~ ~ ~ ~ ~
q.
;rl
~
Cf: q: ;r:
l:f:
~:
$
~ ~ l{ 1{
t
~
'1T tIT q
t
~ ~
1f ~
it
~ ~
6ft
if: 'f:
11:
If:
ltt 7.It
~ ~
~
.,
~
l{ ij
~ ~ ~
'6
6T
tt
#
~
&"*
m~ ~ tt ~ ij mm
lift
-rl t
r:
i?:
Cf:
QT:
1ST:
(1':
'6:
15
6.
Consonant Clusters When two or more consonants occur successively without any intervening vowels, the consonants are written in a conjoined form. In writing these conjoined forms, there are two princi ple ways: ~ 1) Horizontal clusters: ccc 2) Vertical clusters:
Horizontal clusters are read from left to right, and vertical clusters are read from top to bottom. By conven tion, certain combinations are always written as horizontal clusters or as vertical clusters, while certain combinations are written either way. The rules for making consonant clusters depend mostly on whether the first consonant has a verticle line from top to bottom or a short central stem from which the character is suspended.
1)
In a horizontal cluster, the final verticle lines of all but the last consonant are dropped, and then the remain ing parts are joined together. Examples:
t{
'l
({
2)
+ + +
=
=
'0
1:
;r
+ +
;r
= =
Olf
Cf
1f
f+i=+~
(+lJ
Characters suspended from a central stem have several forms. Doubling such a character is usually done by putting a truncated version of the sign beneath the full one, as in the examples below.
'{ ?(
~ ~
+ + + +
e
if
s
(?
= =
=
S (or ~)
16
3)
C[
+ + +
~ ~
=
= =
'-l
~ ~
0'
CF(f,
~ +
(?
orm
If
4)
(?
~ or ~
<:
<:
has several combining forms, depending on its position in the syllable and on the character it combines with. (i) Following another consonant: a) Consonants with a vertical line. The is represented by an oblique line as in the following examples. lJ + "( = 'Sf pra Sfj kra = + "( ~ "( bra 'i +
<:
;-
;;;;;;
q
b)
"( tra = ?T + cp "( ?f5 kra + ... Consonants with a central stem. The is represented by the sign " put below the
;;;;;;
<:
17
consonant.
'{ "{
+ +
"(
"(
---
I
~
tra tjra
Note exception:
if
(ii)
"(
--
dra
Preceding a syllable-final consonant. The ~ is represented by a curve put over the follow ing consonant and its vowel sign. If the vowel sign extends above the top bar, the curve goes to the right of the vowel sign. if + ~ -- 11 rma Cf + = ci rva ~ if = il rve + ~ CflT = ifiT rko + ~
7.
ffiJ
ijU)'
q:o,~
(f?1
if.if
(f)lf
CFr fFlf
q+f
cp;r
W,
iPi
q(?,
r)f;
18
k-va k-v-ya k-f}a k-f}-ma k-I?-ya k-f}-va kh-ya kh-ra g-ya g-ra g-r-ya gh-na gh-n-ya gh-ya gh-ra n-ka n-k-ta n-k-t-ya il-k-ya
il-k-~a
iFi
~
~ ~ ~
M
~
ijf
nr
If 'Pi
t;f
t;:lJ
tlf li
~)f
~,I
~ ~
~,i
n-k-I?-va n-kh-ya il-ga il-g-ya il-gha n-gh-ya n-gh-ra n-Jia il-na Ji-ma n-ya
~ ~
~,
W
W
i:
~
~,
~ ~
~,
~ ~ ~
19
c-ca c-cha c-ch-ra c-fia c-rna c-ya eh-ya eh-ra j-ja j-jha j-fia j-fi-ya }rna j-ya j-ra j-va fi-ca fi-e-rna fi-c-ya fi-cha fi-ja fi-j-ya t-ta t-ya th-ya th-ra (l-ga Q.-g-ya Q.-gha
W
~
V)f
T;q'
T;lf
~
iN{
~
if 'ftf
ij=lf
~
ij
~
5T.{,
~
o:T;lf
~
0\Tlf
~
~,'l'if
m
9:
~,J
{nr
~!r
20
~
~,
~,~
<rr,Gii
i
'Ol
UO
l)-eJ.a l)-eJ.-ya :Q.-Q-ra l)-Q-r-ya l)-eJ.ha :Q.-lJ.a lJ.-ya lJ.-va t-ka t-k-ra t-ta t-t-ya t-t-ra t-t-va t-tha t-na t-n-ya t-pa t-p-ra t-ma t-m-ya t-ya t-ra t-r-ya t-va
116
~,usq
~ ~ 1JG
'UI1(
1nf 1Jcf
~
(W
ro , II
~
~ ~
(=t{
M>m
M
c:q
or
'?{
~
'?1
?[
?lI'
'(01"
21
t-sa t-s-na t-s-n-ya th-ya d-ga d-g-ra d-gha d-gh-ra d-da d-d-ya d-dha d-dh-ya d-na d-ba d-bha d-bh-ya d-ma d-ya d-ra d-r-ya d-va d-v-ya dh-na dh-n-ya dh-ma dh-ya dh-ra dh-va n-ta n-t-ya n-t-ra
rt:r
~
CPt
~
cpr , ~ ~, ;:
err ' ~
CfCPl
~,i
q:q ,~ ~,*
Cfi, ~ ,S:
C{1f , :[
~
q:r , ~
cpt , 'l
Sf
~
C(Cf , q:Olf
t;;r
~
t1f
v:r
U r;q
;;J
~
;::;r
22
n-da n-d-ra n-dha n-na n-pa n-p-ra n-ma n-ya n-sa p-ta p-t-ya p-na p-pa p-ma p-ya p-ra p-Ia p-va p-sa p-s-va b-gha b-ja b-da b-dha b-na b-ba b-bha b-bh-ya b-ya b-ra b-va bh-na
~
~
~
;;r ;:q
;;r
;:q
~ ~
co
'C?f q cq
t:q
o:.r
'5f 'GJ
t:q
Ql
t:tCf
iq
'ijf
iCf
&tf
&;f
i6f
~
23
bhya bh-ra bh-va m-na m-pa m-p-ra m-ba m-bha m-ma m-ya m-ra m-la ID-va y-ya y-va l-ka l-pa I-rna I-ya I-Ia I-va I-ha v-na v-ya v-ra v-va s-ca s-c-ya s-na s-ya
P.:J
~
1=q
J;f;1lif i=tf
~ ~
;:q
~ ~
~
~
f
?fi
rr
?f
?1
ffl) ?f
~
o;r
0lJ
Q
0Gf
'fif,~)-!tr
~, ~T;l'f
~,~,~
~,~
24
.15lT
'f<?,~ ~,~
~, ~Otf
!
~
~ ~
~
g wq
mr
~
1St[
fi5J
Qf
~
~
~-ma
~-ya
f?-va s-ka s-kha s-ta s-t-ya s-t-ra s-t-va s-tha s-na s-n-ya s-pa s-pha s-ma s-m-ya
Rtf
~ ~ ~
~
ttl
H R"
t:tf
~ ~ ~
25
s-ya s-ra s-va s-sa h-l)a h-na h-ma h-ya h-ra h-Ia h-va
8.
~ ~
~
m
~
~
~
~
Punctuation
1)
To represent a single consonant, a short oblique line is drawn from the lower right point of the letter
If, "9:,
2)
~, ~
(llit~~ I
3) In modern editions of Sanskrit texts, most types English punctuation will be found: , : ? of
2) Write the romanized words below in devanagari, and put the words in Devanagari into romanization:
26
Ik~ati
uib
ukaral)
q it I illi
tl'iltt
.....
'\
llcat-tt \9
~~
'\
~:
i.fi'1lttl: c
t(Cf'(J:
'\
Fa
clqi'i '\
~:
Fa
'\
('I ('I
3fTlf: \9
3)
1) 2)
kena margeI.la bhol). svamin dehI brahmamayo bhavet, tvaql krpaql kuru me svamin namami caraI.lau tava. gurudarsitamargeI.la manal).suddhiql tu karayet, anityaql khru;H;layet sarvaql, yat kificidatmagocaram.
27
3) 4) 5)
kasik/?etrarp. tannivaso jahnavi caraQ.odakam, gurur visvesvaral). sak/?at tarakarp. brahma niscitam. laukikat karmaQ.o yanti jfiana-hlna bhav8.rQ.avam, jfiani tu bhavayet sarvarp. karma nil?karma yat krtam. piQ.~arp. kirp. tu mahadeva padarp. kirp. samudahrtam, Iilpatitarp. ca rilparp. kirp. etadakhyahi sailkara.
4)
d qfit 6 (Fa
>mi I I
~fP1 i I
II
d@'1l~fit Q61fS1161
Rlc:l61dlf:l m:
@~ it Ian ~ tt Iih=ttt=dt=tt
~ >I Fa Fa d I I I
'ttl
I
II
~ \itl~fd ~dlR
m Rm 9~tt(11 'Tt:
'itt F-d ::ot~ Ifd t tt: 'h81~ 4!ittl+=~ ~R f48R ::otl -q;rr: I
m 4tl9C1iIR olI'l II
'\
28
LESSON 2
The basis of a Sanskrit verb form is a verbal-root (!flq) which is a grammatical abstraction from which a full verb form is derived. A Sanskrit verb is conjugated in three numbers: singular (Qqiqil""), dual (fioRr",,') and plural (6I~q::r;r.'t); and three persons, i.e. first person (Jillf ~), second person (~ ~) and third person ()fqlf ~). There are two basic sets of terminations, i.e. active (q (~'iC4 = P) and middle (3iI?'l~qq = A). In active voice ~ m), some verbs have active (q (~qq) terminations, some have middle terminations (31 I?'I 4'icO, while a few can have either. In passive voice (~ ~ all verbs take middle (31I?'14QQ) terminations. While the terminology of the Sanskrit grammarians is clearer in some respects, the terminology in English uses the word "active" in two different contexts, a) active voice (~ and b) active terminations (q(~Qq). One must carefully distinguish these two concepts. In this lesson, we will deal only with those verbs which take active (q(~qq) terminations. According to structural characteristics verbs are classified into ten conjugations (lfDJ). Of these, the first, fourth, sixth and tenth conjugations form a related group. Here we will deal with the active (- P) verbs of the first conjugation.
m,
m),
m)
The active terminations (P) for the present tense are as follows:
Sing.
Dual
Pl.
fq
-mi
q:
-valJ, tf: -tOOIJ,
(1':
if: malJ,
ftt
-si
fa
-ti
tf -too
-talJ,
-anti
29
Before the final terminations, the root in this conjugation is followed by an infix -3f-. Such infixes in conjugations 1, 4, 6, and 10 are lengthened to -3IT- before the terminations -fit, -Cf: and -1J:. With several predictable internal sandhis, the final forms are produced. The verb CfC (vad) "to speak" is conjugated as: Sing. 1st person
Dual
Pl.
~
vadiimi I speak
2nd person
~
vadasi you speak
CfcfIll:
vadiima1J, we (pI.) speak
CfCftJ
vadatha you (pI.) speak
3rd person
tfGfd"
vadati he speaks
CfGR
vadanti they (pI.) speak
Using this paradigm, other verbs of the 1st conjugation can be conjugated. A verb root should always be remembered along with its 3rd-person singular present form, which can be used as a model from which the rest of the forms can be derived, e.g. CfC{ (root), tfGfd" (3rd sing.). Formation of simple sentences The agent (~) of a sentence, in active voice (~
m),
takes the nominative case ('SI'ttllT ~, lit. the first case). The nominative forms of the personal pronouns in the first, second and third persons are presented below. Sanskrit nouns and pronouns, except the first and the second person pronouns, have one of the three genders, i.e. masculine, feminine or neuter. The gender is purely grammatical and unpredictable. At this point, we may temporarily translate ij:, and ~ as "he", "she" and "it",
discourse may
30
1st
~ aham
I
3flCf1lf ,
avam we two
?fltl{
vayam we (pI.)
2nd
CCflJ
tvam you
M
ij':
~ yuvam
3rd
at
you two
a
iT
or:
tii/Jt they (pI.)
~
tani they
In an active voice sentence, the number and person of the agent agrees with the verb. At this preliminary stage, one may say that the word order is grammatically not important, but in general the word order is agent + object + verb. Examples:
~aham vadami
m~
sa vadati
Vocabulary Verbs of class IP
or or
-~
~m
"She speaks"
vadati sa
ij"fcf
khad ~ ji
~
I
to eat
khadati
~ tyaj
~
(
to abandon to run
tyajati
~
jayati
to conquer
tm{
dhliv
mcITd
dhavati
31
lflI
gam
~
,/
;ft
ni
gacchati
. nayatt
/
to lead,
trc{
sad
~
sidati
"
~
bhil
qqfd
bMvati
'TI
pa
~'1T
ftrirfa
pibati
~
budh <iC( vad
~trta
b~dhati
fa"Bfd
I
~
vadati
sthii
tiilthati
~
drs
~ ,
pasyati
~ vas
cmfa"
vasati
I
~
smr
~
smarati
I
qq
pat
~
)
patatt
Exercises 1) Conjugate the following verbs in the present tense, active voice:
2)
I ()" ('lNt RI I ~: I aT:'1 T4J RI I 3ITCfIlJ ~: I m ~trta I ()" I ~ ~ I ~ iiPltJ I ~ ~ I ~~: I ~ tfij?{ I llf ftrGftJ: I ~~: I ij": ~ I Prf(f: I 3fflll iiP1Tflt I aT: tll;:; RI I ~ fClilFa I ~ ~ I a-~: I
3fflll Cfcfff4
ro:
at
3)
Translate the following into Sanskrit: 1) You two speak. 2) It leads. 3) They (M) eat. 4) I go. 5) You (Sg) conquer. 6) They two (F) stand. 7) We two run. 8) They (N) sit. 9) He drinks. 10) They two (M) dwell. 11) We two remember. 12) They (F) know. 13) She abandons. 14) You (PI) see. 15) They two (F) are (here).
32
4)
Complete the following sentences by using the appropriate verbal and pronominal fonns:
1) 2) 3)
~ ~------I
----------(F)
fd"ffir:
if1F1lf1J------1
---------- crcrJ11: I
({: ~------I
--------- '?1\1ft{ I
~ ~------I
4)
5)
6) 7) 8)
9)
10) 11) 12) 13) 14) 15)
---------- tmit{: I
~: I
(Il: f!l----- I
----------(M) ---------~:
----------(M) ----------(F)
~ I
iltqo: I
~ I
m ;ft------I
----------(N)
5)
33
LESSON 3
J
Masculine and neuter nouns in
ar : nominative
and accusative
In Sanskrit, the grammatical function of a noun in a sentence is indicated by special terminations called case-endings. For instance, the noun Tif "son" becomes Tif: when it is the subject of the sentence; it becomes "j?f+f when it is the direct object. What we express in English by means of prepositions such as "with," "by," "for," "from," "to," "of," "in," etc., is sometimes rendered into Sanskrit by case endings. There are eight cases in Sanskrit: nominative, accusative, instrumental, dative, ablative, genitive, locative and vocative. As in the case of a verb, so also in the case of a noun, Sanskrit has three numbers: singular, dual and plural. Sanskrit nominals (i.e. nouns, adjectives, pro nouns) also have three genders: masculine, feminine and neuter. The gender is unpredictable and has little semantic significance. Sanskrit gender is like gender in German. Adjectives are declined exactly like nouns, and take the same case, number and gender as the noun they modify, The various forms taken by a noun in all its cases and numbers are called the Declension of that noun. There are two types of nouns ending in Some are masculine and
ar.
some are neuter. Both masculine and neuter nouns in 3f are de clined in the same way except in the nominative, accusative and vocative cases.
f1
S Nominative Accusative Instrumental Dative Ablative Genitive Locative Vocative
m.
"(water) well"
f1: Cf11i
~
~ fm{
~
f1
35
fqt
rrrr:
f1Fl
~: ~: ft:itt 1'Wi1!
~:
~:
ffl
D.
"forest"
P
D
"-
q;{1f
m
q;)
~
CRli
q;) q;)
i:4"'t 1'U41'1
q;nf.;l q;nf.;l ~:
~: ~:
CRlq
~
~ ~
q;p;rt: q;p;rt:
q;)
q;nf.;l
i:4"'t'''''~
The verb agrees with its subject (= agent in an active voice sentence) in person and number. Examples: "A boy falls."
"Two boys fall."
"(Three or more) boys fall."
Nominative case The nominative case is used to indicate the agent of an active voice verb. Example: "The father leads."
Accusative case The accusative case is used: 1} To indicate the direct object of a transitive verb: Example: \1F(Cfj: ~ ~ I "The father leads the sons." 2) To indicate the object of verbs for actions such as "going," which are transitive in Sanskrit: Example: C:'fRJ: ifJl{ ~ I "The servant goes to the welL"
36
3)
J
With the following prepositions: (These items are used often as both pre- and post-positions, and the term 'preposition' is used here as a broad cover term.) 3Fl after, along tfftr: around arfifa": near, in front of fct;rr without on all sides of 3RffT between ~: on both sides of 'Slid to, towards 3FOtur without, concerning
m:
4.
S
1st 2nd 3rd (M)
l111{,(lffi
me
~,(~
3ffCn1{,;IT
us two
~,~
3R?rI1, ;r:
us
~,q:
you
01f
him
at
aa
you two
you
<:rFf
them
(F)
(N)
)
Ollf
her
aT:
them
ocr
it
~
those
The bracketed forms are not common in the Classical language, but appear more frequently in the Sanskrit Epics and Vedic literature. The alternate forms do not occur sentence-initially, Sandhi rules "Sandhi" refers to a process of combining adjoining sounds. This process takes place within a word, as well as when two words occur in a sequence. The first is called internal sandhi and the second is called external sandhi. We shall concentrate mostly on the external sandhi rules. These rules for external sandhi are optional, but in actual usage they are almost always applied.
37
Sandhi rules apply to vowels and to consonants as well. Thus, in the sentences above, the final ':' and the fmal If of a word followed by another word undergo various changes.
Anusvara sandhi rules
1)
Final If , when followed by a consonant, is changed to anusvara. (The change is not easy to show in pronunciation.) Example: "fllfI{ <rcrff:t I ~ <rcrff:t I Optionally an anusvara is further changed to a nasal conso nant, which is homorganic with the following consonant.
'it,
ii,
~,
2)
---t
n,
m,
g,~
.!.
v,@) .!.
i,~
\II
k, kh, g, gh, it
c, ch, j, jh, it
t,
Examples:
1llf1l m
"fllfI{ O?r
TI'f'I ~ TI'f'I if
-)
-) -)
-) -) -)
-)
-) -)
t Iii i4:ifl t 1 fB
~
-) -)
-)
-)
-)
-) -)
Anusvara does not occur before a vowel or at the end of a sentence. Also note that it does not change to a homorganic nasal before the consonants (, ~, tif, ij', and 'ij". Before these, it remains an Anusvara. Change of Anusvara before ~, i.{, and ~ is less common.
38
'tfaia ,
"l,
2)
A final visarga changes to a sibilant homorganic with the following unvoiced consonants; marginally before Ql, U', and (1. ... ~ ... becomes ~ before ~,
if,
\1FIT:
A visarga
T.{
i:iRTfif I
~,
becomes,. before
fi, ,.
~: ~ ~ \11"1 liStlij)Iii I
becomes t{ before q, 'ffJl: (f.l ~ ( 1ft fa ?I 3)
"I,
t{
A visarga when preceded by 3IT and followed by a voiced conso nant or vowel, is dropped: iI"k?1: ~ ~ iiI<?T ~ I GRr:~: ~ GRr ~: I No re-combination. When a visarga is preceded by a:r and followed by a voiced consonant, the sequence 31: is changed to "fJI'! ~ ~ lj?ft '-ITlffa I
\iFf: ~ ~ GRt ~ I
4)
art
5)
"fJI'!
6)
~:
~
1J'f ~:
!.fFfO
~
!.fFfO:
I No re-combination. I No re-combination.
When a visarga is preceded by a:r and followed by 31, a:r: is changed to while the following a:r is elided. This 'lost' 31 is indicated by the unpronounced sign'S' called Avagraha. !.fFfO: ~ ~S~ I
an
amtt
TJT:
31?1'
~
39
lj?ft S~
7)
An exception to the visarga sandhi The visarga after ij': (that, he) and ~: (this, he) followed by a consonant does not follow any of the above sandhi-rules, but can simply be dropped optionally. Before vowels, it follows the normal sandhi rules. Examples: ij': (BT -? ij' (BT I
'([If: ~ ij': 3t?f
-? -? "
ms;r
~ I
I
I
"if
Vocabulary
(The words are cited in their stem form.)
Masculine nouns horse ~ crow tfiIiP village IDlf - person i3Ff servant emf ;r( , man king I mountain boy ilK? tree ~
ij' ~: I No re-combination.
~
~:t1
'1?r tmf
'il(?
<
QRifi
' father
W!f lfRI
~ 3i""d ~ul
- water
, grass
' misery
' leaf
. vessel
. fruit
' happiness ' meat , without ,without, concerning after, according to, along
to, towards
between
here
trft1:
rn-:
~
~:
'5Ifd
3Mfn
Additional Vocabulary
3i?f
40
Exercises
1)
ifi1iIj:
~ ~ I
~.
~.
,.
f1: JfFf ~ I
~.
\.).
V.
at ~ ct:~~: I
a- ~: 0lJ "CJiiOl{ m ~ I
~~I
(..
~.
~ o.
~: ~ ?"N1Pd I
ml1'{ ~: ~ I
ifIlr ~: a- Cf1ijT: Fa 8 t::a I
3f[l{ ~ fct;rr qorrfl1 I
tfft 3RfTI (filq): 'Cf?tlr ~ t
m(fc{~~1
a0'11: ~ ~ I
arrcfflT ~ ~ ~: I
m:
'\
m:
~V. ~
tfJlf
~ ~~ I
m lli4hl
~o. ~ 3RfTI~: ~ I
~ ~. 3mJIlI fct;rr 3f[l{ ml1'{ J IiIi I fq I
~ ~. 3f[l{ ~ ml1'{ ;r:rrflr I
't~. ~ ~ i;\lfll' I
~V.
~~. ~:~~I
~ \.) <rnIT: 1'1'f 'Cfftf: Fa 8hl I
~(.. ~GRFII ~1'1'f1
~ ~. 1tflJ at""d ~ 01 CfRI: GRFI
m- I
~,.
or:
or:
~:
(fFf G~4t::a
2)
Rewrite the above sentences by applying all the known sandhi rules.
3)
~~I
6fm~1
'1 t~01;:q~4 Fa I
41
ifl<rt GR ~
alTciTs;r I
\iRtS"'Ittlc; ra I
tJ~1 tJ l:fd"fa I
4) Translate the following into Sanskrit and apply all the sandhi rules: 1. Trees stand near the well. 2. The servant sees those crows. 3. The king conquers a village. 4. The man goes to the king. 5. The boy abandons the crow. 6. Men run to the mountain.
7.
Those crows eat fruit. The leaves fall. The two servants carry grass. The two boys dwell. On both sides of the tree sit the crows. The king knows gold. We two abandon the king. You two take two of us to the village. Those two (girls) go to the mountains.
5)
~ ~.
=t.
V .,.
~. \).
t
~ o. 3f6l! '\
aITifI1r,,=r-----
f----- traR
at
~------ ~------I
I
fuf------I
~ t. ---(she)--
~--.---
42
LESSON 4
Conjugations 4, 6, and 10 (in active
i i t -,
~ i i!J ~
Active verbs in the conjugations 4, 6, and 10 are very similar to the active verbs of the 1st conjugation. There is no difference in the final affixes, bu t some difference in the internal structure. For instance, while the verb ~ (lP) "to know" is declined as fiTtITd, the verb qcr (6P) "to strike" is declined as~. Thus, while ~ changes to fiTq before 3{-fft qcr does not change. This is the main difference between the conjugations (lP) and (6P). There is also a difference in accentuation, but accents are not relevant in classical Sanskrit. While the verbs in the conjugations (lP) and (6P) have -3f- infix (e.g. verb stem + aT + affix), the verbs in the 4th conjugation have -If- infix (e.g. verb stem + If + affix), and verbs in the 10th conjugation have -3P1- infix (e.g. verb stem + 3P1 + affix). As in the 1st conjugation, the 3rd person singular form is the key to the rest of the forms in these conjugations as well.
4th conjugation (active) (with the infix -If-) 1({ (4P) 1({+lf+fd = ~ "to dance"
S
1st 2nd
D
~:
P
~:
i?'t Iftt
~ ~
1?1tt:
~:
3rd
1?1tt i?'tFd
45
fa"
qcrRt
D
~:
1st 2nd 3rd Additional verbs + , (6P) (6P) + ~ (6P) + ~ + ~ (6P) + ~ (6P)
qcrRt
qcrrf4 ~
p:
qcft{
qcft{:
~:
-m
of the 6th conjugation (active): fiNf(1 to throw 3i + fa" to show 3i + fa" to plow, farm 3i + fa" ~ to enter fcmRt 3i + fa" to touch 3i + fa" ~
mrra-
~ (lOP)
~ + 3Ilf +
S
fa" =
~1 (4 rd "to steal"
D
itl (tiIOl:
~t{:
P ~l (4141: ~t{
~l (tid:
itl (4 Pd
Additional verbs of the 10th conjugation (active): !J (lOP) + 3Ilf + fa" ~ to owe, to hold (takes Dative of the creditor) to count ~ lJ1l1 (lOP) + 3flf + fa" to tell tlitI (lOP) + 3flf + fa" tlim to think, contemplate ~ (lOP) Ri""d4 Fa + 3flf + fa" to adore, worship + 3flf + fa" ~ ~ (lOP)
46
1)
The negative particle ;r is normally placed immediately before the verb (or before whatever is negated). Example:
I
2)
However, the sequences ;:r ~ ~ qQ<tI11ii and ~ ;r ~ qQllI~ are also used, and occasionally they indicate slightly different emphases, e.g. "I don't see a horse" or "I don't see a horse."
Double Negative: The use of two " ;:r "s within a sentence literally signifies a negation of a negative statement and implies a strong positive statement. Example:
~ ;r 00 ;:r t:rfiio:, (f"ITfq ij: ;r I Trans: "Though it is not the case that Rama is not learned, (-he obviously is--), he does not study Sanskrit."
3) The conjunction If "and" is either repeated after each item it connects, or is written only once after the last item of the series. Examples:
(1+1': If
fUll:
If
~:
(1+1': ~: ~: :q
lliIiJr::a I
While connecting two sentences, :q "and" normally occurs after the first word of the second sentence. Examples: (1+1': ~ fUll: :q ~ I "Rama goes and Kr!?I).a falls." (1+1': ~ ~ :q ftrirfd I "Rama goes home and drinks water."
lJt
4)
Examples: "Rama or Kr!?I).a goes." (1+1': err ~: Cff ~ I "Rama or Kr!?I).a goes." (1+1': fUll: f.fT ~ I (1+1': ~ ~ f.fT ~ I "Rama goes home or drinks
en "or"
lJt
47
5)
The particle '(!q "only" is placed after the item to which the restriction is intended to apply. Examples: m: ~ ~ I "Rama drinks water." m: '(!(if ~ ~ I "Only Rima drinks water." m: ~ '(!q ~ t "Rilma drinks only water." 'fI1{: ~ ~ '(!q I "Rama certainly or only drinks water." Sometimes the exclusion aspect is not present on the surface, and the function of '(!q is merely emphatic. Example: 'fI1{: q;) '(!q ~ ~ I "Rilma drinks water right there in the forest."
6)
~ "thus" is a quotation marker placed at the end of a direct quote. Basically there is no indirect discourse in Sanskrit. The quote can be a spoken or a mental quote. 'fI1{: ~ ~ ~ 3ft _ I ~ 3ft ~;;jl(lffi I "I say/think - 'Rama is going home.'"
Change of
1 to
OJ'
The nominative and accusative plural forms of neuter noun q-;:r end in Ft e.g. ~. But the forms of the noun "body" end in 1iJr, e.g. Qlil( lfitt. This change of 1 to OJ: is governed by the following rule: Dental ,. changes to retroflex OJ', if within the same word, ,. is preceded by ~, ~, or 'l, and is followed either by a vowel or by f{, 1, 1f or~. This rule applies despite the intervention of the following sounds: vowels, semi-vowels (except i?), k-series, p-series, and an'USviira. If any other sounds intervene, the rule does not apply. Examples: Qll1( 1J;i ~ Qll1(lfitl
""'(1""'1
,ql""'+{ ~
48
Vocabulary
Tr
fGt{
~ ~
(4P) (4P) (4P) (4P) (4P) (4P) (6P) (6P) (6P) (6P) (6P) (6P) (lOP) (lOP)
Gl04fa
~
1(J
qc{
fWI
~ ~ ~
~ ~
~
'\
"
TR 'f
lfOT ctl'-f
'\
fim
be destroyed, perish be pleased dance strike, hit, inflict pain throw show plow, farm, draw,. pull enter
~ :ql t4 fa
~
- to touch to steal to owe, hold (takes Dative of the creditor) to to to to count tell think adore, to worship
~ ctl~
~;:a4 kI
fiFq 1fif
;r
=tr
not and or only, certainly thus, (a quotation marker, follows a direct quote).
err
~
~
Exercises 1)
English:
~ ~. ~.
v.
~--- ~---(sing.) ij Ic; r::a, 'i~ Fa, (jItSlt =tr I q-RJ--- ~--- ~l (4 kI, ~ q-RJ--- 'f--- qcr--- =tr I 3ft ~--- ~---, ~ =tr ~ ;r 'f--- I ~--- ~ ~;:a4d:, ;r(--- =tr ~--- ~ I
r;a
at
49
.,.
f1. \).
~--~ (thus) I ~ ~--;r ~,~~~---~I ~---;r aR fCl6IPd, ;r qy ~ mq:--- I ~--- lfR1{ fcmf(t, crn:rr ~ tfIq-_., ~ ~--
~--"tftat
Y4d1 r1rat
~--. m:"
m--'SIfd
CfRi---
~ ~ ifi~ "tftat
--
t.
~.
m;rr:mr
'1 1'C1"1
~I
~ W1t qy
"lGtl1 Pd I
qy ;r "---,
;mr.r C'(U".t
~ ~ "--- 0"
~-- , '- c!"'{ ~ ~
3i;:a ~ol
lJUT--- I
~o.~: ifi~ -- ~ t t. mri 7T.DT.:7 l .... '1 1'C1 I' ~ ~~. lWt 3Fj tfIq---,
m---
,,=r---
mtJ
'\
'\
,-q
2)
~. ~.
:t.
"fI+f: ~ I ~: ~ I
"fI+f: ~ I "fI+f: tJOfu I
"fI+f: ~ ~ I "fI+f: lfRt ~ I
3) Change the emphasis of the following sentences as directed by placing the particle l!Gf in the right place. Change:
~ ~.
~.
"fI+f: ~ ~ I 3fQGf: ~ ~ I
iif'I(?:
to
to to
m~I
"Only Rama eats fruit." "The horse sees only the grass. "The boy certainly abandons the crow."
4)
~.
:t.
~ ~ qQ~Pd, ti4di"il ~ I (fJ1 qQ~I~, i1<I~ T.J I ~ A 4l0l11~, "fGf T.J A ~;:a4~ ~ T.J I
att
50
5)
~. ~.
EITt?T ~ ~ I
~: ~ titlCiFa I
6)
Translate the following into Sanskrit (apply the known rules of sandhi):
I go to the village, and you sit near the tree. The king goes to the mountain and abandons the gold. The servants see the crows and count the fruits. She enters and eats food. She eats fruits without me. The boy worships (his) father and the father is satis fied. I show him the crows and he remembers misery. The horses run to the tree and stand. Around the village, the people sit and watch the horses. The horses are weary. I go after the king, and you run after the servant. The king holds lotuses, counts them, touches them and is pleased. The crow throws a fruit in between two vessels, and the fruit perishes. I think (of) happiness, and see only misery around me. I eat food and I dance. I am not weary, and I am satis fied. The king touches the gold and abandons it. The servant sees the gold and says: "Gold is happiness." The man holds leaves, counts them and throws them around the tree.
7)
~ (4P) ~ (6P)
~ ~
'fiI
(lOP)
~ (lP)
~
~
51
LESSON 5
Explanation of cases (Nominative and Accusative cases have been explained in Lesson 3) Instrumental case is used: 1)
passive verb
(will
be treated
2)
to indicate the instrument of an action. Examples: ij: ~ ftrsrfa I "He drinks water with (= in) a vessel (=cup)." "The man is pleased with the fruit." ;r(: ~~ I
3)
m m
4)
to indicate the person or thing accompanying an action, where the "association" is indicated with prepositions like ~ "with". The subordinate person takes instrumental. Example: ~ ~ ~ I "The king goes accompanied by the servant."
The preposition may be optionally omitted. Example: ~ ~ I "The king goes with the servant." "on
to indicate the cause or reason, i.e. to translate account of", "out of", "because of", etc. Example: ~:~ illt ("l4\i11 ftI I "1 abandon the village out of misery."
with the preposition fcRT "without". Example: ~ fcRT ~ ~ I "A lotus perishes without water." with the particles ~ ~:~ I
5)
6)
3ff3lf
53
"rr <rnrPl ~ ~ I
2)
(~),
long for"
~:~~I ~: ~ ~~~4ra I
3)
"The father is angry with the son." "The father longs for his son."
with ~ "to please" , although ~ is used in context commonly where "to like" is used in English. Example:
f~lilPi ~ ~ I
4)
m i'Jlt ~ I
with verbs of movement (optionally with accusative). Example: or IDlIl7.f ~ I "The servant goes to the village."
5)
to express the purpose of an action. Example: ij: ~ ~ ~ I "He goes to the forest for the sake of happiness." with the particles ;p:r: "salutation to" and ~ "hail to",
6)
and ~ "sufficient, capable". Examples: ~ ;p:r: / ~ I "Salutations / hail to the king!" ~ ~ ~ I "Wrestler X is able to face wrestler Y." Ablative case is used: 1) indicate the point from which the action begins operates. Example: ;rrt UllfRJ ~ ~ I "The man goes from the village to the forest."
to
or
54
2)
to express the cause or reason (instrumental case may also be
Example: "On account of misery, the king strikes the servant." "before, to the east of' , ~ , 3IT "until, since" , ~: "out "without". The first four prepo temporal and spatial sense.
I I
I
3)
with the prepositions >rlit! "before" , 3tTlT'd f'{ "after" side" , ~ "except" , fct;ry sitions are used in both the
crm-
2)
to translate the verb "have" in English. Example: ~ A ~ I "King's is the gold" = "The king has gold." with the prepositions "above", 3{tJ: "below", ~: "in front of', ~ "behind", ~: "beyond", ~ "in the presence of', "for the sake of', ~ "in the vicinity of."
3)
f<J
am,
to indicate the place or time where the action takes place. To translate "in", "at", "on", "upon", "above", "among", etc. Example: ({: ~: ~ W I "The horse falls into the well."
to translate expressions like "concerning", "in the matter of', etc. Example: ~ ~: ~ I "The father is happy about the son."
2)
55
3)
to indicate the object of emotions and feelings. Example: ~: ~ ~&lRt I "The father feels affection for the son."
Example:
~ ~ I
Vocabulary Masculine Nouns If\iJ elephant moon palace lake burden hero
"0 King!"
.~
.~
.~
'+'
"' "SJ"mlCf
'~
~
lJUf
~~
qr(
. amrnT
.~
oftr
Neuter Nouns flower o~ . tIeR life tR" wealth house '~ ,(fir bank ornament '~
,~
Ytcf
. i{g
,ft{?r
6~
'(M
with without enough, no more sufficient, a match for enough, no more salutation to hail to above
(instr.) (acc., instr., abl.) (instr.) (dat.) (instr.) (dat.) (dat.) (gen.)
. fct;rr
!
3t(?lf
'\
. 3?'J
'\
. ffl
t~:
.~
. J1=fft
56
. 3{tf:
,,~:
~~
'\
.~
31~;:a
tii
,,~:
'3IT
<~
q('ij":
below in front of before, to the before after outside until, since except beyond
east
(gen.) (gen.) (abl.) (abl.) (abl.) (abl.) (abl.) (ace., abl.) (gen.) (gen.) (gen.) (gen.)
(gen.)
"ra
'\
ij414t
Verbs
'tCI1
.~
.~
.;rr
.~
~ ~ ~ ;pffit
,~
.R F
<~
'fctcr
'fi
~
~~
~ ~
to to to to to
dig move
live
salute
burn
write
cut
release
find, to get get angry love, be affectionate to wish, want wash proclaim protect eat long for (takes dative) adorn, to decorate
Fffit
~~RI
r&t~RI
.~ ~~
.~
~
~lf:p~ RI
.~ .~
418l4kt ~ t"~~l4 kt
'~
to to to to to to to to to to to to to
57
Exercises 1) Complete the following sentences, dissolving all sandhis, and translate them into English:
~
~ :t
,
f;
"
t.
~
~o ~~ ~~
~ :t ~~
~ f;
~,
,,=r--- F
i.iRT ~~~ t@4 ~ ~--- I -a- ~-.. I ~ !f.J._., ~--- ~:, ~--. ~ - {fd" I ~ ~ lJlf--- I a""""l~qi~r='I"4~;S;~lf 311ij)1~1t=l1 ~ ~--- I ifllU?--- rt ~ I 0Tf.1 tit ~ Gftc{--- I q;~81P1 2:'Tfti~"lroPrI-Pt '{--- I Tffif--- h ~ ;r \ifu{--- I ~--- lfitt ~ ~ I -a- ~ ~--- I ~ ~ ~ 3ft?l{ I ~--- tpOt ~ ljDTF{ 'f{--- I ~~ ~--- I ~ '-ij)"ij)@.l tMI.. i if~~---I ~~~ ~ ~--- I ~--- J11it ifil(Ii--- ij"lq r::a I ~ lJ6--- ~ ~ I ~GFr--- ~~~ I ~~~~~---I ~ ~ ~, :r=rrq ~ ~ if ~ fW{--- I ~ ~ f~'iIPt ~--- I ~--- ~ ~ 3itJ: ~ I \1fi.?--- h \lR'--- ;r GfI~r::a I \lR'--- ~ ~ I CfIij"--- ~ ~, ~ if R--- I ij ~ ~ if mt ~~I ij:~: ~ ~;:q fa I ~ (f- ~--- I ~ if Gftc{--- I ~~~(t=l1 ~ ~ ~ ffd ~ ~--- I ~ ~--- I 00t ~ '1---, ~ ~ '{--- ffd I ~ ~ - ~ ~--- ffd I CfIij"! Sllijlq@4 J11it ~ ~ M~IPI if ;ft--- I ~: ~ arorl' ~--- I irl if arorl' ifflffif CH--~--- I
rItrt"n-
m--- .-
fttct---,
58
2)
Translate the following into Sanskrit, applying the known sandhi rules:
1) 2)
3)
4)
The two servants of the king dig for gold behind the palace. Gold is wealth. People desire wealth. For the sake of wealth, people farm and toil. I think of God's power and I salute him. From God, I get happiness. I write poetry. You see that poetry and are pleased. The elephant goes to the forest. In the forest he eats grass and leaves. He does not eat meat. The jackal has no virtues. The servants proclaim: "The king is going to the village." The burden falls from the tree. The elephants see the moon in the lake. They touch the moon. The king has no virtues. He burns the village. People live in misery. The king does not desire the meat of a jackal. He is pleased with the meat of a swan. The swan is an ornament of the lake. The lake adorns the forest. "God's palace is in the sky." I do not see God or God's palace. The boy worships God with flowers on the bank of the lake. I am a friend of the king. I dwell in the palace with the king.
3)
59
LESSON 6
There are three past tenses in Sanskrit: the imperfect, the perfect, and the aorist. Sanskrit grammarians note the following semantic differences between these three: 1) the imperfect was used for past events witnessed by the speaker, 2) the perfect was used for remote past events not witnessed by the speaker, 3) the aorist was used for the immediate past. These semantic distinctions are no more observed in classical Sanskrit, though the forms survive. In past imperfect, there are two ways of deriving forms. The first way is simply to take the present tense form and use ~ after that. However, it often has the sense of habitual. Example: (llf: ~ ~ I "Rama goes home." (llf: ~ ~ ~ I "Rama went / used to go home." This usage is relatively less frequent compared to the standard inflected imperfect forms. Standard imperfect paradigm (active): (Note the initial augment
an.
GfC(
(lP)
~
S
"to speak"
D
~
P
~
3fiiCf:
~
~ 3101qd 11
3fcffif
~
Imperfect forms for the conjugations 4P, 6P and lOP can be derived by simply using their third-person singular present form and following the paradigm of GfC( above. For instance: 1(f (4P) ~ "to dance"
~
"(He) danced."
61
qcr
Tf{
(6P) (lOP)
qcrfd
"to stri~"
"(He) struck."
"to steal"
"(He) stole."
For roots with initial ~, J', or augment 3f leads to (Vrddhi forms) ~, ~. For details, see Lesson 11 (p. 94).
*Note:
art,
~,
Imperative mood Imperative mood is used to express a command, advice, a wish, a request, etc. A negative command or prohibition is expressed by
GfC[
(lP)
orcrfa"
S
"to speak"
~ qq
~
trcflCf
crcrr+r
~
crcra+r
~
Imperative forms for 4P, 6P and lOP can be derived by following this paradigm. For instance: "(You) dance." ~ 1<1: (4P)
qcr
TR
An optional
~ ~ ~
"Let (him) dance." "(You) strike." "Let (him) strike." "(You) steal." "Let (him) steal." 2nd and 3rd singulars in
ill (4(jj
-O"R!'
is used for
expressing a blessing.
Potential
(or
optative)
mood
is
used
to
express
wish,
advice, a request, a possibility, or the near future. used for conditional clauses, e.g. "If he would go.... "
It is also
62
Cfc{
(lP)
~
S
"to speak"
D
r.rct:
c$f
r$r1{ ~
ifchr
~:
Potential forms for 4P, 6P and lOP can be derived by following this paradigm. For instance: "(He) may dance." 1(f (4P) ~ ~ "(He) may strike." qcRr qcr (6P) ~ "(He) may steal." ~1 (if Fa ~1 (it{f TR" (lOP) Potential forms can be used to translate "may", "should", "would", "will".
Use of
arftt
The word arftt follows the word it modifies. In a sentencet just about any word can be modified by arftt. "At home, Rama eats fruit." (f+f: ~~ I "At home, even Rama eats fruit." (f+f: 3ffit ~ ~ I "Even at home, Rama eats fruit." (f+f: lJtsftr ~ ~ I "At home, Rama eats even fruit." (f+f: ~ arfCr ~ I "At home, Rama even eats fruit." (f+f: ~ ~ arftt I
1Jt
1Jt
1Jt 1Jt
Use of
arftt as a questionmarker arftt in the sentence-initial position ques!ion: 3ffit ~ ~ ~ "Does Rama
Use of m "don't" The use of m in the sense of 'don't' is common with imperative/optative forms: Example: +IT ~ ~ / ~: I "Don't eat
the fruit."
63
Vocabulary . ~ (1P) "to praise" . ~ (adj, mfu) foolish, fool ~ itq (m) cloud (adjectives, See Lesson 14) arftr even, also a question-marker when used sentence-initially. ~) (lP) ~ "to give" ~ ~ don't, let not
err (..:;
1)
Exercises Write the past imperfect, imperative and optative paradigms for one verb from each of the four conjugations. Convert the Sanskrit sentences from Exercise 1, Lesson 3, into imperfect, imperative and optative.
2)
t.
~.
:t. ~.
,.
~~~~,~",~:qtR~1
~~
C; IfH11l"1 i
ij'
~.
\).
l.
ij'f ~ 3Jqi~
~.
arrq ij'f ~1'i+1~Qlq ~ T.T lJt to. ~ cR" iffit ;r ai ta""4"1 I m fcRr Cf4 ;r ~ {fa" a
~3Jqi~
I '
cftrt ~
SlIt'llct+1fq
m'
01J
~ ~ ql(1J I
~ I
~ ~..
~ ~.
, ~:t. ~ g ~ ,. ~~.
~ ~ ~: ql~ I
~~: \iI"1I~;:q ~:q ~ {fa" ~ aii! fli4 Iftli arrq ~
~ flr?1+I I
ai641~q(@'I ~ ~, ~ 31~;:q'f I
~ A eft 0l1;:q, :q oq A ef4~4r"ltl'TTt I
~ (fit t'fi IPI ~, ~ (ftt "j("li r::a {fa" ali! 10( q ~~t I
~ ~:~ I ~ ("Oj4'l~0j(~q ~ I
m-
f<l
64
~~. ~ ~ ~ l!(f ~ ~: I ~ ~ l!(f ~: I ~ t. ~pIl81... i Cf)1~U1i lFifT ~ t=~~ttRt I ffiRi qil~utl :r=rr +IT
~ ~ ~ ~ 3f!{: lJUP1q I ~O. croo q;rp;f ~ ~ if ~ I ~
rra-
Wi
,.
t=~~lf"1 I
att
m~ Cf)Jf8@04 '1?I1fUr if
4)
tR if fa ""Ci;q
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
10.
11.
a~ qlt lfIli ~
We should go to the mountain, drink the water of the lake and praise God. She sat under the tree and thought: "I long for the king. May the king also long for me (lmlJ, dative of 3f6lD." , , Even the servants danced outside the kings palace. The moon adorns the sky, It is an ornament of the sky. The elephants see the moon in the lake and say: "0 moon, We see you in the lake. We see you also in the sky." Let him not (lfI) see the kings poem. I should see that poem. Only jackals are pleased by the virtues of jackals. Fools~) think: "The clouds will (potential) fall from the sky." I see the swans even on the lake. I see even the swans on the lake. Even I see the swans on the lake. The jackals should be pleased with the swans. They long for the swans' meat. The king should say: "Enough with wealth". He should contemplate only upon the happiness of the world. Even the kings servant does not live in the palace. Let the kings heroes protect the people. I should get wealth from the king. He should be happy with my (lIlf) poetry. 0 friend! Please go to the forest and get fruit for me
(lIlf
;a-).
5)
65
LESSON 7
"I"
~
S D
3ffl'1!
lf1l{,(lf1)
3mfJlf
~,;rt
~
~,;r:
111fT
~, ~ if({
lJ"q, ~
~:
~,;r:
~
~
S
anor.IT:, ~ anor.IT:
~
(~
~
(fll{
~,if:
'?fIl{,
~
~,
a ~ (flf, a
~,
~
1iSi 1$1,
~
if:
Oc{
D
at
(IlJ ~
of
~ ~
a
dl1
~:
~:
67
~
~
dl~ll!
~:
o@q
~:
~:
a-,:
or: or:
m
(ff1J
(f1IT
a a
dl~llf
orfii:
(fIPl: (fIPl:
~
ffi?1T: ffi?1T:
~
araTi1f
dl'ailf
~:
~:
~ cmj
(N) Nom
(fC{ (fC{
();r ~
~
~
a a
araTi1f
ffiUll~
a:
~ ~
~:
~:
o@q
dJPll'i " ~: ~:
a-,:
Use of indeelinables
1)
By using interrogative words like fir "where" , ifC.f "where" , fO: "why, from where" , and i:P'GT "when" , a sentence can be changed into a question. Examples: "Rama goes." 'f1+f: ~ I 'f1+f: q:q ~ I "Where does Rama go?" "When does Rama go?" 'f1+f: i:P'GT ~ I There is no grammatical restriction on the word order. "then" (conditional) : These words are generally placed in the beginning of the clauses they qualify. The "if' clause normally comes first. Example:
2)
~ "if' and
d'ft
'f1+f:
~ ~, d'ft ij":
"
68
3)
"then" (temporal) : These words normally occur at the beginning of the clauses they qualify. Example:
ro
W n+r:
"
.~
.-rn" (lP)
(lP) (lP) (lP) (lP) (lP) (lP) (lP) (lP)
(lOP)
"
(lP)
~ ~ (lffit
-~
.~
mrra
TIm
';W
"
.~
, ~ (lP)
-CfT
~~
ma-
~ f.:I~RI ~ ~
to to to to to to to
to
to
to to
''qQ
I~
tfOf(t
to
to to to
- ~ (6P)
'V1J
.~
(4P)
(4P)
~ ~
~IIAIRI
"
to
cook sacrifice, to worship protect climb, to grow (intrans.) carry, to flow praise bite blame, to accuse take away, to steal give laugh read, to recite ask arrange, construct, build, compose roam quieten, cease, become peaceful
Nouns Masculine
.iIi(
,~
.i{q
ifl ~.
. 3Ffi?
(ffif
.~
Neuter ) (:1fR
, m:?r
,~
.~
-~
69
Indeclinables
rfJl" ~CFCf where? ~,~3{?f here fa: ", (f(f: .~: therefore, from there then Ilffrt ~off if then (temporal) -trcrT (fXfr when (relative pronoun) .~ W
\
where?
why? from where? since. because then (conditional) when? where (relative pr.)
. a?f
Exercises
there
~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ (f1f ;r ~ I
~: ~ \lI+=lIPa I ~4I~I'f~: cR' 3R(?: ~ I
g. ~ ~ - ~ 1]l{. tRf ~ I ~ I fJf ~ ~I
,. ~ fffi: ~ ~ tftq, off ~ URifl: ~ ~ ~ I
~ W ~ cffi ~: \1R11 ;r acrr iiRT: ;r ~: I (f (f1f
~.
~.
c.frr:
1]l{:
~: ~ ~,
ro tr "
:(.
u.
l.
~o.
~ ~.
~~.
~:(.
~ Sl.
t,.
~: '(!Cf I
3R(1: ~ ;r ~IIAtRr I ij" ~ '(!Cf ~ r (f(f: 1fST 3R(?:
~ a?f iiRT: ~: ~ ~ I
tr: f1: ~ ~ I dO: ij: ~ 31~;:C;q I
ij: 6fK?: W ~ '(!Cf ij: iFSfl{ ~ I
lffrt GRT: ~ ~ ~:, ~ (f ~;a41: -~: ~ ~
~I ~ tik?: ijl t l'UlI'f ~ ~ I ij: arc.rcrq - ~ (ffif, trerifttr
(ri = all) ~ ~ ~ I (f(f: T.J ~ ~ - ~ I
~: arc.rcrq - ~ 'j?r, ~ '(!Cf ~ ~ ~ ~:, (f(f: ~ ~ ~ I ~ 3fftr lP4'T ~ ~ ~ ~: - ~ I
'j?r: cR' ~ ~ ~ ~ 31"18t1q, ~ T.J ~ I ~: 3i(j&l4d 1'1 I
~: ~ '(!Cf 6K?lI iltqfd I ij": fit;a4 fa - ~ '(!Cf 6K?lI ~ ~ I ij fit;a4fd - 3fftr 6K?lI ~ - ~ I
~: ~ qi'14"fd" - ~ ~, 3fftr 6K?lI ~ - ~ I
-rnq,
,-q
armq, ocn
at
70
2) 3)
Rewrite the above sentences with the sandhis.. Translate the following into Sanskrit: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. The servant ran to the palace, and told the king: "0 king, there is fire in the town." The father of the boy should wash the pots with the water of the welL When the sun moves in the sky, people should be happy. The man said to the boy: "0 boy, where are you going? You should stay in your house." The boy said: "Why do you ask me? I am not your son, and you are not my father." The king saw the poem of the man. The king was pleased. The man praised the king, and said to him: "0 king, you should give me gold and jewels, if you are pleased by I with my poem." The servant carries the pot on his head. There is no food in that pot. Therefore the servant should not get weary. He was reading that book. She saw him. It was her book. She said to him: "Why did you steal my book?" The boy struck the horse, and the horse ran to the forest. A man found that horse in the forest. Rama took her away from the palace. She laughed and said: "I do not long for you. Do not take me away." I did not write that book. You should not praise me. Praise him. He wrote that book. She should protect her son, and the son should protect her. If I blame you, then you may blame me. I did not blame you, and .you still (tathlipi) blame me. If you climb the tree, I shall (optative) tell your father. Then God alone will protect you from your father.
8.
9.
10.
4)
71
r
;rcft
(F) river
S
LESSON 8
arr , ~ , :;;
P
;rtf:
;rcft ~
;rcft: ;rcftfit:
~: ~:
~
;rtf:
0(fT
(F)
a vine
S 0(fT
P
0(fT:
irnl!
~
rnT rnT
8dl14141 8<11104141 8d11041't
mrr:
~:
8(f'f'a1": 8(f'f'a1":
~
8'(fP:IT: 8'(fP:IT:
8d III 1'1
8'a1rl: 8'a1rl:
8d 1"11410
rnT
rnT
irORJ
0(fT:
73
(F)
Nom
Ace Ins Dat Abl
~
QftT
~ ~
~ ~ ~
~cl
qr;Gf'f: qr;Gf'f:
Cf!{: ~:
~:
~:
~: ~:
1.ftj
~ ~
qaf:
More pronouns
The interrogative pronoun fcf;;r "who, what which" and the rela tive pronoun ~ "he who t she who, that which" are declined very much like Just as in the forms of tad, ta is the base for all the forms except neuter nominative and accusative singular t the forms of kim and yad have the bases ka and ya respectively, except in neuter nominative and accusative singular. Compare the follow ing: ij": I tf: I qr: (There are no separate relative forms for the first & second ffill1Tlqif ();f14;r1~ person pronouns. Sanskrit usage combines forms of ~ dlTf I <flIT I q;lIT with forms of first & second ~I~I~ person pronouns, i.e. tf: ~.) a-rFf I lfIf.l I iflTf.t
'\
ocr.
Use of
~ is a relative pronoun and thus always occurs in a relative clause: for instance, in the sentence, "I saw the man who told her," the clause "who told her" will be tf: ~ 3T<li~ I The whole
74
sentence will be: ~ (f ~ ~, ~: ~ 3f<P~ I. The case of ~ is determined by the role played by the person or thing in the relative clause. Thus:
~ (f ~(4iq~4~, ~
(IT
\84illiijif I
~ ~ ~ ~, ~ (=id"iijlij 1
~ ~ ~~~1I1ff1, ~ ~ f~~41ij I
"1 long for her, (she) whom you long for (too)." The clauses with forms of ~ such as case forms, or indecli nable forms such as tITq, t(ifT, and ~, are relative clauses. The relative clauses can come either before or after the main clause, i.e. the clause with forms of the co-relative pronoun such as d"i:\ (including its case forms and indeclinable forms such as (fft, (fCfT, and O?r). Usually, the noun referred to by the relative pronoun appears in the first clause of the complex sentence:
liu
"rA
Use of ~ (who? what? which?) This is the interrogative pronoun mostly declined with the base if) in masc./neut. and qrr in feminine, cf. forms of d"i:\. "What, which and who" are declined with genders and numbers. Examples:
iP:~1 qrr~1
~~I ~~I cii fiI;:a 4 Iij I ifi't fiI;:a 4 fij I fiti fiI;:a if Iij I
f$i{
.1
75
mate things in Sanskrit, if the words for those things are line or feminine. Examples:
mascu~
di;rt~1
q;t
~"~I
lIT<?t
~ I
Forms of \.!(fcf "this~' (he, she, it) These forms are very similar to the forms of (fC( "that" (he, she, it), except for some additional optional forms. Just compare the following:
M
ij':
at
dll dFf
~
"= ~,~
~,~
m
ij
(fJ1f I
~,~
~,~
om-: I
a(fC(
I I
m,m
~,~
m:
(flIT
~:,~:
m:, m-:
\.!(fcf, ~ ~,~
~,~
'(!'(flIT, ~
. iffi?T
.~
. ij1lT
(F)
.;rcft
.~
.~
(F) (F)
(F)
(F) (F)
(F)
. CfI1lft
~
;rrft
. ;prft
76
r
Pronouns
~ (MFN) f$lr (MFN) . ~ (MFN)
"\
.~
(F)
(F)
, =tflI
. Q(i~ (F)
fRt
~
(fiT
(I:q:q~qq - ~ ('111, ~ ;wr: m-1ft tfR I 'if1l;fl:q~qq - ~ ~, ~ ;rcft+)q ~ I ~ "11JI@1~ lIT;rrfr tIT ~~: I ~ tIT ~ ~, tIT ~ " I ~ ~ ~ I ~ 'lfiFft (Iit'lqq(f - ~ l!'{T ~ Q(i~:, ~ 3{fq ~~: ~ I trcrr m ~~: ~ 'i11l;f)itq~q, ro m ~ - ~ ~, ~ illitq~: "11JI@1~ I (J'(f(=cV ~ Q(i~ lIT qitpf I '(10: Q(i~: ~ ~ )J~:q)liijq I
m ~ ~ df ;PI flit)1
tawta, a -fRt
iIi ({ r
fRt
1Jt
- fRt
;rrfr (fq
'frtTf ~
iflT ~ ~ ~~: ~ I
,
~
~~m'ifK?T~1 iflt~~~1
trl~~~,~~1
~ ~
"
t
'lfiFft ~ ~:
~Iilq~~q I
;wr: q(d~'lrRI8Rl I
77
3)
I see Rama's wife on the bank of that river. My mother would be pleased, if she were to see your sister. The poet read his poems in the assembly of the king. Her mother-in-law told me. The king's army should conquer this town. I think of the girl who I saw in your house. Your sister's mother-in-law is my mother. In which house do you live? Who is your wife? In whose assembly did you read your poems? Who is that woman? Does your wife see that army? I am satisfied with that garland. I see the splendor of the moon in the sky. In which town do you live?
78
r
+j"f.t
Nom Ace Ins Dat Abl Gen
Loc
(M)
LESSON 9
Declension of masculine nouns in { and J sage
S
P
~:
Voe
+F: lfl: +F
(M)
+j"f.t: ~ ~ ~
lffi lffi
~: ~:
4jPl4I~ ~PI4I~
~: ~: ~: ~;ft"i Iii
~:
lffi
tree
S 01;:
D
~
~
P
(f('Cif:
~
(WJIT
09
d(i4('l
~
d(i4I~
~:
on: on: rn on
(R?'Pl: (R?'Pl:
~: ~:
~
~ ~
(f('Cif:
79
and J"
1ffa
Nom Acc Ins Dat Abl Gen
Loc
(F)
lffa':
~
If?.1T
lfift lfift
~ral21l~
JI Rl1-f.411i
lfift:
11fd{it:
~: ~:
~,~
li ral21l~
11?n1{, ~
11?-rl: 11?-rl:
lfift
lidl~l~
Voc
lfit
(F)
~
+r(11f:
it;j
Nom Acc Ins Dat Abl Gen Loc Voc
cow
S
it;j:
iJ;Grr ~,~ iJ;Grr:, iRT: iJ;Grr:, iRT: ~,iRt
~ ~
m:
~: ~: ~: ~:
~: ~:
iRT
m:
~ ~
Compare the forms of ~ and (1'1;. They are quite similar with each other. In general, it may be said that when the masculine nouns in f have f, ~ and l!, the masculine nouns in '3" have '3", ]i, !f and aU respectively. But compare the forms ~: and ~ and and and Here the pairs have the same vowel in their final syllable, because the final vowels are part of the affixes. The forms of lffa' and it;j are also quite parallel in the same
i,
m,
:arrt
m.
ro:,
80
manner. It may be observed that the optional forms of ;ffit and it';j in the singular from dative to locative result because, for some reason, the feminine nouns in i and u in these places behave either like the masculine nouns in i and u, or optionally like the feminine nouns in long i and u. Compare the following:
~ l;rh
~:
~I~
I ;rQT:
+ra":
~I~
lfatltfrt
~Irn
~:Im:
1ft:
~I~
~: I qt:Gff:
~I~
Visarga sandhi
~Iarl
A visarga ( : ) changes to ~ if it is preceded by any vowel except at or 3fT, and followed by a vowel or a voiced consonant. Examples:
ott:
Vowel sandhi A)
m:
~: ~:
+ + + +
3fSf ~ ~
~
~ ~
4j~)lT4RI
d (1 fiRi
tlTcfRI"
m~
arsr
(l11l?f
+f'I(?T
.. :>
b)
~or~
Examples:
$or~
J'CI'ft
+ ~
;rcft+~
~ aYt9R1
~~
81
c)
J" or 3)
Example:
J" or 3)
----7
3)
----7 ----7
~+m ~ + 3iffl:
51
~1T;tJ<lq ~ ~1T;tJQ\,=q:
d)
----7
~+~:
B)
----7
~: ~:
Simple vowels followed by dissimilar vowels: a) {or ----7 If, if followed by any other vowel. '\ + 31tOr: ----7 dq4~q: Examples:
;r(t + ~
b)
----7
il,
c)
or 51 ----7 Example:
'{,
C)
----7
l!
----7
~+~
b)
3{ or
----7
3fT
Examples:
J" or 3) 3{'f + m
----7
an----7 ----7
anrMft
1Pi~lg~
~+m
c)
3{ or 3fT
l! or ~
:q +
~
----7
~
----7 ----7
Examples:
Q;:qr+~
d)
3{ or 3fT
an- or an
----7
'\
Examples:
:q+~
an
----7 ----7
~+~
~ ~ 611'41 tiI!fIi
82
D) Exceptions: Long {, 3i and ~ do not change, if they occur at the end of dual forms of nouns or verbs. Similarly the final vowels of interjections like 311, ~ and 3fflt remain unchanged.
Examples:
lffi
3I?f
~ +
~ +
rfd ~ 3f.1 ~
lffi 1# 3f.1
~1#3f.1
~ #~
.~
.~
,~
arft
.q;:fit
. (R;
<~
.fm]
.~
.~
sage heap guest enemy poet tree arrow teacher baby, child beast, animal
lffir
.~
'~
.~
-~ .~
.~
.~
'<Fi
I~
intelligence, thought, mind devotion earth, ground night power cow beak rope body dust
~ lP1;{Jlil'lJIi1q I (f?f tT ~ Sllij 1e;'1 JIi1q, Sllij Ie; Iq ~ ifltfle;q I ~ ~ 1P1'1q~4q I ms (il;:a4q - ~ rns;r Sliti Ie; Iq Slffi~era - rfd I tT ~ 31l1T.1q 3ftiCf({ if' - ~ I f(ftS?f ~ Slltile;lq SlffiMCi~ I (=(f ~ f(f;llIilijlij - ~ I (f(f: ij ~f4qiij'lqqq - ~ CfRl, art dGf ~ ~ r (=(f ~ ~tp:f - dGf lJt!: SlI~{le;I(f SlF8ffde(d - rfd I e;ltit'dc{ ~ 3Iifl~ I
:rr:
83
m
~
:t
g
stlijlqhl Gird (JIi1q, ~ iUqQlIq I ij' )jti'iqqq - W'lj"'rt, ~ I "fit +iIi Ifa fit: I q1f ~ am- (=Gft '"{Gt~tt 't I ~ t~'i IPI ~ if ~rr;ijll 't I q1f ~ ~ ~: - ~ I no: ij' ~ ~ ~ I ij' d?ll'"{Gtttq I "n '1ltti'iqq(f - W ~, \!1r ~ lj(): I ~ ~ (1i ~ M'iIf4 if ~:, i j ' " I ~ i j ' " , oft 3W4'lIt: W-<T~, I:ttI if ~ - ~ I no: ij'J 11Pli ~ (f 1P1'i"i'iq, ~ if I ij' 1f4t=dttl fiq:("tt IqiSllq I trlsGfCi({ - W~, (fq '1q:("tt 1~'iqiSli't I "fit lfc{ ~, a-q ttfldtt'! - ~ I ij' "nsGfCi({ - W lj"'rt, am- tt~f4i1'~ I lfc{ am- ~, a-q R 'fif1 - ~ I )jti (q qq - q1f m?1T lR{ (1i ~~~&lq R ~ - ~ I ~: ~ ~llIi'i(O~~lq I atcf ij'J 11Pli ~, ~ ~, ij' ~ )jti'iqqq - W lj"'rt, ~ I ;;at q1f I:ij1J - ~ I )jti(qqq - W~, ~ ~ ~:, ~ I:(!I'i ~~: I lfCfT"fit tt"i'i ~;:att:, (fCIT ij1f 'i Fa ("1QlI(f I lfcfT ij1f 'i fa ("1~lIq, (fCfT ~ (fCf 31ft: ~: I R +IT fiRr:T I {Qq (~q fiRr:T I ~ (1;pflQq t ~:, ~ (Qq (PI m?1T (fq 11Pli ~ ~ - ~ I no: ij' "n ~ ~, ~ ~QC4 (+i"iiq, (Qq (t=l\ ~ I ~ ~ ~s~, ~ if ~ ;;;ftq~illi1(f I
1Jf.t
a-
(1
\)
t
2)
., ~
~m~1
~ iiFfifi: ~ O'lrtir, ~ ij' . . GRif; ~ fiFd~({ I
cftrlst}urt d1: ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ I
~ mrt turor: ~ I arf;r ~ ~ +IT I
lit q1f tt"iii"ill (ttq, 11?rl ~ ~ I
a-.: 'h8Irif<illqi I
q;:q IQiI~~ d
I
Rewrite the above story after making sandhis where there are no sandhis t and dissolving the sandhis where there are sandhis. Write the declensions of the following:
3)
31ft,~,~, ~
84
4)
He
He went to
his friend and asked him: your life?" The friend said: happiness.
"0 friend, are you satisfied in "0 king, 1 am satisfied. 1 am My poetry is my I am In the I do not want gold.
a poet, and a poet longs for his poetry. I do not have gold. happy without gold." forest he saw a sage. leaves near a lake. sage said: forest."
5)
The king went to the forest. The king asked the sage:
The sage was sitting on a heap of "0 sage, if The I do Gold is happiness."
you want gold, 1 may give you gold. not want gold.
85
I
Middle Verbs (at I("+I~ q ~ 1)
LESSON 10
Here we shall consider middle (3tI("+l~q ~.u verbs. These verbs take middle endings (atl("+l~qci) in active voice. No real middle voice as such has survived in the classical language. In Classi cal Sanskrit, no semantic distinction between active (q(~qr4:;'O and middle (3tI("+l~q~;'P verbs has survived, though the grammarian~ argue that for verbs which have a choice of q (~qCi or'" "" , endings, the 3t1?t~qc; forms are reflexive. The traditional example is that of the verb ~ "to sacrifice". The sentence ~ means "the king sacrifices (so that the fruit of the sacrifice goes to himseIO." In contrast, the sentence ~ ~ means "the priest sacrifices (so that the fruit of the sacrifice goes to the host)." This semantic distinction has not survived in the classical lan guage. As in the case of the active verbs, the middle verbs are also classified into 10 conjugations. Here we shall consider the middle verbs (A for 8tI("+l~q~~) in the conjugations 1, 4, 6 and 10. The middle verbs in these four conjugations have the same mimes as the corresponding active verbs.
'\
,...rt
'\
(lA)
S
1st 2nd 3rd
(?it
~ ~
~ (?itiJ ~
(lA) (4A) (6A) (IDA)
~
~1t ~
to to to to rejoice think incite, to push counsel
Examples:
lfr fFf
~
lF5{
+t;;:;}lttd
87
a.l)
+ at Examples:
+ +
a.2)
b.l)
+ Examples:
+ +
b.2)
aft
~ 3{Cf, before any vowel other than 31 Examples: '\ lj"rt + ~ ~ )jiFaRI
~
c)
~ ~ ~?llrara
'Q'
d)
att
Examples:
lJrl
~ ~ q;qlra~ ~ ~ )jilrara
e)
aIT,
'Q' and
aft
be optionally elided, and in the case of such elision of ~ and Cf, no further sandhi occurs. Examples:
~
)j( ~
fa
or or or or
q;r#~
ljf#~ oro # ~
q;qr#~
88
Due to various sandhi rules, occasionally identical sequences result from different original sequences, and only the larger sentential context can help identify the originals. Compare and contrast the following:
"The boys stand here." "Two boys stand here." A girl stands here."
Table showing the combinations of ilDal and initial vowels in external sandhi
~
With initial Final ..... ... 3" a; ;fi ~ -.:r -.:r 3IT Sf SIT ~
3IT
Sft3fT 3fT
3fT
~
an an
~
3)
~
~
E
~
~
3ft 3ft
7.fT
~;f ~
3"13i
Cf
t t
fct
~
3)
~
~
err
TI
rft
f{
~
,.
~
if
crt
U
rrt
-rl
;finn ("
ft tt
-.:r
or
~s
ar:rr3ffit3Pft3Pi 3t1{ 3PI 3P1 3Ft ~ 3Prt 3P1t 3OO3tf 3If 3td an; m artr ~ ~ m 3J3tt
1f
or
ant
3fT
or
...
ans
arcrr arftt
30031l
3If
m~
3f<{
3fiJ
3{Cf
artr
rt ara3R!"
3{qf
m
m
8fcrl
3J3tt
sIT
or
3ITCf IDCfT
m amrr
arrfct
~
m ant
3WI
3IT3"
amIT
89
, ~~
(IA) (lOA)
...
3J~ .
'~
.~
.~
3J~
f(i8~l1d
(4A) (4A) (lA) (IA) (4A) (IA) (IA) (lA) (lA) (4A) (6A)
~;
m m
'Gr.I
~
'cr-!
''fl1!{
.~
~ ~ ~ ~
~
/+1'1 .1Cr
,~
00~
~ ~
,fGrC{
c)
.1lf
.~
m
M
.~
.~ .~
..
"'I;::)I4d ~
to see to request to suffer to be depressed to dive, plunge to swallow, devour to be born to be to grow (intransitive) to speak to rejoice to think to incite, push to die to be to sport, to rejoice in to obtain, get to tremble to counsel to praise
Indeclinables
3W.f
~:
. ~:
. 3J'FT
-If'-1T " (f'-1T
~~
;rm
I
Cfiii I~(f
today
tomorrow
yesterday
now
just as
so, in that manner
once
sometimes never
90
16
I~
I~
~ !h lli ~ I ~
+P
1.l?Ji-~~
I~~
I ~ ~ .t1S~ ~ I ~ ~ t)btlrlpr b
.~
.?
"
*3
-It
:l{SUBU 3
9l'BISU'B.IJ,
(I
S9S'~.I9X3:
(.J;y.le
,ty.t1h ,
~"
lnq
2) Rewrite the above sentences, without the sandhis, but write with sandhis those sequences which are originally without sandhis. 3) Translate the following into Sanskrit:
I praise the clouds, which wander (\ll{ 1P, \l1ff(r) in the sky, because the clouds give us water. The fire swallows the trees in the forest, as a beast swallows food. The elephants plunge into the water of the lake. The sage looks at the world and thinks that there is only sorrow in the world. In that country, the people are depressed today. When the king strikes his enemies with a weapon, the sages read the sacred texts. When I obtain gold, my happiness grows. I suffer, when my friends blame my poetry. I rejoice, when my enemies suffer. When a man gets his wife's devotion, he rejoices. I see the splendor of the flowers. The flowers are on the creeper. Now when the daughter-in-law sees the mother-in-law, the mother-in-law trembles. Today I say, "0 friend, do not recite your poems. Due to those poems, you rejoice, but I feel depressed." The trees grow in the forest.
~ (4A)
riRJ~lfd
~ (lA) ~
t~
(lA)
92
LESSON 11
Middle Verbs (continued) Past imperfect
i?1{
1st 2nd 3rd
(lM)
~
3~lP.rr:
~
~tnl{
~
~
~
3l(?1fd
~
~ ~
Examples:
(1M)
(4M)
~
~
If.1
1C{
Imperative mood
(6M)
~
'i'""l4d
~ (lOM)
~ 3f'1'""14d
i?1{
(1M)
iN
~
-
D
~ ~
~
~ ~
~
~
'11c;dl~
'1;:qdl~
If.1
1C{
Potential mood
~ (10M)
~
'1""'14d
~ '1""'14d I~
i?1{
(1M)
~ iN'1T: (?ita"
~ ~
~ ~
93
Examples:
lR (lM) lR (4M)
~
(6M)
00
~
lI4
(10M)
4i;;;POld
4i<;?t~d
Note: In the case of verbs with initial vowels, the combination of the past-tense 3f (or according to traditional Sanskrit grammar) with the initial vowel results in the vrddhi-grade of that initial vowel. The Gu'{ta change is seen in irlr..rft:t and Gu'{ta-grade Original Vrddhi-grade
arr
m.
3J13IT
~;f
J'/J;
~fiII
3J l!
arr
~
3ft
3f{ 3J 3J 3J
+ + +
am:
==> ==> ==>
~ ~
ail
Examples:
3J~
and ::q;r
fi{
In Classical Sanskrit, the most common manner of saying "a man" or "some man" is to use the cli tic fi{ or ::q;r after the forms of the pronoun~. With these clitics, the forms of the pronoun fr$:I{ do not remain interrogative, but come to mean "a", "some", "someone", "somebody", etc. Thus, while tli;r means "by whom?", ~~ means "by somebody." Similarly, (Ii: ;r(: ~ I means "Which man goes?", but ~,rq;r ;r(: ~ I means "Some man" or "A man goes". The sandhi between the forms of fr$:I{ and the clitics and T.:Fr is obligatory. The same effect may be obtained by using 3{fr with the forms of~. Compare the following:
fiI
1a)
(Ii:
"Someone is standing there." "Where did you go?" f?I' ~ "I went somewhere."
O?f ~?
~I ~ I
~:?
it1Tsftt (f.iI"
~ I
31PI
~ I ~ I ~ ~ I
94
"I saw alsome tree." ~ ~ / (JliFf / ~ ~ ~ I "Which fruit do you want?" (=G{1f ~ ~ ~i4JIij? "I want a/some fruit." ~ ~ / ~ / fct;lrftr ~ ~T4lrTi I
"In which town did you live?" ~ (=qlJ arqij:?
~ 4l~~q / =-4ltT"~m~r=~r-T'1 / 4lf?1"ifq
"I lived in a/some town."
'\
'\
m~1
~ (;it I
Note: Negative usages like ;:r ~, ;:r 4lTsftr, ;:r ~ etc. mean
"never," "no one," and "nowhere," respectively, rather than "not
sometime," "not someone," etc. Also note that in the following
story, constructions like 'If: 'If: ij": ij': mean something like
"whoever, ... all those."
Vocabulary .t<i (pron) .~ (indcl) , HR (n) .' 1ffOT (n)
, 'Qli
hm
1)
(pron) (n)
ij"?i
~)lal4l
.~
,m
ri
3IT+ro
2)
95
i ~~ . If~r~ ~~ ~~ ~~ii~ ~ ii ~ ~ ~If ~ ~ ~ i ~ %~ - - i ~ ~ i = ~ ~ ;! ~ ~ ~ to i i ~ rt ~ t fi r ~ if ~ ~lf t IfIf~ 1 i ~ -. w J! - to ~ t;r.f~~ J J ~ ~ t;r1i '. "t $d~ii i ~!l~!i w~~ ~ ~~:ti:'~~i ~ t: ~i ~~;~~~w.i~l~~~~ii:~!~l~i~~if ~W~ ~fIi fi~r~ltt ~~ f! re~ ~ r~ ~ to Il~~i[~:i~~il~II~~i~i;f~~ ~~ i ~w~. ~ i [~ ~-I+ ~ ~ ~ ~ .~.. ~ -It ~ ~f
tg
I;;
[Iii ~ ~
tv' -
~ ~ h ;r ~ I ~ ~ ;rrr: iflCi I~q 3tf~llt4t1 I m ;rrtt ~ ljt, ~ ~ I ;r CFGfTfCr m ij~qli8~ I ~ ~tTq - lit ~ ij" fWr ~ I W m ;rrtt - ;r ~ sttl" ;r fWr ~~ma-~ma 'ftt JIi45q I m~-~~,~~~ I ~ 1) ij(4lif4~I: I ~sfWr, a-~ ;r ~ I 81* 4 ~ ~ h~, ~ ~ ~ I ()uITst ~ 4iiJ44f I ~ ~ lJlf fl:tir ~ ~ T.f ~ ~ I ij" 1jPi t4CiijO 4' ~ ilttmt, ~;:a4 RI T.f,
ri'i
m-lilr
ij"
fl:tir
3)
;r ~ ~,
fl:tir
~, ~ T.f ~ I
There was a forest. In that forest, there lived a sage. The sage lived with his wife. Near the forest, there was a city. In that city, there lived a king. The king lived in his palace with his wife. The kings wife did not love (=long for) the king. Therefore, the king had no happiness. A man whose wife does not love him has no happiness. The king thought: "If I go to the forest and speak to a sage, my misery will end (~)." The king The sage went to the forest, saw the sage, and spoke to him. laughed and said to the king: "0 king, just as your wife does not love you, similarly my wife does not love me. That is why I became a sage and came (3IT+f'J11l, 31PI+4RI, to come) to this forest. You should also stay here in the forest with me. I will be (potential) your friend and you will be my friend. The two of us will have happiness." The king lived in the forest with his wife near the sage. In time ~), the kings wife loved the sage, and the sage's wife loved the king. All of them lived with happiness in the forest. 4) Write five Sanskrit sentences of your own.
97
I
Gerunds and inimitives
LESSON 12
Gerunds: Gerunds are indeclinable derivative forms derived from verb roots to signify a "preceding action", or to translate a phrase such as "having gone". The restriction on the use of gerunds is
that the agent of the gerund and the main verb must be the same. ~, (ftfT ij" ~ I Example: lfCfT 'fll1t "When Rama goes home, he drinks water."
'Jt
mta
This sentence can be converted to a gerund-construction by using the gerund 'l'f(Cff "having gone". m=qr 'fll1t ~ I Example: "Having gone home, Rama drinks water."
'Jt
mta
lfCfT (furr
"When SUa goes home, Rama drinks water." This sentence is grammatically correct with the construction m-(fCfT. But one cannot change this into a gerundconstruction, because there are different agents for the two actions. If there are several actions one can use a series of gerunds: preceding a principal
1
action,
"Having gone home, having drunk water and having eaten fruit, Rama goes out with happiness." Note that all of these actions have the same agent. One can use a gerund-construction, as long as there is a subordinate action preceding a principal action. The principal action may be expressed in any tense or mood. Examples:
99
Rama drinks water." Rama drank ..." Rama must drink ..." Rama may drink ..."
The There are two gerund-forming afiIXes? -tva and -ya. affix -tva is used if the verb has no prefixes, and the affix -ya is used if the verb has any prefixes. Examples: ~ "having gone" (1iT --> lJ1{ + ij1{ + lJlf + If --> ~ I o?f "having come together" This is a purely morphological difference and does not We shall deal with the use of involve any syntactic changes. gerunds and infinitives with passive main-clauses in Lesson 16. For a less frequent gerund form in -aIlJ, see Lesson 44.
Inrtnitives:
Infinitives are indeclinable forms derived from the verb roots by adding the affix ~, e.g. lJ1{ + (ft --> ~ "to go". An infinitive expresses a subordinate action which is the goal? purpose or reason for the main action. Like the gerunds, the infinitive also has the same agent as the main verb. If the two actions have different agents, one cannot have an infinitive construction. Examples:
1)
~~001Jt~ I
"Rama goes home to drink water."
2)
ijtrr
'fIlt ~ q"'l'iJlildq
I I
clli ~ ~ s ~l"'lG1l1q
4)
"To protect the country, the king conquered the enemies." ~ ~ Cli'-ifil(JFti't IFti I "1 want to tell you."
The following tables give gerunds and infinitives for the verbs done so far:
100
101
~ '.fTC{
;r+r
'\.
'I
;ft
~
~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ PI~fd ;p;rfa'
~ ~1~("G4I, ~
~lt~("G41
~
~
~
wrp::lf
tllt~(j11 ~
~
~f4:rij
~,~
f
-qT{
'Cffi
ttq
'tfT
~
1:fOfd
1:fiTfd
~ ~
>fUJ'l
~,~
'SftfOif
'f{ ~
-,q
~ ~
..
~
~ q18<4 ra
~
~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ triRft ~ ~ tfKJ'f ~
f4R11
q18fl1(j,! '{Gtf41'i ~
'{\i1 f4 ("011
~ 'll'{
~trfa ~ ~
~ ~,~ ~
'i1~('OjI
~I~'d'" ~ ~
~
~ '{Et f4("e4 I
~,~ 'i PI ('OJ I, :q(Ojl 'i;:;;ll f4('Oj I
V1J
~ ~ ~
1jC(
~ ~ ~ 1l{
~
lJ
~ ~
~
~
~ ~ ~ ~
3fc1l1?-t~ ~
~
vfiRft
~
~Etf41'i
'i;:;;ll4d
'i;:;;ll f4(j,!
~ ~
3ii~r4
m ~ m
TIm
~
~, (f
lfOIT
ro
~ til f4 ('OJ I
~ ~
'11 ~(j'i
~(ilU1
~
~
tilf4(ft
1(=OjT,
(ffl ('OJ I
~Rl4" ~
~
~
8'J ~
M"
Qj (ij ("C4 I,
8(ij ("(41
mur
~
102
ff({
~ ~
r.rcrfct 7.ftffit
~ ~
~;qra
\3 14 ('(J(I \3 fWt('q I
~ ~ ~(4('qt, a(4('q1
3f.lU
~ ~ ~
iff
if"{
fcWr
m m
-srm
~ ~
~
3ti~f:l4
ltfd('(J(l, ~
~ ~
~
'JIll
'SIt{ trc{ t=qr
~fl+4fd ~ ~
~ ~
~,~
afCI('q I
~ 'Smf?1 ~ Ft~
ij~81U4
=
~ ~ ~ ~
~Ifqq't
~,~
tft<rfd fdwfd
t=~~p~fd ~ ~
~
~tfPI'
~ t='-fRjl!
~ ~ ~
6lf
~
~~("ql
~ ~ ~
~
~
nf(t
~ ~ ~
Exercises 1) Translate the following sentences into English and change them to gerund- and/or inimitive constructions if possible:
t
~
~.
$1.
103
,.
l[cff iffi?l: ~ ~,
f4.
".
l.
~. ~o.
l[cff
ro fq'l(j&ll: I
W ilRT Pl. acrr -a- ~ ~11J1rft"'illPI~ I
l[cff ~ ~ ~;:a4Pa, ro a ~ ~ t
l[cff~: ~~, ro ij ~ ~;qfd I
l[cff m q;f ~, ro ij ~ ~ I
l[cff ~S~qlqijil(f, ro -at q;f ma- ~ I
l[cff (1'I~@t1 'Jt ~, ro ij ~, tIT;r ~ I
ql~ql'l<flOll~,
ro as~
C:: .
I
~ <rrFt 'h81Ft ~, ~ <rrFt ~ I
l[cff ~~ ~, ro tIT ~ I
iiI8t ~ -m-q, ro ij ~ ~
~ l P1 iQ(Ol1 . . ~, fl!4" ~ I
l[cff ~_ ~ SllijlC;'I~l1({, ro ~141t=~iP"q I
ma-
l[cff ~S~,
l[cff~:
~~.
ro wi
ro
ro
mwi
m, ro at
wi
104
Translate the following into Sanskrit using i.nimitive forms, Try to alter them to gerund-constructions. 1) The horses run to the river to drink water. 2) She wants money to obtain happiness. 3) The crow sits on the tree to eat fruit. 4) The servants want to run after the king. 5) A servant steals gold to show it to his wife. 6) I go to the village to see my mother. 7) The king went to the mountain to see the sage and speak to him. 8) The boy worships his father to obtain money from him. 9) The people sat around the tree to watch the horses. 10) The woman held leaves in her hands to count them. 11) Elephants do not want to eat flesh. 12) The hero climbs the palace to see the enemies. 13) The king gives money to his friend to write poetry. 14) He steals jewels from the palace to live with happiness. 15) We request the hero to strike the king. 16) The boy washed the fruit to eat them. 17) The fool ~:) climbed the mountain to touch the sun and to eat the moon. 18) The man went to the river-bank to sit with the girl. 19) The servant went to the sage to ask him. 20) You go to the king to ten him. 21) The king took the sage into the palace to worship him. 22) He requested the man to enter the palace. 23) The sage sat on the ground to worship god. 24) The crows sat on the tree to eat fruit. 25) The jackals talk to the elephant to praise him. 26) 0 wife, I want you to abandon me. 27) I do not want to become a poet. 28) I read books to obtain happiness. 29) The jackal goes to the forest to find meat. 30) I want to think only of god.
if possible.
105
3)
106
LESSON 13
Masculine nouns in i There are two kinds of masculine nouns in i : (A) agent-nouns (verb + ~ ), and (B) nouns expressing family relations. There are slight differences in the declension of these two types. Italici zed forms in the following paradigms should be compared and con trasted to understand the differences.
~
Nom Acc Inst Dat Abl Gen
"leader"
(:;fi + ~ )
S
;trr
~
~ ~
~ ~
~:
~: ~:
~
~: ~:
~~~I~ ~~\4I1f
Loe
Voc
~
"father" S
~
~:
P
~: ~: ~:
fit[
Nom Acc Inst Dat Abl Gen
fqor
~
\
f?nrrl f?nrrl
ftt;rt: ftt;rt:
ftr?rr fR
ftrq: ftraft ftro{
ftrcI:
fCI~\4I1f fCI~\4I1f
=:
~:
~:
Loe
Voc
Exceptions:
~I'I
~: ~:
f?nrrl
The words ~ "husband" and ~ "grandson" are declined like the agent-nouns. l' is like fit[, except that it has an option in gen. pI.:
~~.
107
Feminine nouns in :fi' AIl of these are nouns denoting family relations. The paradigm of a feminine noun in :fi' is identical with that of the word ~ "father", except in accusative plural. For instance, the accusative plural of ~ "mother" is The word ~ "sister" is declined like an agent noun in :fi', except in accusative plural, e.g. ~:.
mv:.
(1)
a''tla'"1+t
Examples:
+
(3) Initial ~ ...
d6f>'tcll{ ~ Qdcti4Cfl
~
ii,
(f({ OR
diJij fd
+ a'\'4,ij kl and
(4)
dental C Examples:
Ot{
~:
=)
+ +
d,s'ttl: 4ltil411
108
(5) dental C
Examples:
i11lIq i11lIq
~:
(6)
=)
~
~
+ + +
if
~ ~
~IJlI'tI~
iffilf
if
~ IJlI\i'\ill4 d
~ ~St."iI'
~,
before ~.
+ +
oq:
i11lIq
~,
Go
m:
8TcP:
~
~~
~ ~ 1'l1~81cp:
(7) dental
before ~.
+ +
Examples:
011 ~
~~ 4q 1~81cp:
~
(8) stop
---7
---7 a;:;r ;r + qJifi ~ ll+I' + ... ~ ---7 oq: d r:4?1,! + ~ Optionally: ~, ~, and ~ (rare in texts).
Examples:
oq:
. (9) ~,
corresponding voiced
---7 ---7
Optionally:
~ ~d ~
if1iP
~
(rare in texts).
afi crrffl.r
. (10) Final ~, OJ and ~ are doubled, after a short vowel and before any vowel. Examples: ~ ---7 3i'ia P4~ + ~ ~ 3PIi45"'1 Icpl~l~ + ammJ1f ~ (11) Final ~, before an unvoiced dental, palatal or retroflex stop, is replaced by an anusvam plus a sibilant homorganic with the stop. Examples:
~ ~
+
"t-
(f.if
4qit=d?l
cfqt~
if
---7
109
(12) Final <."' original or derived from a marga, is deleted, before an initial <."' and the previous simple vowel is lengthened. (Original <." in ~, ~, ~ etc.) Examples: ~ + "(111: ~ 1fJT "(111: lffa": + "(111: ~ If<ft "(111:
~:
"(111:
~ ~
(Jlf:
. (13) If a word ending in a short vowel is followed by iI, a T{ is inserted between the two. This insertion is optional after a long vowel. ~ q;~iijl?l: Examples: + ~ ~iij I'll I or +
~i(:ql
Vocabulary Agent Nouns m. CfRI donor doer, maker m. . ~ leader m. . ~ hearer m. . ~ m. .~ conqueror goer m. .lR[ speaker m. ~~ m. '1 man Other v ocabulary m. "~ fool n. . JllR garden m. ,crftr poor
father-in-law
m.~
Note:
Relation Nouns m . .~ father f. .~ mother m. '~ grandson m. .\ffiI brother m. .~ husband son-in-law m.r~ daughter f. .~ f. <~ sister f. . ;r;n;:; sister-in-law (husband's
sister)
Forms of :;::r( and 1 may look alike in certain contexts: :;::r(: ~ verses :;::r(: JjiijRl I Also the nominative singular of 1, i.e. ;rT, may be confused with ;r.
110
Exercises 1) Decline fully the following: " ~, ~, ~, ~. 2) Translate the follow!n.g sentences into English, and rewrite them after splitting the sandhis:
~.
qldl(Ri('i.f1 ~ ~ I
~. If'lfi1 tIT ~4~(?~q6l'1+Pliltla1frfi.t tIT ~ tll()Il"""is(4IR a;4iUa I
'I. 00 ~ ~("61I'"111ijlC;iRij8tilfCnil(f I
~. ~ ~: S41t1lq@llq4~llq~lf;a1frfi.t (I~"""ilq~lf+! r \). lJGT ij" cfirt ~lllf3t(dl1 d?lIJiiU'dC;1 a~dl(~cfl(~wl ~ '114t=d~ Pi;:C;'1 I
~. ~~~ C!d~~
wn
~.
(,.
~.
~o. ~ ~.
~~. ~ ~.
~ ~
~.?
~"'''l.'
111
ocr~
~"(!if
Iffit:
~~
4) Translate the following sentences into Sanskrit and apply all possible sandhi rules: 1) My wife was not pleased with the words (speech) of the two sisters-in-law. Her two sisters-in-law are my two sisters. I am the father of my grandson's father.
My son is the grandson of my mother-in-law.
My father-in-law is the husband of my mother-in-law.
But my father-in-law is my mothers brother. Your son-in-law is my daughter's husband. Who are you? My father-in-law is the speaker in the kiug's court. The hearers do not want to give money to the speakers. Therefore, the speakers do not want to speak. Those girls do not long for foolish husbands. A father gives his daughter to his son-in-law. Therefore, he is a donor. Having seen the grandson of the conqueror king, her son-in-law gave him his daughter.
2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10)
5)
112
I
Neuter nouns in
~t
LESSON 14
All of these nouns essentially follow the same pattern as may be seen from the following paradigms of the words iilft n. "water",
* may
be
iilft
Nom
Ace
n.
"water"
S
D
Inst
Dat
Abl
Gen
1.,oe
Voc
qrf(uft
orrAA orrAA
~: ql~~: qIfl1-l.t: i.iIl[lUII~
qrftuft
orrAA
ll'j n.
Nom
Ace Inst Dat Abl
11':{ 11':{
Gen Loc
Voe
1Vff: 1Vff:
11':{, ~
l1'ffi l1'ffi
~ ~ ~
~:
~:
.:
~ ~
~
~
lJ'fIl1I
113
n.
"goer"
S
Nom Acc Inst Dat Abl Gen
Loe
1M! 1M!
lRfr
~
~:
~:
lRJuft lRJuft
ll~POiI,! ll~'UiI,!
~
~
~:
~:
~:
~: ~:
ll1 oll ,!
Voc Adjectives
1M!,~
lRJuft
A. In Sanskrit a word such as "black" in the sentences "The black box" and "The box is black" functions morphologically the
same way. An 'adjective' in its adjectival as well as predicative use agrees with the noun in gender, number and case.
B. in 3fT. An adjective ending in 3J usually has its feminine form Examples:
"white"
In general, adjectives ending in a given vowel and having a certain gender follow the pattern of the nouns ending in that vowel and having that gender. Examples: "pure"
c.
~: 1jF1: ~: ;rrtt
~~
"soft"
"pure sage" "pure woman" "pure water" "soft poet" "soft mother" "soft lotus"
~:~: ~: ifRIl ~~
114
D. Adjectives in ~, J" and ~ have certain additional optional forms. Some of these optional variations may be noted. 1) Neuter adjectives in ~, J' and ~ may be optionally declined like the masculine except in the nom, ace and voc cases. or ~: ~ "from the pure water" Examples: ~: or ~: ~ "from a moving cart" l'MJ: ~: or ~: ~ "from a small lotus" Adjectives in J', denoting a quality, in feminine, may optionally have an additional ~ affix, and then be declined like ;rcft. Example: <?q: or ~ ;rcft "small river"
2)
E. Agent-nouns in ;n always have the affix and are then declined like ;rcft. Example: ;)aT~: "leader king" ~;rrtt "leader woman"
in feminine,
Vocabulary Nouns Adjectives n. n. n. n. n. n. m. n. m. m. n. n. water honey tears water wood thing shoulder knowledge disciple word eye cart
,~
cmt
at,
.~
~~
. JCf1(
' ifilUI
.~ .~
CfI1j
.~
.~
~
~
;rq
. fiR ~
.~
.~
.-cft;r
-6(1'
. ~
.~
.~
'lff
blind generous one-eyed well, skillful small, mean lame new favorable, clear fat killed dead sick
115
~
F
ifiT1UT
m. n.
teacher cause
m
e~
.~
.~
Indeclinables
.mq
-am]
, T.fR;
.~
.~
R''-1T
'1fI
.~
~4
.crfti
old white fragrant pure much virtuous swift beautiful heavy, big soft sweet able poor
~I ~:~::q~~~1 t ~:~:;r(: Gtlft ~ ~ ~ ~: ~ I t'J':;r ~ 3Ff'{ ~ ~ anq <f ~"'d4 ~ I (f'11ftT~:~: tft';f: :q q;tf1{ ~ ~ ~ 1il"'d41~ -~: ~: 1l?ft ~ 3Ff'{ ~ ~ I lfcfT t'J': -rort 3Ff'{ ~, OGT ~: (llJ ;r q~4 Ri I
I g. lIT ;rcft ~: ~: ~ ~ ~ ~, m ~ ;r JCIT(l? ~ ~: f{J~l'l1: ~ ~ ;r 4iij[q I <f;r dcfm: I <f ~: ~~~~ I m@1Iq;41~:~: 11T~~~ ~ J~Gtt'i 3J~ I
(f(f:
~ ~:;rlIT: \if<?l{ Slti:r:ti "i ~ I (f(f Slt'l:r:ti "i \if<?l{ ~ ~: GRT: 3ffq ~ ~ I ifiT ~;rcft? ~ 11fT I m 'iltd~~ ~ I ~. ~ ~ aF!J: ~ :q ijSf: ij)~ r:Jq: ilit 3tlttid 141 I aF!J: ;r ~4: I ijSf:;:r ~ ~4: I ~ aF!J: ~ ijif4: I ~: :q ijif4: I ~ ~ ijj: 3t~~q: I aF!J: 1fPTaT
<f (Jlf ~
116
LII
SlqpU8S
(I
1:~~l:~~~e~ :~ !tE1t ~ :~ ~ I ~ .t! :.lnl9! :i '~ ~ ~ kchl trite :11 :~:.h I ~ e :.L.ll2 :J1J! :m1 ~
:.m
~ ~
:.llrlh
I ~ Ijlhf?r R.U ~ I~'~~ m1 hh I ~111~bi e~~:~ I:~e~~~~~ .@J.h ~ ~ l.tdt ~ ~ ~ R.U ~ '~ ~ tJlhf?cJ) ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ tJ1hfi'; ~ o~ I eJR~t;J :j! ~ ~ :hrn ~ :~ '1tJ111:lbi ~ ~:jlli I ~ e .t! bhu! ~ :i bu! 'ItJR:lbi e ~ :~ ~ I 1tJ@?~ e ~ ~ :~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ .td..e ~ ~ ~ '~~ .QJ.t!tt ~ Jrl..e.il :i . ~
1~J!~ljlhW~
I~ ~~~bIrlJPi)U I :~fut~~~ ~~I&Pi .tt R.U .L.2.1! '~ I RV>lli l:t.t:l.h ~ ~.L2h I ~ I RY>lli l:t.t:l.h lli
~ ~:~ 1.eJ2 - .hW:t hh ~ .eil I p.? ~ ~1l2 l:t.t:l.h lli - ~m hut l.PJ.h hh I ~ I @'+ ~ lJ? eJ I tJ) hh iill2i his ~ ~ l R.U :j! ~:~ 1.eJ2 ~ ~ ~ , ~
I~
-7
"
:~ :~ ~ .eJ2 ~ e J2Jl :lli ~ :~ '~ ~ ~ ~:h I ~ ~.eil ~1?t)19 ~ p@Jlkact? I ~ ~ ~ leJ'~6)le ~ p@Jlka, t ~ :lli ~ ~ :!lli :j! :~ '~ !lli ~ :t:h ~:!lli 1hm:!lli
I~
3)
Decline fully the following nouns and adjectives, taking into account the optional variations discussed in this lesson.
3f~,
4)
'F?
(f),
ijlf~
(f)
Translate the following sentences into Sanskrit and make all possible sandhis:
1.
water
of that river.
Since she was lame, she was not able to walk. But a brave man carried her out of the waoor and took her home. 2. The man went from the forest to the beautiful new house. After having seen that house, now he does not want to li ve in the forest. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. All dead heroes are generous. they never strike you again.
If the king's wife were favorable, the king would also
be favorable. Poor people always think that those who have wealth do not have pure minds. The two mean men never worshipped the generous god. Therefore the mean men became lame and blind. When the lame king entered the new palace, pleased. The skillful men built that palace. Even a generous old woman would I was
"0 girl, if you say that my friend is handsome, then you are certainly blind. not say that."
9.
Having seen my wife's tears, I asked her: "What is the cause for these tears?" the house. only my tears." She said: "There is no water in If you want to drink water, you must drink
10. She said to her husband: "Even if you build a new house of gold for me, even then I would not live with you. mean man does not become generous by a house of gold." A
118
Because I cannot now 12. When the palace, she own wife's the world."
5)
11.
ate many fruits and drank lots of water, I walk towards my house. I am sick. Buddha abandoned his beautiful wife in the abused him: "He who does not understand his sorrow, would never understand the sorrow of
119
LESSON 15
Verbs with prepositions Sanskrit grammarians which are prefixed to verbs: enumerate the following prepositions
~, 1:f(T, attr, ij"IJ, aq, 3fCf, ~, ~, ~, ~, 3iftr, ~, JC[, 3lfil, tift J"1l I
amt,
m,
ni,
aIT,
Ft, arfil,
These prepositions function in two distinct ways. Sometimes, they govern nouns and function as adverbial phrases. In this kind of usage, they govern different cases of nouns. In this usage, the Sanskrit grammarians call them i.fl4>lQ::q;f)4s. These prepositions can also be directly attached to verb roots. This way they lead to the formation of a new combination, which can have a distinct meaning. In this function, these are called ~s by the Sanskrit grammarians.
1)
In classical Sanskrit, these ~s are always prefixed to the verb forms, and the sandhi between a verbal preposition and a verb is obligatory. "He watches." Examples: ~ + ~ ~ ~ aq + ~ ~ ~ "He observes." "He digs up." J<{ + ~~ a~""Ira The verbal prepositions affect the meaning of a verb in diverse ways. One must individually look at different combi nations and their meanings. Examples: ~ "He goes." "He comes." atPliIiJ "He sees." f~ "He awaits." ~ "He observes." ~ "He examines." "He takes." (r'\ "He brings."
2)
ra
m
... , '!i
ma
121
"He wanders."
3)
Two or three verbal prepositions may simultaneously be pre fixed to a verb. "He speaks." Examples: 014 I~ ~ fa "He returns." SI?"I PITJd fa "He repeats." 3iiOl4 It; ~ fa (someone's words) The past-tense marker 31 is always prefixed to a verb before Thus the resulting sequence adding the verbal prepositions. is always: preposition + 31 + verb. SI ~~I RI present "He enters." Examples: "He entered." Sli ~~I(J\ past "He follows." 3iiJlitJrd present 3i;qJIi;i(J\ past "He followed." "He digs up." att4~ RI present "He dug up." J Ci (g~ (J\ past present "He moves about." ~~trd past "He moved about." However, note the following examples where the past-tense marker 31 may not be readily visible: 3fT + ~ ---4 ailJliliJRI "He comes." "He came." ~ ---4 + + ~ ---4 "He brings." + "He brought." ---4 + +
4)
5)
Sometimes, though not frequently, a middle verb becomes active and an active verb becomes middle, due to a verbal preposition. Examples: "He feels happy." M ~ "He desists, stops." ( Also with 3fT, W A ~t+lrd and J11. "He stands." A fft8fa" M ij(q8d "He stays, remains." (Also with 3f(iI', 'Si', and fit)
122
A
M M
A A
~ Cf t jIJ1ltd ~ tiitSIi4Jd
fcmfd'
PI~Qld
conquers.'" defeats." (Also with goes." unites, meets with." enters." occupies."
fci)
6)
Verbs with prepositions have the affix 1:f for gerunds. Example: 3l'l1f+lf, 3fll'{'(tt' ~ I (Consult the list in Lesson 12).
Vocabulary
~ ~
rqft
l3fT
3fftP1ffit
d~"1ta ~
=
=
= =
m
.~
.JC{
.3ffij
mfd'
~
~q:SIOlltta
= = = = =
.-[;t
4ijlf
3fcl
mfd'
Pl
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
lli4Jfd
rf4(:
.3ffij
, 3ICf
= = =
= =
-3fT J"ll
. ijlf
'\
ijJIT4d
~1""'tRi
~ q t l\itltd
~\Tq~fd
=
=
. 3fT
,fci
''CfTI
.~
=
=
=
~ ~ ~
:crna-
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
t~
to to to to to to
to
to to to to to to
to
to to to to to
to
ti;:qlSltfd
. ij1f
'\
examine await, expect attract dig up abuse, accuse throw throw down sunnnanze, shorten despise, belittle leave, go out obtain know, learn come, return approach unite, concur perform conquer, win defeat burn be pleased
123
= ,tITt = 31Cf
=
311
'Sf
311~~lfa ag~~ild ~ ~ ~
g~uP.. RI
WJIlffit
~~~fa 311~i:Ud
-sniTtffit
=
=
" 'Sf
311
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+
~
~ ~
~ ~
tWITd
;pffit ;pffit ;pffit ;pffit ;pffit
rntffit
~ ~
= 'dC{ = ,tITt
= = = = =
'Sf
,~
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
J311
,fit . 3IT4-F:r
" J"1
-'Sf
m-rar.rcra~
=
= =
f4erffif gfiqdd
~
fit~ Sltftc;~
~6f1c; ra
wf;r
= rtITt
= = =
''Sf ,'Sf
= . fit
m m m
fcmfd" fcmfd"
31~tRl
m
124
ftmfd"
to give up, forsake to burn down to receive, take to give, offer to command to advise, instruct to attack to salute to bring to marry
to compose (a book)
to choose, decide to take leave to awake to enjoy, feel, experience to arise, originate to overcome, defeat to originate, prevail, be able to permit, allow to climb, mount to disagree, dispute to resort to (+acc) to sit to enter to desist from to turn, change (intransitive) to proceed, begin to take rest to become favorable, be pleased to become depressed to follow to occupy, dwell (+acc)
alileRi
~
;;;:
.JC{
~~
+ + + + +
;;;:
I4tJi (ra
;;;:
;;;:
f(m()"
fct
m ,m
,~
Prrfd
~ ~ ~
=
;;;:
. fct-arq
+
+ +
= m
=
=
31fdftllJOOll RI
Pu~~fd ~
'm .~ m
mamaillJOOllRI
~
~
+ + +
to to to to to to to to to to to
stand up, rise set out forget laugh at avoid strike, hit behave bring cross carry out roam, wander
Additional Vocabulary
.~
~ F.
elsewhere army
.~
(1P)
to play
f$lr
'\
Exercises
1)
Write past-imperfect 3rd-person forms (singular, dual and plural) for any thirty verbs with verbal prepositions. Translate the following sentences into English:
2)
~. (fjrft~l~ ~ aq14Q4 ij": ~: ~ ~: ifjl04I'W1I~ lJUI11 . . I ~ lJUI11 ~ mr;:;r: ij": ~: ~ ~ ~ ~ !R1f Sl14i'iJq I ~. ~ ~ qof ~ att4 J IOP"RI, m 3fIi:t (Il{ ~ ~ ~~I :(. Qllt'?Ilfitl ~ lJTCf: ;r ~ltSllIOII~ ~ JIi'iJFa t ~ ~ 'C[ii lJ61f ~ Qllt'?I IfitI arl!lJI iij Fa I 3Rl ~ lffct ~: f61tH84~ (school) ;r 3tPIT45,:, lJTCf! Cfq ~:? v. ij" ~ ~ aqJIA4 ~ ~ ~ Sl14T4q I tff4": aq ~ "i" 3ffCfItT ~ ~ I ij": ~ - ~ 111 ;r ~
ocrr
1JfT:
!L ( 14
125
f4 'fiCi IftI
;r
fcP1r
If
4i'Pi4l"i?
(fq
~ (fq
'(!q
~fit~-~I ,. ~'1T 'fiT: 3i1i4 (RI (ftIT ~: 3ffil OlIcU:; ~ RI I lIO:~: ~ 3i~RI, (f(f: ifiT: ~ (sometimes) ~ 4 fl6 ~ RI I Elm::q <rI1 4fl6 ~Pa I
~4d111 I u. 3i@114i11 ~ rttn ~ Olf arftUfI1{ ~ ~, OF! :q ~ 3ffr;J 4 ~ 11GI("4 ~ ~ lJl1lFf 3itA ICi 6q t t l(Cff ij" '1'af ~ ~ 01401 c; d, acrr m ~ "1ltt d'lJ ~ Qd@"llq ~ 3t'fTT '(!q ~ ~ {fa' I lfCfT '1'af ~ ~
~iIilftt I ~ ~ {fa' I ~. ~ ~ ~ :q ~:mFt :q qlltAd.-d I ri~: (fiCilfilq ~ ~;:c;RI, 4iGlfilq :q ~:ijlf ~ I ~~:
~~("4 tm' '(!q arf!:PI iij RI, ij(f 'Pi" igTftr qfl OJ dd I
~ 0 ~ ijSf: ;r(: \!'ffif ;pf(1{ ~ I ij lfCfT l(Cff lfPTuI ~ , acrr ocrr ~: Sffi?r: d'lJ ~ d'lJ 3iiti ~ RI q fl ~ij RI :q I ~ ij: ~: dl1 ~ ~ ~ ;r ~, o'1f1l:t ij":~~1 ~ ~. ~ +rId'(: 01: 'Pi" 3ii'i;:ll;d, otIT arrq 01: ~: ~: ~ ~ ~ ~iijr::a I l(Cff 01: ~: ~ ~tACi;d, acrr ~ 01: ~:~~I ~ ~ lfCfT ij": ~: 3i PI iIi (I, d'lJ ~ iIlOT: aCi Rl81 I lfCfT d" ~ ~, acrr ij": ~ - ~ iIlOT:, aq~~ld I ~1I~?llfOI 3itASI~ ~ arsr 3ffiTiij'tf I (f'1f1l:t 1iS+114i{ lffa': ~ ~ ~ {fa' I iim: ~ ~ ~ - ~~, (=ql{ ~ ~ ~11~?llfUl tfO I O?I' tflIlJ ~ ~:, lfjf (=ql{ (fq ~1I~?llfOI :q ;r ~: ffd I
ocrr
3)
126
4) Translate the following sentences into Sanskri~ making all possible sandhis. Whenever possible, use the verbal preposition + verb forms contained in the vocabulary of this lesson. (Use potential forms to translate English future until we learn the Sanskrit future forms in Lesson 17.) Having married the beautiful girl in the garden, the king returned to the palace. 2. The servant put down the heavy wood. He said to his friend: "Having rested, I will carry this wood out." The friend advised him: "You should carry that wood in a cart." 3. The teacher awoke and decided to take leave of the fat king. 4. The woman roamed in the forest to obtain some smaU, fragrant flowers. 5. The disciples ask the teacher: "Does happiness originate in a pure mind?" The teacher tells them: "You must overcome em + ~) desire. If you would overcome desire, you would not experience happiness or misery." 6. The daughter brought her mother sweet honey in a heavy, whi te vessel. 7. Having composed a new book, the mean sage did not want to summarize it. 8. When he vanquished the village, the virtuous king was not able to burn it. He requested the enemy: "Let us unite for the sake of the people." 9. The old father-in-law awaited his son-in-law outside the house. The son-in-law thought: "My father-in-law will only abuse me." Avoiding him, the son-in-law set out for the forest. 10. The mother instructed her son: "You must eat only soft fruits. Otherwise, you will get sick."
1.
i,
5)
127
LESSON 16
The passive voice ~
m, qrcf ~
i.e.
I
I
In Sanskrit, there are two kinds of passive voice, a) Transitive Passive ~) and b) Intransitive Passive ('Wi).
1.
A) Transitive Passive Voice: Any transitive verb can be used in a transitive passive construction, where the object of the transitive action is the syntactic focus, and not the agent of that action. For any verb, the passive form is produced by essen tially conjugating that verb as if it were a 4th conjugation middle (3U?t~qcO verb: verb root + 1:f + middle affixes. Examples:
;ft
~
err
lJU!
~
+ + + + + +
+ + + + + +
aaaaij
--7
--7
--7 --7 --7 --7
~ ~ ~ ~
a-
It should be noted that verbs undergo vocalic/consonantal changes in the passive forms. These changes should be studied by
--7 cft, ~ --7 t'iI, crcr --7 ~. looking at the listed forms, e.g. In transitive passive voice, the verb agrees with the object ~ in number and person. Further, the object of a passive action takes nominative, and the agent takes the instrumental case. Examples: Nom Acc Active Voice 00 ~ ~ I "Rama goes home." (ll)uT ~ Passive Voice ~ I "Home is gone to by R." Inst Nom
err
Acc
00
(ll)uT
Inst
1{f4:
~
Nom
129
Ist sing.
~ iflIT
,J. q~411l1 I "I see (my) sons." ~ ~ I "(My) sons are seen by 1J?IT: l' 3rd pI. l' me."
2nd sing.,J.
(=01lJ
(=Ci1'1IT
All other items in the sentence, except adjectives of the object and the agent, remain unaffected by the change of voice. Past imperfect, imperative and optative forms of transitive passive constructions can be produced simply by using the corre sponding middle forms of past imperfect, imperative and optative. Examples: Present Active: Passive:
(=01lJ ~
(=Ci1'1IT
1{f1t:
Potent.
you." (13IlJ minr ~: I "You dug up the ground." .. ~'''1'1. (=Ci1'1IT 1{f1t: ~ 1 "The ground was dug up by you." (=01lJ ~ tcR 1 "Dig up the ground." ~ 1{f1t: ij;ol1d lif I "The ground must be dug up by you." (=01lJ ~ ~: 1 "You should dig up the ground." ~ 1{f1t: I "The ground should be dug up by you."
Observe a sample passive paradigm of the verb 1Jl{ "to go": Present D )1'"'"4161 ~
~ ~
130
s
1st
2nd 3rd
~
l{+ittrr:
JI~'1~
~
ll~(1
Note that all passive forms are essentially identical with the forms of a 4th conjugation middle verb such as lf1. B) Intransitive Passive <met~: One can have an intran sitive passive construction for any intransitive verb, and for transitive verbs used without objects. The focus of this cons truction is neither the agent, nor the object (which does not Thus exist in this case anyway), but the action (11'fq) itself. intransitive constructions can be rendered into English as: "The action of going is being done by Rama." "The action of going was done by my friends." "The action of eating should be done by the king." These constructions appear somewhat strange in English, but are quite frequent in Sanskrit and are often more polite than the corresponding active constructions.
131
In intransitive passive constructions, the agent takes the instrumental case, and the passive verb is always in 3rd person singular. Examples: Active Intr. Pass. Active Intr. Pass. Active Intr. Pass. Active Intr. Pass. Active Intr. Pass.
,-qur
I "You go I are going." ~ ~ I "Going is being done by you." cfcrr! (~I~ Rl I "Gods eat I are eating." ~: I "Eating is being done by the gods." ~ ~ I "I fell." lflTT ~ I "Falling was done by me." ~ l'fi1J(f I "(You) Go!" ~: 'l<Rid 1'1 I "Going must be done by you." ~: ~ I "The king thought." ~ I "Thinking was done by the king."
(=OI+f ~
...
...
Note the identity of the active and the passive forms in the last example. For any verb, the 3rd person singular present passive form is the key passive form, from which all other passive forms can be built. Below is a list of the key passive verb forms for all the verbs done so far.
Root Active V Passive V
ffldR
3{~
~
~~
rr
~
fcmr
~
~
132
881
TY
~ ~ ~ ~ q"1"{ ~ ~ ~
ql811Ri
~ ~ ~
~ ~
~
~iIU~d
or
~ ~
~
lt1
~ if(
~
l)\iJ
'\
nffiT
~ ~ +i;:::)llld
<r
~ 1p)ll(f
~ ~
~,a-
Ff
(1f
~
m -m-ra
~ ~
81f
rrcr
~ ~
M" onrfd
~ ~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
4
~ ~
~c-
~ ~ ~
~ f{q
~-
finra
~;qRi
finra finra
~
<h
1imRI"
~
~
~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~
iR:ffi1
QII~Ri ~ ~
"
~-
mfd
134
~ elE4d
t:~
fCrnfa"
t=~ ~
~ ~
t=~~ltRt
Pi
~ ~
ma
m1a"
=~ rna
~
+
'I
~+-
~ ~
TIrfcJ
~
~ ~
agent as the main finite verb, the case of the object and the agent is determined by the voice of the main verb. Examples:
1)
~ (ll1: ~
((+f:
mcrfd I
t41f41f
~ ~ I
~oo:m~1
"Having (been) cooked, rice is eaten by Rama."
4)
t41f4(J'f 00:
uitoT
"Rice has been cooked by Rama to (be) eat(en):" 2. However, if a gerund or an infinitive has a different object, then that object is always expressed in accusative, despite the voice of the main verb and the cases of its agent and object. Examples:
135
1)
iJ't ~ ~: 00 ~ I
"Having gone home, Rama eats rice."
2)
~ ~
3ITcf;r: tcmf ~ I
I I
~:
~
"Home is gone to by Rama, to eat rice." Many of the English translations above may appear extremely strange. However, the only purpose in stating them the way they have been stated is to clarify the structure of the Sanskrit sen tences. What appears strange in English can be sometimes perfect ly normal in Sanskrit.
Exercises 1) Write a complete passive paradigm (present, past, imperative and optative) for the following verbs: 2)
Cfc\,~,
(flf,
~.
Transform into passive the ilrst 10 sentences in exercise 1 and 2 of lesson 12. Make sure you use the appropriate gerund or inimitive forms in your passive sentences.
136
~ ~ 1JDTT aiqlQl;;:a I q;t lJ+lTai ~T.f fc:"4;a I, I ~ ~ stl(Otlct~lqfi ftI+iIPl ~ ~ ;fil{.-al'll -g- (ffif, wf.f ~ ~ ~18~(q1 ~ I ~ ij 'lPlti~d I -g- crnT, 1M ijCif ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ij "jtif"1Atd I ~ ~1~ls.qd I ~ ~ f4;:i.t, otfTftr 1ilIT tIT ;r ~ ~ I ~;rrtt 1M ~~d ~;r ~ I ~ lifOT ;r ~, ;r iff \iOt4"1ll1R1 ~ I
Fat m
m m
Translate the following into Sanskrit using passive verbs: (These sentences may seem strange in English.)
Fruits are eaten by the crows. Falling is done by the water. Misery was remembered by those two boys. Running toward that mountain is done by the horses. Being around the village is done by those trees. Being without gold is done by me. Between the two pots, a leaf is seen by the crow. That lotus is taken by her. Those grasses should be seen by the two of us. The villages must be conquered by the king. Standing around the king must be done by the servants. Without a horse, going to town is done by me. Those two girls were seen by those two boys. I should be remembered by the king. You were praised by me. The king was spoken to by the servant. The woman should be saved by the sage. 18. When the boy's body was seen by the mother, crying was done by her.
137
19.
5)
houses
were
visited
Oit.
gone
to)
by
that
138
LESSON 17
Future tense: -'R Future In Sanskritt there are two kinds of future forms, namely, periphrastic and non-periphrastic. The periphrastic future has the infix tas, while the non-periphrastic future has the infix sya. The Sanskrit grammarians consider the sya-future to be "general future", while the tas-future is considered to be "non-today" future. However, no such aspectual distinction is exhibited by the classical language. Here we shall deal with only the non-periphrastic future. The forms of non-periphrastic future have the following structure: Root + (often an augment ~ + i?-r + Present Tense AffIxes Examples: "He will be ..." ij': \i f611SOl1 RI I "I will go." ml{ 1lftt<lftt I "He will fall." ij': q RlISOl1 RI I "He will think." ij': 1"i1;;:t f41SOl1 fa I "You will speak." ~ qf4<fij I
In a number of sya-future forms, the infix is preceded by the mgment i, and hence we find the sequence u,ya. However, in many cases, the infix sya occurs without the augment i, e.g. q 1fl4 fa "He will drink." Absence and presence of the augment i must be studied by referring to the listed forms. Usually, active and middle verbs follow the active and middle present tense patterns in sya-future. However, for some middle verbs, one can have optional active forms, e.g. qfd<d I 4~RI, I i F\K " '\ I ~, and for some active verbs, one can have middle forms, e.g. 11 fttlSOl1 RI I~. Passive future forms are obtained by simply using the corresponding middle forms with sya-infIx. Examples: (1+1': 11 ftt e;;q RI I Active: "Rama will go to the village." Passive: ~lTJlf: ~ I "The village will be gone to by Rama."
m-
139
For middle verbs, the active and passive future forms look alike. However, the syntactic agreement between the agent, object and the verb will be different in active and passive. Example: ("Ilf: ~ 'i1~tSlld I
Active: "Rama will speak a sentence."
"A sentence will be spoken by Rama." Essentially, the 3rd person sya-future form is the key form, and by using that form the rest of the sya-future forms can be easily derived by following the present tense paradigms. Below is a list of the key future forms for all the verbs done so far. Root
Future
Future-Passive
8l~
~
3l~~lSOlId
Q f6i1SOll
8l~~ti0I4d
Q f6ilSOlld
fa
t~
~
iflti llilSOll Fa
~'f
FI ff R
~
*) ftllSOlI Fa ~
~ttf1164d *) ftllSOlI d
~ ~
~ *ldti0I4d
48~llSOlId ~ Ici ~ ISOlI d ~ (4~64d tq I[41SOl1
~ t<m(
fflrcr
lJU1
lJl{
~ ~ ~ ~
(41RtSll Fa ~ JI 01 fl11SOl1 fd
JI
~
~
)IOI~lSOlId
fft ISOlI fa
~
Tf{ ijf.J
JII~tSlld, ~ ~ fijlSOlld "11 "1 ~1SOlI Fa 1'.1 r81SOl1 Fa fi1:r:a~ISOlIFa ill ( llilSOll fa G1~lSOlId
)1I~ti0I4d
u(ijti0I4d
"11 "1 fl1 tiOI4 d
ilr8ti0I4d
fi1:r:a ~ tiOI4 I ill ( fl1 tiOI4 d ijf~ti0I4d
f1r
~
140
Ivl
~~tgr.,..l:t
~~tgr.,..k
~Rktr
~'~ '~~ldl:t
eJ~l!Jt\
.eJ.hl\
~ '~
eJ mtg lsalt
eJ~eJlt
~tx.~llt
~
~ ~
eJtx.tg"lli
~ ~ eJhsttg~b
.l?J.11Wt
~tx.tg~b
~~tg2Ib
~ ~ ~
~
e~eJb
etx.9Jb
~
~ 'etx.l?J~
eR??ll~
~ eJIl21b
~ ~ ~ ~
::
~ ~
~
Wt
hi
fuJS.
~
1h
~ lh
h hh"
~
~ ~
~ etx.~1d
~ 'eml~e
eJ p...tJ
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~
~ ~
'eJmISJr
~
emtg?111
etx.~IR
h
.hlh
~
etM~f
~ ~
~
W!
~ ~
~
eJt?ol)
~
~
eJtdlP
~
~ ~
~R??lP
eJ~tg'IP
12
~ ~
eWt p
etx.t~p~IP
~ ~
~ ~ eJRSIP
~ ~
~ ~
1& le.
~
etx.~~
eJtx.~~
~hst~W'
eJtx.~W'
iff
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
(1 RllSlld
~
(1 RliSlld
~ 8~i54a ~ f4i54d ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
i?1J ~
Gf({
~
clft4iS4 Fa ~ f41S:l4 Fa
OI~Fa ~ ~ ~~fa
Cff! ~ ~ ~
~ ~
~ ~ ~ ijCf
mr
t}tJ
qfdiS4d,
G(fdiS4d
~
afCri54d
~I~i54a
~
~?ff
tict=4fd ij f(lSll Fa
~~ ~,~ ~~~ ~lSllfd
~
ij ~iSlla
~ ~ ~
~
~
~~ ~,~ ~~~~i54d
@i~i54a ~~i54d 6~iS4a
@ifilSllra
~~iSllra ~~i54fd
Exercises 1)
~,~,~and~.
142
2)
~.
~.
,.
~.
V.
IJ.
(.,.
~.
~~I
d"lfT ~ *1'I81P1 gql~14 ~ I
~: ~ (!u(4tfOZthl I
~ qrdtfOZtd I
~ il181P.4i ~:mFt @1f1ISl4;d I
as~ q4d....stfa tllfoItfOZthl I
t If?l)1 ~ tfOZt fa !Ii foI tfOZt fa if ~ (morning)
... ~ as(~tfOZtfa ~lijtfOZtPd if ijl+181P1 I
cfl t I~ I;:;'J 11'111 tfOZt Pd I
The crows will sit on the trees and eat fruit. 2. The servants will stand around the king tomorrow. 3. The village will be visited (gone to) by me. 4. The kings teacher will come and teach the king. 5. The father will be worshipped by his sons. 6. The husband will be abused by his wife. 7. The poet will compose a poem and praise the king. 8. If the jackals will not get meat, they will die. 9. The servants will go to the forest and cut the trees. 10. God's virtues will be praised by me. 11. There will be flowers in a garden in front of the palace.
1.
143
The daughter-in-law will follow her mother-in-law. By God's power the king's wife will get back her life. I will not rejoice with my mother-in-laws words. I will go to heaven, will see my son, and will live in happiness.
5)
144
LESSON 18
Irregular and Rare Nouns Ending in Vowels Masculine Nouns
The words tffit (m) "husband" and (m) "friend" are declined somewhat differently as compared to the paradigm of ~ (m) "sage" given in Lesson 9. The paradigms for these words are also different from each other.
(m) "husband"
m (m) "friend"
m
~
'C((ft 'C((ft
qFct~I~ qFct~I~ q RI'Rt11{
't('(flI":
~: ~: ~:
tfFI
~ ~
ij(ij~ I~ ij(ij~11{ ~: ~:
~:
m
~
~:
~:
~: ~! ~:
ij tft"1ll{
mft1
.L
~
~
'Cf?rt: 'Cf?rt:
'C((ft
q(fl"'lll{
~
~!
~
~!
Note that the word tffit when it occurs at the end of compounds like ~ "lord of the people, king" behaves in a normal fashion and follows the paradigm of~. Also, one must distinguish the from the feminine word ~. The feminine word masculine word also refers to a (female) friend, but follows the normal paradigm of;:rcft. The feminine for tffit "husband" is ~ "wife". This word follows the regular paradigm of ;rcft.
There are a few masculine words which end in 3fT, { and 3;. These are also irregular declensions:
145
llfcrr (m)
N
I
"cowherd"
~ (m) "intelligent"
Acc~
D Abl
G
lfTcIt lfTcIt
~
~:
~ ~ ~
=
~: ~:
lfl1:rt: lfl1:rt:
lfTcIt
llfcrr:
~ ~
~:
~: ~:
~ ~ ~
~ ~
~:
~:
~:
~: ~: ~:
~ (m)
"sweeper"
~: ~:
~:
D Abl G L V
~ ~: ~: ij"1lriil~ ~:
ij"1lriil ij.... iriil ij.... I;ft~ I~ ij.... I;fl~ l+f ij.... I;fl~ I~ ij"1lriil: ij"11"'41: ij"1lrii1
~:
~:
ij.... ,;ft fit:
ij.... I41\4:
ij;II41U4:
ij"1 1"'4 l+f
ij"11;ft '1
~:
~:
t9cltq+f
~
~ ~
t9cl~U4I+f
t9cl'{~I+f
~
~:
~: l4t?~U4:
l4t?~':P..{:
ijcl'{U4I+f
~: ~:
~:
lqatql+f
~
~:
~
~:
qld $141 (m) "antelope" qldSl4): Ace qld S14)+f I qldSl+41 D qldSidl Abl q Id S1+l4: G qld S1+l4: L qldSl41 V qldSl41:
N
~ (m) "guarantor"
qld $1+4:
qld $1411
~ qldSl+flfit:
q Id S141U4I~ qld S141U4:
qldSl41U4I+f qldSl41U4:
qld S1+l4l: q Id S1+l4I~
61ld $1+41: q Id $14)1
Clld S1+l41 q Id $1+4:
q Id S1+l41 qld S1+l41
146
The word ~ "jackal" is irregular in that several of its forms show the base~. There are no real masculine nouns ending in ~, but there are the following nouns ending in aft, and ~.
att
~ (m) "jackal"
t
(1:
(m,t) "wealth"
ifil ~I (; Ace ifil ~I ('1 fJl~I(' I ifilIT~ iil~U4I'f D ~ ifil~14I'f Abl ~:~: ifil~I'f G ~:~: ~:m:
N
itiT!r
ifitm:
~: ~: ~: ifil~I'f
'\
"fTIJ1f
-rnT
-rnt -rnt
(~I'f
(llI': (llI':
1Tfit:
-rra:T: -rra:T:
~
1Ft
(llI': (llI':
l:11I11'f ( 1'"4141
L V
ilm
ifil~I('
~:tfl:
ifitn
1Tfir
(1:
'fIlIt: 'fIlIt:
ifitm:
-rnt
-rnJ
(llI':
Itt
N
~ (m) "moon"
l'fl:
lflGlt lflGlt
111~141
~:
~:
~
l(?JC.ff
m: l'Jtfi't:
~: ~:
~ ~
1(?lOf: 1(?lOf:
~ Abl lIT:
lll'"4I'f lll'UlI'f
~
~:
J~''"4141
J(?i'"4141 s(?l'"4I'f
~: ~:
~: ~: ~:
~
G L V
lJt: 1ffci
lfCft: lfCft:
lJtfll{
l'flCf:
T(?JCi:
ill:
lflGlt
lJt'i
~:
T(?JCi:
Feminine Nouns
Like the paradigm of ~ given above, the feminine paradigm of \1fl:l "old age" is mixed with alternating forms of ~. The same mixture is carried into the masculine paradigms of ~ "without old age, gods".
147
\iffT
Ace I
D
G1t/~ G1t/~
\i1 ( IlO4l'1 \i1 ( IlO4l'1 \i1( 1lO411
~:/~: ~:/~:
\iffT: 1 \if(lJ:
\iffT: 1 \if(lJ:
umfit:
~:
~/~
~:
Abl
1 \if(lJ: 1 \if(lJ:
G L V
~:
\i1(141'1 1 ~
G1t
'AA (m)
G1t/~
"without old age, god"
I31'rnJ
\i1'1T: 1 \if(lJ:
Ace I
D
Abl G L
~/m
m: m:
f
While the paradigm of ;rcft represents the normal paradigm for feminine nouns in long several feminine nominals in long differ more or less from this paradigm. Words like ~ "wealth", ott "boat", ~ "lute" are declined like ;rcft, except that their nominative singular ends with a Visarga, i.e. ~:, ott:, and ~:. This class also includes the monosyllabic words tft "intel lect", ~ "wealth", q-r "fear" and 1ft' "shame" . These monosyllabic words differ also in several other respects. The word ffi "woman" has its peculiar forms. Also compare the paradigm of the mono syllabic word word ~ "earth" with the paradigm of q!{. Contrast ~ "a remarried widow". The word \i (0 "brow" is declined like
f,
~.
148
&ft
N
() "intellect"
ro () "woman"
1!rf: tftfit: tftar: tftar:
~I
tft':
~A
Acc~ I ~
D
~ ~
m:
ro
~ ~
"
~~~
~
fu:
fu:~:
fitlTt:
~: ~: ~:ql'{
t=?ftfit:
~: ~: t=?{lull"i
"\
m:
~: ~:
tft-,
~ ~
fu:
rn,
() "remarried widow"
N
I
1{:
Ace ~
D
;~
~/GfI1{
1{:
~:
~ ~ ~
'{tit:
~: ~:
']Crt:
~ ~:
~:
'l:rtt4'{
=
~:
'jlfIlf1 'fffl{
~: ~:
tfrt
~:
sri
~:
'f'1lOGif'{
~:
The word llT (m, ) "bull, cow" has been given earlier. Its The word declension is identical in masculine and feminine. "wealth" has an identical declension in masculine and feminine. The word () "boat" is declined in a way identical with the word ~ given earlier. There are two feminine words for heaven, fcti{ and These are also irregular paradigms:
:rtt
m.
149
fitt{
N
Ace ~ I
(0 "heaven"
m:
1t<n
~
f4<rt f4<rt
~ ~ ~
fetq:
~:
m:
uqr
~:
~:
~:
UJl!
Abl ~: G ~: L V
fitfit
m:
f4crt: f4crt:
f4<rt
'rI
~:
m: m: ma-
ucf
~:
~: ~:
m:
Ilirl: Ilirl:
'QCf11l
mcrt
Wi
mer:
Neuter Paradigms
Among the irregular neuter paradigms, the words aflP.l "bone", crf!r "yogurt", ~ "thigh" and 3Ifi{ "eye" are noteworthy. The nominative, accusative and vocative forms, and those before consonantal terminations, are like the forms of qrft. However, before the rest of the vowel-initial terminations, these words have the stems ~'-q, CftFl, ijCF'-q and In these instances, these are declined like the neuter paradigm of ~ (in Lesson 24).
am,.
m
N Ace I D Abl
G
L
(n) "bone"
~ (n) "eye"
aflP.l aflP.l
~
~ ~
aw4
aw;;r:
~:
~I ~tJFt ~ittW-l
aRt aR:
atfil atfil
~
3ffflluft 3ffflluft
~ ~ ~
amt1Ur amt1Ur
~: ~: ~:
awJr
~: ~:
~I
R: R:
3R1Jl11{
amfitr
am-~
3rlWi
amt1Ur
3ffflluft
150
, (R1ft (0
ott (0
6
~ (0
'~(m)
~(m) lfl (m, 0 ~ lJttrr (m)
i'J11Oft (m)
'"~(m)
'~(m) .;IT (0 , tr (0
'I (0
(0
m (n)
~ i
~ (WA)/A
~(O
(4P)
A
~(m)
'f-{
.~ (m)
'~(m)
husband wife prosperity, Goddess of boat woman without old age, gods jackal bull, cow cowherd intelligent fool (like ~) army general village leader (like ~ frog (like ~) guarantor boat (like modesty (like tfh earth w. with beautiful brows (like ~) yogurt (like ~) eye to run away milk, water action, rituals defeat to battle rare farmer hermitage
"'<?l)
friend (male) ijtcft (0 friend (female) .~ (0 prosperity Goddess of ~ o;:;ft (0 lute old age \iITI (0 heaven ~(O heaven (0 wealth (m, 0 (m) moon ~ fct~ (m) God (like lJtr.Tn 3l?itft (m) fool (like ~ wicked (like ~) (m) amuft (m) leader (like ~ .~ (m) sweeper of the threshing floor antelope, swift as q IdSl4l (m) wind intellect "tfi (0 .\ft (0 fear (like tfh .'{ (0 brow (like remarried widow .~ (0 ~~ (n) bone ,men) thigh (like ~) (J > '(fff(r (lP) to cross affection 'Sftfa' (0 old .~ .lfI1TT (0 deceit demon '~(m) .~: name of a sage i{f?I' (n) clothes large, big fcmK? 3fIlJ(f long, wide
'm(m)
Tcrt
a
'm t
f!fi
'I)
151
crfiJ.
~
~.
g.
I
I
~.
,. m: m
~. ~ ~
JllFt ~
\3,
i{fT~~ ~ ~ I
SlI~utl ~ I
~ ~ fCraT arfWr, acn ij" ~ ~ ~ ~ ~4qq~~filf4jRl I
sqqq
(;.
t~.
~~~f~~~1
lfPrt ;; irl~
to. ~:~~~~:I
t t. 4~1fi44"i1t:l ~ d~It:l8~@'1 ijijT d I
a ~: ~ ~JI:r;u~Rl~ I
<ftft ~I(O?tI04~ I
~v. lfcfT ffi 3i\lil~(~ ocrr ~ ~tftFt t ,. Cilld st"41 tpTT '(!(f ~ !fTifRI' I
tt lit CfRI: A
~ ~: rti~ I
:ql(4fd ~ M d I
2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
Let a husband be his wife's friend. Let a wife be her husband's friend. Lak~mi is the wife of Vi~I).u. When the woman with beautiful brows saw me, she said to me: "You have beautiful brows. I long for you." The man who has intelligence and wealth is rare on earth. Those who do not have old age are called Nirjara. Who are they? Noone on this earth is without old age. The Nirjaras live in heaven.
152
4)
When Dul}.sasana dragged ~ 1P) her clothing in Duryodhana's assembly, Draupadi looked down with modesty and trembled with fear. 8. "Go on bullocks, go on", said the farmer to the bullocks. 9. With her long and big ~ eyes, Sita almost ~ drank Rama's face, when he returned from the forest to the hermitage. 10. Parvati said to the girl who stood near her, "0 friend, look at this boy."
7.
153
LESSON 19
All nouns ending in consonants follow a fairly similar pattern, especially when we contrast these with nouns ending in different vowels. Consonant-ending nouns have the same paradigms in masculine and feminine genders, and the neuter paradigm differs only in the nominative, accusative and vocative forms (which are identical with each other), Consonant-ending nouns may be generally classified into one stem nouns, two-stem nouns and three-stem nouns. In this lesson, we shall concentrate on some important one-stem consonant-ending noun-types. In the paradigm of one-stem consonant-endIng nouns, one finds that the final consonant remains unchanged before vowel-initial affixes, but that it undergoes sandhi-changes before consonant initial affixes. Study the following paradigms:
~
m.
"wind"
S
D
P
~: ~:
~ ~
~
~ ~
li'bC(~I+t li'bC{~I+t
iI(iC(~ li
~:
~:
litic(~:
~
~: ~:
~
~
~: ~:
~ ~
~:
155
ijfty
Nom
Ace
f.
''river''
mrat mrat
ti fi '{POi 1'1 ti f( '{POi 1 'I ti fi {POi I,! ijft"at: ijft"at:
m:
ijftf(:
ti rl'{Uf: ti rl{ut: ti rla l'i
m:
mrat
n. "world"
m:
p
\iPl"Q
D Nom
Ace
1J1'lT(f:
\ifll'at: \ifll'at:
~
\iPJ"allf
\iPTRt
All palatal-final nouns change the final palatal consonant to k in nom. sing., before bh-initial affixes, and in loco pI. How ever, some palatal-final words like ~ and fcm' change their " " final palatal to t in the above stated contexts. Examples:
156
qrq
(~)
f.
"speech"
S
P
(fIT.f:
~ '\
~
GffqJ
qN
r.rrq: r.rrq:
~
~ ...
cmn:
cmn:
(ffil:
m-:
~:
~:
(fIT.fJ1{
rmj
(ffil:
m. "emperor" S D
~ ~ mrI\7fT
~
tHU~~11!
ijJ;lI~1041"{
ijJ;lI~1041l{
~ trm: trm: ~
~
trm: trm: ~:
~H~ 1~'Uf':
ij~I~'Ut:
~: ~:
ijJ;lI\if I{
~ trm:
s
Nom Acc Inst Dat Abl Gen
Loc
fit{ ~
fcm: fcm:
~: ~: ~:
Voc
fit{
157
FffiJl{ ~ fcm:
R-final stems are slightly different in that the stem vowel is lengthened in the nom. sing., before bh-initial affixes, and in the loco pI. Example:
fir{
Nom Ace Inst Dat Abl Gen Loc Voc
f.
"voice, speech" S D
P
lft:
flrrlI
fiTu
PIrl PIrl
m: m:
f1rft lft:
PTt
~ ... ~ ...
lftfif:
"1frpi: "1frpi:
m: m:
lftU1ili...
fiTrt: fiTrt:
PIrl
fimlI lfti
m:
S-final nouns in masculine and feminine have their stem vowel lengthened in the nom. sing. The final s becomes visarga before consonant-initial affixes, and undergoes normal sandhi-changes. The masculine and feminine paradigms are identical, and the neuter paradigm differs only in nom., acc. and voc.
~
Examples:
mlf.
ifRT:
iiii"1t'ltot
=
iiii"1t'll: iiii"1t'll:
~: ~:
~ ~ ~
~: ~: ~ii"1114:
iiii"1t'l ltot
~
~:
~
158
~:~
~:
n.
"fame"
-- - -S D
1W: tm:
~
~:
~:
~ ~ ~: ~: ~:
~
tm:~
1W:
In the case of the s-final stems such as ~ and ~, due to the stem-vowels i and u, the final s undergoes different sandhi-changes. These may be noted from the following paradigms:
~ n. "oblation
(in
a ritual)" D
P
m:
m:
m: m:
m:
~
~ ~
~: ~: 6~cstllf mf~
mffl':
~ ~
159
~ n. "life"
S
awrrr
3JPf5f: 3JPf5f! 3WJ:
f.
3Wl: 3fPJ:
awrft awrft
~ ~
awrrt: awrrt:
awrft
~: ~: ~:
3lPl:~
fcnrT
knowledge
;m
hymn, verse skin speech grief merchant doctor priest king, emperor mendicant merchant-caste person, people direction (east, etc.)
adj.
more
Palatal-Final Nouns
"~ '\
.~
r~
'\
f.
.~
I
.~
(~) ~(~
(~)
L~ (~)
,~
'\
f. f. f. m. m. m. m. m. m. f.
'\
.mtq
160
"~
"~
~.
'~
~~
n. n. n. m. n. f.
.~
n.
n. n. n. n.
'~~
~
(ftR{
'~
.~
->
~lratt ~
Exercises 1)
n. n.
mind fame mind good-hearted man flower dawn, goddess of dawn darkness age penance, heat eye bow light, star oblation
v~
r arrcrcr
.~
.~ f~
I
ijJlf([
~
m. f. f. f. n. n. f.
'm:
~, qriatGj, ~, :q~'1tt, ~,
~ ~ tm'I'if: qfllS1 ~ {q': ~ ~: ~: q rbQf Hl I q(l a1"1: 3ffq' ~: ~ I ~~: ~~: qf6("q1 R ~ ~iij(:?d I q(lal\i1: ~ ti,,"yctI 3fftICIlI ~ ~ I ij ~ - ~ ~: ~: ~ I lfttT~: tFtffiiijJq, (l'qq ~ ~: arftr tR1lf ~: ~ ~ I ~. W ~ 3f(lf~ Y(I~~;a, (f<fT ~ attlulI'f ~: ~ ~
~I
11 "t'.
~. W mIT{ 8fc.?~: (Alexander) "1(d~~I'f ~, (f<fT ij' (f5f ~ qflal"1: 81Y~4q I ~ y(lal\i1lI crq: iI' ~~: ij': ~ 4ii~& q(lal'1t: m-(Greece)~ ~ ~ I q(lal\i1: d1I ~ 3fC.rcR - g-~, ~ ~ ijf1J(J: mIT{ q ~ 6RT: ifj~ I f4i;:q GflI1{ atPiI(fl~ ~ ffiil\iI: 'fC1'11{: t w~:
Fnwr
161
~ I ~ ifiCt: ~ 3i"'l:r:a('i GRl: ~ qut: iIOl4JPl ~ ~ ij6 'QCf 3Iq IG ~, I ~ iI0141 PI q R; ("OIl ~: ;r -rr1tS1ll""'"r::a~, ;r i.iT tRl{ ~ q fi d IGt: I ~: ~ ~, dc( 'QCf ~ ~ ~: SItG ra I \). i(;:S; 'It'ltt ~ 1f41 dl (iI iJ ~ +{if ~: ~ I l!ffiI IJ1lRf ~: iTOl11{ ~ I l1GT ~ ~ ~: l!ffiI iTOl11{ qQ4 r::a, (f(fT a ~ Slilij r::a I (. ~:~:~: iJ Gt'1IY1ltt ~: ~ I l1GT 3fI'YCf: ~ q)s4r:d, (f(fT *R:'aGtI'l ~: ~ t lfcff TIm: (illness) ~ Slqa;d, (f(fT ~ ~: 3ffCr ~ I ~ URT: ~: ;r ~, a- URT: ~: ~ tRl{ ~ ~ ~ I GRl:
,. ~ m: ij~IS4r::d, ~ ~: ~ ~ ;r qrd&trd, ~ iJ ~ ~ ~:;r ~, ~ Qd(fq, ~ i10l41P1 ~'I"'Iij 1'1 'P11": 'lEi ~tsl4 r::a - ~ 'i 1(iI("OII m:
ij:
~ 3Jftl ~ (I({ (flf: YlIQI ~f{P! (destroy) ;r ijliq: I ai@i liliif ~ m ffl: CJlrnT (flf: ~ ~ I dc( (fcf, (1)': ~ ~ i.iT ~ em ~ I ~ ~ ~~: '(fFJ q~dIGt: ~, "4qdd iJl V. ~'-1T 'M' ~:, 0tlT Qd ~, ~ ij: ~ I
+{if
,. ~ 3Il1 Ulltt ~: mfI\1f: J(: ~ (broken), (f(fT ~ ~ ~ QjiJT ~ I ~: ~ ~ 'CfO'f(t ~ ~: 3I'I"4:r:a I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ri iiRT: 3I~:r:a41 I ~ 3f(1f: "Plf ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~:r:a f4 ("OIl ri URT: ~ arr<rP1 :rf'I ~ arft ~ I to. ~~:~:~~;rSllGrd? ~~:~:~'IYli[ij ;r ~ I iI;:S=: 'It'ltt ~'-1T ~'IYI i[ij ~, (f'-1T ~ Cf{f ~1Ri1ij~ I ~ ~. ~:~:~: iJ ;r ~ ~: ~: I Gi'1I"'1ltt arrtrft: ~ ~: ~, (l)'tll{ a- ~: ~:? ~ ~. ~ \1RT: 1ffa' fa";rr 'QCf 'P11": ~, a- ~: ~ ~ q ~ d jij1: ~ PI;c; r::a I ~: C! ~ - ~'-1T ~ CJlrnT ~ ,(f'-1T~ Qfidjij1lJ, ~: (ftl'ijT~ I ~'-1T~: iI;:S;lit'll ;r~, (f'-1T ~ Q~a 1G1: ~ ;r qtSlllr::d I ~ l!ifi
~~3R1f~~~:~~1
m:
m:
crrr
crrr
mt
162
ql1aad {fa
~ 'Sffd" ~ {fa \iRT: ~ I t V+ ~: q 11 "'I~ ~! ~ lfIT.1lJ arcrcrq - ~ cfq, Qd rftIi ~ rqlf '(!Gi ~: I (fGf~: \TtIl fa "'II '(!l.f ~ ~: aJftT ~ (shines) I 3J: '(!Gi Cflcfl~ 1'1 ~ '(!Gi ~, ;r ~ ~ I ~ fin1 ~: ~: ~ ~ iIlft: ~: S1ll1iijq I ~: (?itCfl' ~: ~: ~ lR!iIT arcrcrq - ~ ~, ~, ~ aJftT (IlJ ~ ~ ~ ~: ~, ~
~:t+ m~: ~: qRirql ~: ~ S1l1iijFd I ~ ~: (fS4Pd I m~, ~: ~ '{l'll ~ ~: J"11ft ~ ~: ~ I qitp{ ~ ffi: *~Gtl~ ~ ~ ~: ~ A ~ I aF?Rf~! (smoke) ~, ~: ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ar:ro: *kaGtI4f ~
ro:
ro: m-:
m-:
m: m-:
m-
m-
tmlI ~ f.R1J $114 T4Jq I 4fct R aJftT ~: ~ f.R1J ~:, ~ ~ aJftT ~ ~Hij&l11 flI {fa I
acrr
3)
2. 3.
4.
5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
The mendicants will go to the forests and will recite the hymns. Do the merchants, doctors, and priests like flowers? When the moon shines in the sky, we are all happy. Without the moon, there is darkness in the world. Similarly, without a poet's poem, there is darkness in the heart. When the king entered the forest with his arrows, the animals ran in all directions. When the mendicants come, the priests leave. The priests stand at the gate of the palace and praise the king. A king is the lord (tffij) of the people ~). The mind of a good-hearted man is happy when he sees the beauty of the world.
163
10. The king's fame spreads allover the world. It also reaches the sky. For that reason, the moon looks white.
5) Write any five Sanskrit sentences of your own.
164
LESSON 20
Consonant-imal noUDS (continued) Present active participles for active ('I t~q (a;n verbs
Active verbs form their present active participles with the affix Sf. A simple way of forming the present active participle stem is to replace the affIx 3JR (or for the 3rd conjugation) in the present 3rd pl. by the affix arq. Examples: Jliijh!i ~ ~ "(He who is) going" "(He who is) playing" ~ ~ c(lOliFa ~ "(He who is) striking" ~ ~ _,l.t uA ~ "(He who is) stealing" ~l tl1&
For a full listing of the present participles, see the list in Lesson 35. Participles like ~ "going" structurally behave like adjectives of the agents they qualify, and hence, like other adjectives, they follow the case, gender and number of the substantive (i.e. the agent-word). In masculine and neuter, the stem remains ~, but in feminine the stem becomes JI"iIiJ;:Jl with the addition of the feminine affix t, and it follows the standard paradigm of ;rcft. Within the masculine and neuter paradigms, we fInd an alter nation between the strong stem (gacchant-) and the weak stem (gacchat-). The strong stem forms are italicized in the paradigms.
TfflF(
J/?:.lJra:q ,
~
D J/?:.lJra7
P
7fiiF(f:
~:
J7?:.IJr-a'
llT.:Uq:~ I~
~:
JIT4Jq:~:
llT4Jq:~:
~
~: ~:
llT4J<t~I~
11"iIiJq:~1~
lJi'dfd
TfflF(
~: ~: J/?:.iJraJ
lli'dd If.
~
7fiiF(f:
165
P
17~ijFa
~ ~ ~
J7~tJ;:J}
17~ijFa
1/~ijFd
J/"eij;:J}
)I~~' JI~~'
'1;:;U~'D1IJ{
'I;:;e;;fl: 'I;:;u;;fllit:
'I;:;u:rJl'Pl:
'I;:;u::Jl'Pl:
'1;:;u:rJl.... I'l
SI;:;u4l, S1;:;U;:c4:
Sliij~'
The present active participles from the active verbs of the sixth conjugation have the following optional forms: 1) 2) Neuter Nom., Ace., Voc., dual: ~ or ~ Feminine stem: ~- or ~-
According to Sanskrit grammarians, these participles cannot For be used to simply replace a present tense verb form. 'fllI': ~ "Rama is going" instance, a simple sentence like cannot be replaced with: *"'f111: ~ or *'fllI': ~ ~ I
166
Present participles, both active as well as middle, express progressive aspect. In general, the present participle takes on the same tense as the main verb, rather than a fixed present tense. This relationship can be seen by examining the approxi mately corresponding relative-clause phrases.
a)
b)
7.f:;r(: tniTur ~, Ol{ ~ 4~41fl1 I "I see the man who goes (is going) along the road."
tniTur ~: ~ ~ ~
(the man) going by the road."
3ffilIlJ
.J,
2b 3a
tniTur ~ ;r(:
sees my wife."
l{lf
..J,
3b 4a
tniTur ~
;r(Jlf
by the road."
..J,
5a ~:;rrl: Il~ ~ 01: ~~Oj (+1 ~~ ~~I ~ on the ground curse God."
r::a
5b ~~:;rrl: ~~Oj(~ ~~Fd I "The women falling on the ground curse God."
167
.,L,
lIt;n1
m )1 f'I< fa a+{ 3ffll{ q~4 Ifti I "1 see the man who will go m Jlfti&l4R1 ~ 3ffll{ tR1J 4iliJlf'I
I "I give money to
1b 2a 2b 3a 3b
to the village." SI~iS4;:d ~ q~4lfti I "I see the man who is going to go to the village."
.,L,
lJT;ntt
.,L,
lJC(
tR1J ~
which will perish." ... it~ tR1J 3ffll{ ;r ~iliJlf'I I "1 do not want the perishable wealth."
Exercises 1) Write the complete paradigms of the following participles: 1) 'tf(J(fm. 2) ~n. 3) ill (:q;dlf.
4)
5) 6)
m. n.
f.
168
2) Translate the following sentences into English, and convert the present and future active participle constructions into yad-tad constructions:
~. ~ ~
at"iU<?t ~:~ ~
V.
\).
t.
~ ~,-q~: q~:qPa t
~ ~. ~ ~: ifJ(?;T: 'A1'RtPa I
~~. J~q(@01 ~ (iJ;:a:q;al i1RT: ~ ~ I
~~. ~ ~ i1RT: 311(fi1~I@01 srroT ~ I
~ v. iflOlf ~ ~ 1:f: (AlP! Sl4i1ifa t
~,. ~~ ~ (ftll{;r f.1* I
~~. ~11t=?llfiti q6C('Af: ~: ~! ~ ~ I
0i ~ " ~1t=?l101 i ifOlJ iIT~ 1:f: ~II~ 11 ~ ;r iIT'-ffir I
~ t. ;p.rr: mlIi q~4;Ji ~ 'fftrl sqqq I
~ ~. Ria;Jl ;ntt a- ~'i: I
~o. ~~:;ntt: ~ ~: 31(jElllq I
~ ~. ~'XfT: mia' ilTtRft ~: ~:li ;r ~:rc; fa I
~~. tR" ill(:q~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I
~ ~. ~ iRrJ iI'l<?T: 3ffi1 q~:q Pa I
~ V lit 14:r<;4ll! 3ffi1 ~ ;r Pl;:q I~ I
~, at ~;a4;:J l1i m ;r (iJ;a:q RI I
~~. (ftt tf'lq;i'f) m ~ I
~". rn~: nJ: ~ t!tlqPa I
~t. f~, ~ qRlElll~ (=CfI1! ~ ;r ~ I
~~. f~, ~ ll~EIlI~1 ~ trn' ;r ~ JI~lSlilfq I
:to. tRl{ ~ ~ lPt (l4q(f - f~, ;r \!"Sf qrfit:, \!"Sf: ~: '{!Gf
ma-
anm
WRt
art
anm
rt
iRl't
169
~ ~.
~ ~: ~ I
~ ~ If'1 t.4 I f4 q;flI iIiJ;:d 1fI1{ 1fR1T ""'a11""'1"$If' l' l' 'lfd~ I
~~. iJTlluT ~ ~ q~lf;al ~: ~ I
~ V ~: qrhl'4;a: ~: tR" 8C@'t;;] I
3) Convert sentences in Lesson 12, Exercises 1 & 2 to present participle constructions. (You may need to adjust the meaning a little bit.) following
IDlt ~
into
Sanskrit
using
present
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11. 12.
13.
14.
15.
Wishing to obtain wealth, the priests recite the hymns. I see the king looking at the flowers. The poet praised the hero conquering the enemies. Sitting on the trees, the birds eat fruits. The mendicants see the servants carrying the burden. I spoke to the man who was going to go to the village. Thinking of Godts power, the sages worship him. The father gave fruits to the son sitting near the lake. Watching the beauty of the garden, she stood at the door. The mind of a person thinking only of money has no peace <mR1 n. Falling on the ground, I said to my teacher: "Why do you not like me?" I saw the man stealing my horse. Knowing the truth, you sat under a tree in the forest. Saluting the teacher t the woman sat in front of him. Throwing the gold into the river, the sage looked at the king.
5)
170
LESSON 21
~ijlI"13i~-
~ ~ ~
The present active voice participles for middle verbs, such as ~-, are declined in masculine and neuter like the masculine and neuter nouns in a. In feminine, a feminine marker affix ii is added to the basic stem and we get the feminine stems like q Icst &11 0 11. This is declined simply like any feminine noun in long ii. Note that the ~-ijC( constructions are only approximately similar to the present participle constructions, and that the ~ ijC( constructions do not express the notion of progressive aspect expressed by the present participle constructions. Examples: 1a
.J..
1b 2a
.J..
~ 011f am+! (4;:q IflI I "I curse the woman who argues with me." 11lIT ij'g" ~CjCi&lI"1I"i ;nf1lJ am+! ~;:q IIII I "I curse the woman arguing with me." lJ:~: "1'Ul1J ~ ~ !FIl{ lIiliJllli I "I give wealth to the son of the sage who is plunging in the river."
lff
171
2b Sa 3b
~ 'IltPU'i@'l ~: ~
!R1I
,J.
son of the sage plunging in the river." ~;rcft r.R' ~ ~ ~ I "I plunge in the river which is in the forest."
l11i
tR"
C4diil'iIl4If ~ 3f61{
in the forest."
l11i
These are formed by adding the affix -mana to the passive verbal base. The passive verbal base can be obtained by removing the affix -te in a passive present Srd sing. form, e.g. lJ'R.f >
cf'P"fIOfITt
In masculine and neuter, the present passive participles are declined like masculine and neuter nouns in a. In feminine, a feminine marker affix a is added to the basic stem, and then the feminine stem is declined like a feminine noun in long a. Examples:
,J.
la
tIT
ifJlf: ~
1b 2a
,J.
2b 3a
(lit. gone to) by Rama does not appeal to me." ~ sIAf'lI"'ll illrt l)' ;:r ~ I "The village being visited by Rama does not appeal to me." ~ 'iltt ~ ~ a- 'ffit:;ft I "The woman who is being seen by you is your sister." ~ 'i~l41Of 1"'11 'iltt a- 'ffit:;ft , "The woman being seen by you is your sister."
,J.
lfc[!R1I
3b
t '~The wealth which is being stolen by the servant falls into the well."
rnr f4 ~
!R1I ~ I "The money being stolen by the servant falls into the well."
172
'tIl~1Of 10',
f4
,J..
4a ~ 'jt"d4iIf4 iI'lfT '16tt;::d orf.t ~ ~ ~ i@ilfli r "1 will not give you the books which are being read by me." 4b iI'lfT '16tt'lHIf4 'jtod4ilf4 ~ ~ qit=l1lfli I "1 will not give you the books being read by me."
Vocabulary
sin girl m. monkey ifR( . 1fcfftt female crocodile f. lOP. to beat 0'1l, disi4 fa
~
'CfT'1
n. f.
.~
~
~
a.
n. m. a.
ijcflf
+li"f
~~
Exercises 1) Write down twenty present active voice participles for middle verbs and their masculine and feminine genitive forms.
2) Write down twenty present passive participles and their feminine and neuter accusative forms. 3) Translate the following sentences into English and convert them into yad-tad constructions:
~
~:~ ~: GRT:
JI\i141~'Ilol: ~: ij lFll ~ I
c :(. ~ 'Irilitl~: ;r(: 1111 ~ I V. q;) ~i4it 1', lFll ~ art ~ I
~.
fm
f4~ Fa I
'i.
~.
". t.
~.
~1C(f4 qil"1lf4 ~: aITtr~: ~ ~ ~ I q;) ~: ~ :q ~it I~ I: GRT: 1f'lf: ~ I ~ ~~'I IUII~ 11 lj;ft"i Il{ ~ qrcrrftr ~:~ ~ I ~:ij;r f48~i4itl"'l: GRT: tfR ~ ?'iIJlFa, ~ +-'~~"""""q...,...rt~-q Pt"'<i Fa I 1ifij ~: ~: ~ I
.
.
~ ~.
~:{
v.
~,
'1~ali(lir: JIU1itI4 q;t "1111ut: ~ ~ I q:;rf ?'i\HOl it 1"11 aWl mlff '1dft lIT ~ I ~ #4itlc1Jut: ~: ~ ~ ~ I
4)
Translate the following sentences into English and convert them into present participle constructions:
~ ~. ~.
v. ,
~.
\).
~~: ~ f4:rtl;:d ~ I
~~:~: ~ ~: tfP1Cf: ~i!ldR1
~ '?fIl{ arft ~ ri ~ fifsn1Ur ~ I
~ fWl, (f'11'fq ~ ~ ;; ~ I
lfUftr ~ ~ 1C(f4 r.ril"il f4 W, (f'11'fq ~ ~ fir;t ;; ~ I ~;rrttq;rf~, m~~ I
~ ij'Ht81 PI (flf ~ ~,
atFr ;; a a m
t.
lJC(
~.
\if<?1I ~ ~,
lft (fR(:
m \if<?1I~: anq- ;; m
I
c:rn;r ~ ~~~:rfIftI~iId~lfTrftl
I
fq6l~ I
3tRl~lIq I
~o. ~~:~:
:rr:
6)
174
LESSON 22
some
All verbs, except the intransitive verbs, can have their past passive participles formed with the affix -ta. Though in most of the forms one does find -ta, in several forms it is replaced by the allomorphs -n.a, -ta, -dha, -400, etc. For some verbs, the affix -ta becomes -ita obligatorally, for some it becomes -ita optionally, while for others it never takes the augment i. Since these and other changes are for the most part difficult to gener alize, the best way is to study the listed forms and then assimi late them by using them in sentences. Examples: "that "that "that "that which which which which was was was was eaten" gone to" spoken" remembered"
roftrlfa'~~-
<
< < <
~ ~ ~
The past passi ve partici pIe can replace past passi ve forms in subordinate and main clauses. A past passive participle functions like an adjective of the object of the passive verb, and it follows the gender, number and case of the word for the object. In masculine and neuter, the past passive participles are declined like masculine and neuter nouns in a. In feminine, a feminine marker affix a is added to the basic stem, and the feminine stem is declined like a feminine noun in a. For example, (m), {ql(4 d'f (n), ~ (0.
roftr:
175
Examples: la '(P)uJ ~ atQIt);:a I "The fruit were eaten by Rama." .J, Ib '(P)uJ ~ (41~dIPt I "The fruit were eaten by Rama." 2a ~ ~ '(P)uJ atQlfJ;:a dl;:q~rTtiijlrTt I "I want those fruit .J, which were eaten by Rama." 2b '(P)uJ QI(4dIPt ~ 3I~rTtiijlf4 I "1 want the fruit eaten by Rama." 3a ~ 'ITaT ~ I "Mother was remembered by me." .J, 3b ~ 'ITaT ~ I "Mother was remembered by me." ~ ~ (f ~ I "All (people) cursed the 4a ~ .J, man who was cursed by (his) wife." 4b ~ Pt~d (f ;rtati4;:q, I "All (people) cursed the man cursed by his wife."
ri
ri
Past intranSitive passive (qFb participles For all intransitive verbs, and transitive verbs used without objects, one can have the past intransitive passive participles. The semantic and syntactic focus of these participles is the action itself and not the agent or the object. The participle is formed exactly like the past passive participle, but is used These participles are not as frequent always in neuter singular. as the passive or active past participles. Examples:
la '(P)uJ 3i J I:a:qa I .J, 1b '(P)uJ lfa1{ I 2a ~:~I ~b eft:~ I 3a ~ 31~@4d I
.J,
~b 0lIT~~
3b 4a
~~I 0lIT~~1
t
Past active ~ participles For all verbs, the past active participles can be formed by adding the affix vat to a past passive participle with the affix
176
-tao Or one might say that the past active participle affix is -tavat. These participles can replace past active verbs occurring
in the main or subordinate clauses. They agree in gender, number and case with the agent of the active verb. Examples: "he "he "he "he who who who who ate" went" spoke" remembered"
t41i4dC4((
lfaCf(f
"Ilfild6l((
~dC4q-
s
Nom
Aee
p
7J((i!.F=(j:
~:
lJOCIT ~
~:
~:
~: JldOll4':
Loe
Voc
"JTaiF(
.;
s
Nom
Aee
Neuter D
Voc
Jfd4Fd IJd4Fd
_PI
The rest of the forms are like the masculine forms. In feminine, lfaCf(f- takes the feminine marker affix i and hence the feminine stem is Jld6lJt. This is declined like ;rcft. Examples:
la lJ6:qJlitJ& I "Rama went home."
.J, ~ Ib ( .,. lJ6 l'f'd101 I "Rama went home."
2a 1fT~: q;c;:q(41C;& dfi6:qQQli"l I "I saw the man who ate the fruit."
.J, ~ 2b ~ t41liidq;a .... "1""'l""(:q-ij~:q,..,.Q'l""!lQ"""li"'"'4i I "I saw the man who ate the fruit."
177
ta
3b 4a
m-;rrt 'lId (+it+t ((f a- "rrSCf<f(f I "The king spoke to the man who
~b
remembered (his) mother." fijd(;f;:ij ;rt "rrSCf<f(f I "The king spoke to the man who remembered his mother." m ~ I "She said." m ~ IfGid(;fdl I "She said."
a-
In the case of verbs which are either inherently intransitive or are used intransitively, verbs of movement and certain other verbs like sthii, vas, jan, ruh, etc. (which may be contextually transitive, e.g. m+rt:tff "to occupy") , the past active participle may be formed with the affix -tao This looks very much like the past passive participle, but is in syntactic agreement with the agent. Examples 1 (l'I': ~ I (l11: lJ(f: I "Rama went."
2 ijlor ~ I ijlor I "SUa stood."
3 ~ afGidql~ ij: I ~~: ij: I "He lived in the forest."
cfcrr: ~fijdq:a: I ffi: I "The gods laughed."
4 ;rrtt qfcldqJ) I ;rrtt ~, "The woman fell."
5
mr:
~~: ij: I
'\
In general, one may say that the past participle, when used to replace the finite verb of a main clause conveys the sense of past tense. Thus, the following pairs of sentences are identical in meaning: (l11: ~ ~ I "Rama ate the fruit." (llI': ~ l!II(4dql1 I "Rama ate the fruit." ('1ituT ~ ~ I "The fruit were eaten by R." ('1ituT ~ l!Il(4a IPI I "The fruit were eaten by R."
H8
However, the past participle, when used to replace a relative clause verb, or when used in conjunction with another finite verb, conveys the meaning of completion, rather than past tense. In these usages, the past participle conveys a perfect tense. Consider the following sentences:
'l'f(f:
ra
In such constructions, the tense is conveyed by the finite verb, while the past participle conveys the sense that one action is already complete by the time the other action comes about.
Past participles
Note: These forms are generated according to the rules of Sanskrit, but in actual usage some forms will be found to be quite common, while others are rarely seen. This is especially the case with a large number of -~ participles. Occasionally, we notice that certain participles are more common in conjunction with Thus, while a;:;:r from prepositions, rather than by themselves. ~ is rare, ~, ~, ~, arn.:r;:;r etc. are common.
Root
Past Active
3{~
aWtr
~
~
~
"
Cfj'i ...
cpfir
~~d(ht
fi
~
,fqdctq
~ ~
fi!
~ ~
~
~
~
~1r8dct<1
r48ect<1
mo
~
~
179
tcm{
~ ll1IJ
1J1{
~ ~
~ 1ij;:;r
1JfUra"
mr
lfTi, ~
~
mr
~
TI
fir.:q
Tf{
ijf.J fijf
~
~,~ ~
RlRia ~ \iffif fijfo
trt{
~
Gftm
~ ~ ~ ~
'?1if(f
\1IlO
Gftm
~
Ol:
qc( (f{
~
~ ?'tq:d6lq
~ ~ ~
~
qr
~
fete{
~
~
rm{
m
12:
;ro ;re
qo
fWfq
~
~llad6lq
!J
;:m
'\
rnfcra"
;ro
;ft
~
~
;fur
~ ~
1C
"CP!
tJ7i -crq
"1i@"
180
181
~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~
~'~
(d9)
(vv)
~ ~
~ ~
:~
(dg)
tt
.P.ij.
PPPeJf' Pk>P~~
~
~ ~
PIoP~c}
.P.ij. ~ ~
~
h
~
.2:i
~ .E.l
hl! II
~
.E.l
~ PPP~?
~ ~
:a.2
.Ph
~
.Ph
~
~
~
~ ~
bit hlt
~
ppP~lt
.Ph
(vv)
.l!B.Plt
PPP'dln PIoPlWt
~ ~
.Plt
It
1ut
.P.tsYTh
rut
~
~
at.
fuK
l?IoPIej'b
~ PPP~lb
~
~ ~
:at
1t
lh
PpPlb <III
~ ~ ~ ij({
~1I~j(ht
~I;:aqq
~I~d
~
~8lfqdqq
tt"iqq
~
~'.fT
~ ~ ~
~
;d
PFf
trO
~ ~
~
~~~OIq
tr
Exercises 1)
t.
~.
~
\3.
# ,. #
~.
~.
~.
~ Jldq;::d ~ q~l[lj I
IDlt ~ ;rrp.J ~ tR ~ I
~ tJfddi ;rrt ~ I
~ ~ ~ cri Pi;:qf::a I
~ +r1T ~ mftr ~ I
'fM
..
(, .
to.
~ ~. ~~. ~ ~~ 6fti ~R1dOl;:a: I ~~. ~ (bad poem) r8(ijdOld ~ ",: ~ ~. ~:;:ror "11 (1{t I )l()~~: I
~ , (1i til Pd d?4:;:d qi m ;r til f::a dqdl I
"T* ~ 'fIlri ~ I
qadqf\rt:;:reFf ~ cnm: ~ I
I
'i1~dqI11
fcti
'il'std "f?
2) Rewrite the story in Lesson 9, Exercise 1, after converting its sentences into past participle constrUctions wherever possible.
182
3)
Convert all the past tense forms in the story of the mustard seed in Lesson 11 to past participles and list the original forms along with the participial forms appropriate in the context.
4)
2. 3. 4. 5. S. 7.
Rama went to Lanka (f.) to defeat RavaQ.a. The king saw the servant and laughed. The servant, fallen on the ground, said to the king. The crows, seated on the tree, ate fruits. Rama's sister spoke to her mother-in-law. The poem written by you was seen by me. The swan who stood on the bank of the lake flew up
(JC(+J11t{).
8. God protected the people who worshipped him. 9. The jackals ate the flesh of the dead elephants. 10. The minds of good-hearted people rejoiced seeing the moon risen ('3C(+[lllf) in the sky. 11. The mother, who reached heaven, saw her son seated at the court of Indra. 12. The priest, struck by the mendicant, was seen by the doctor. 13. The king gave wealth to the poet who wrote a poem to praise him. 14. The mendicants, saluted by the king, showed him the path of moral conduct (;ftfa" f.). 15. The poems of the dead poet were burned with his body.
5)
183
LESSON 23
..
Demonstrative pronouns
"this" and
"that"
,
S
Of these two pronouns, ~ is the Certain forms of ~, though not all, are ing to the Sanskrit tradition, ~ refers refers to things very near, ~ refers to refers to things which are remote. These
more common pronoun. also frequent. Accord to things nearby, ~ distant things and '(fif meanings are relative.
Masculine
Masculine
N
Ac
~
~I
~/ ~
,
f,
ar.);r/
~ ,
~ ~
~/ ~
~:
~: ~:
amt
3{lft
D 3f1{
P apft
3tIi
34~ 14{
3IlR
~:
3PFT
~
D
Ab G
~:
~:
~ an?{
~:I
~: ~:I ~:
Feminine
l!'fI1J
'{!'j
~
3Pjf&il1
t
t
~ ,
~:
Feminine
P
N
Ac
~
~I
{4
~I ~ 301'4i"l
~ ~
~ 3RlIT1
l!;p;fT
~: ~:I ~:
amt
3Pp!
3f1{ 3Il{
3Pl:
3l1{:
anfit:
3f1P:f: 3JTP.l: 3fRJ1l{
34lf-IT
~:
~:
~:
~ Ab 3RJIT: G 3R=lIT:
~
~:
~:I ~:
~:
~:I
~:
3mI
~:
185
Neuter N
Ac
Neuter
~
~I
~I ~
~I ~
arcr:
arcr:
~ ~
Dual forms of nouns and verbs which end in ~, 3) and l!, as explained before, do not undergo any sandhi operations. The same holds true of the plural form 3f1ft. For instance, 3f1ft aiPIii5Pd cannot be transformed into *3f':~'4IJIii5 Pd. As for the use of the pronouns ~ and 3{qlf, they are very similar to (fC{, ~ etc. The optional forms of ~ such as ~ and ~ are used in secondary or subsequent references to entities.
"This man I this one will go." Bl) ~ \1lJ1T: (bees) ~ fCI~ Pd I B2) ~ ~ fCI~ Pd "These bees I these ones drink honey," Cl) ~:~:!R' q~~I~ I C2)~: !R' q~ltlfq I "I see the wealth of that woman I that one."
Dl) .i.fl'181r4 El)
~~ I
~ I
D2) E2)
.~~ I
311FT apt ~
Certain nouns (and adjectives) ending in consonants show two stems in their paradigms, the strong stem before some terminations and the weak stem before other terminations. In a masculine paradigm, the strong stem appears in Nom. (S, D, P), Acc. (8, D) and Voc. (8, D, P); in a neuter paradigm, the strong stem appears in Nom. (P), Acc. (P) and Voc. (P). As usual, these three forms are identical in a neuter paradigm. Here we will consider the following noun-types with two stems:
186
A.
Past active participles ending with the affix -0Gf(f. have been discussed in the preceeding lesson.
These
B.
Present and future active participles such as ~M{, JI~tSOlt(1/~. These are discussed in Lesson 19. We may note a few differences here. The masc. nom. singular is ~, .. rather than ~. The neuter nom. and acc.dual forms for the conjugations 1, 4, 10, causatives, desideratives and denominative verbs are strong forms. e.g. Jlid""'d"'1. For the 6th conjugation, for the 2nd conjugation verbs ending in 311, and all future active participles, the neuter nom. and acc. dual forms are optionally strong, e.g., ~~, JI~tSOltd11 ;ijT. Present active participles from other verbs have weak forms in their neuter nom. and acc. dual, e.g.~. Neuter plurals for verbs in the 3rd conjugation and a few other participles such as ~ are optionally strong, e.g., crc:rta'i ~. With all these exceptions, it is good to keep in mind that these neuter forms are extremely rare in the actual usage. Nouns ending in the possessive aflIxes -ll({ and -'Of"({, e.g. ~, ~, ~,tf't':qq. The paradigms of these nouns are The exactly identical with those of the -0Gf(f participles. feminine stem is formed by adding e.g., ~ > ~.
c.
-t,
(m)
~(m)
S
JOfldJOfJ9"'( JOfk1JOf'""dJOf\
s
N Ac I D
~
~Jlq..-dJf
\
~~: ~ ~:
~~: 'Pldli{1041'l ~: 'i J ldli{1041'l ~: ~: "tJldldl+f .. ~: ~
+f Rf+fd I
~
~: ~:
+tfd+Rf
~: ~:
Ab
G
L
~ lf1TCF(
~~:
iiRliiRl ~
187
D. Adjectives of quantity ending in the affixes -~ and -tfi{, e.g., ~, ~, ~, ~,~. These paradigms are similar to those of nouns in A and B. The feminine is formed by adding e.g., ~. ~ "this much" or "this many" Masculine Neuter D P P D S S ~: N ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Ac ~ ~ ~ ~: , ~
~ Like the masculine
I {lfaT ~~P~lll ~: Like the masculine D ~ ~~cp~l~ ~~C{~: Like the masculine Ab ~: ~~C(l4I4f ~lItt14: G ~: ~: ~
Like the masculine Like the masculine
L ~: ~ ~ ~: V ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
-f,
Vocabulary ~ (mfn) that I (mfn) this long-lived rich Himalaya how much, how many? this much, this many as much, as many that much, that many
this much, this many
famous ~ J1i Pron. both (always dual) 3fq"'f another
Vl("f (m)
.~
.~
tfrlr
.~
'5ffd+~
Exercises 1) Write the full paradigms of t.R1f({ (m), ~ (f) and ~ (n).
188
2) Translate the following into English: t qlJifOT ~ (= Buddha) ~ ffi' ;r ~. ~ q;f;{ IjAt1~ RI (I"(Cf(fT Cit ;r
~. ftraT 'j?lIj'"Pi<R4I61<;q - 31litJIl'11fGf - ~ I ~. il8b1dl ~ tffiiat 1ID ~: q- 'Ft ~ I ,. ri )joI6l""dl ;:rn: ~: ;r ~, ;rrftr ri ~"i6l""dl )l uI6l;;:t: I ~. ~ tftt:T i l~oll~ ~ ~ ~ tR ~? \J. ~ 16I;;:t1 \1RT 3fSf Rle ~ ~: I l wt ~ r..ft+raT ~ +niTuI )1 T"i4 e: I 't ~ '161 RI ~ cfifi 61 ij:;:d) Fa '1;:l1ii l"il ~ ~ 1b1;d SIT"i;;:tl ~ I ~o. ~ 1Rt'1""dl ;r ~ ~ t4"i6l;;:tl l{T ~ ~~611~ ~ ~ I ~ ~. ~"i6l""dl \1RT FoI {HOI al ~ q f1 i=ij I FoI tU6I""d J\.T.{ ~ 1ID ~ I ~ il861fqFa t4"i6lJ:;::q;ttd I ~ il861dl ~ ~I ~~. ~ ~J\.T.{ (atU6l1"i t J1lt at ~ii6l;d sld6l""dll o;r ~'161 Fa R ~ <fff i4t1I61I~~61""diiffl1f(f I i ~, ~ ~ m Fa 0lCft 1)" h I ~ (f(.f tRfitfa- I acn "4"il1I"il1<; q - ~ '14 ~ (g'161R1 0lCft (f(.f h I ~ ~1C4lpg'161I ...q4dt=d16l~ tRlJ ~I ~~. ~ Sl of'1;d <fff 'i)I6II~iSUjtl1<;(f - 311~1~ {ftJ I ij" Ffi: 'Sf ~ - i~, ~ it 311~TJifij? ;nt~,;rrftr i4t116111 ;r err tRtfFI I ~;r~,;r finrr, ;r fiT tR, ij" ~ ~:~ ~ ~ 0f1? {ftJ I ~~. ~a"iC4I ....stijT4P~~(I~IC4<;q - ~t~, ~ tR~llU SllriiJRt I acnt~s~~: ri ~"iiiqli=(q I tfl'1I'1A~ t~~ ~ ~, l1l6l\NI8 ~, lIlC4fi4 ~'1qFa, 0lCft it ~ ~ {ftJ r
m fij I
.ttnfit
r:a
r:a
F):JlUi
<fi;rt
ocr
3)
1.
2. 3.
How much gold does that rich man have? Nowhere else is there so much wind as there is on the Himalaya mountain. This strong man did not think that his intelligent enemy was able to defeat him.
189
That rich woman does not have as many horses as I have. 5. I pray to the Lord, "Let me be long.lived and rich." 6. The Buddha instructed the people, saying: "You must abandon as many desires as you have." 7. GJing along the road towards my village, I saw that famous man who lived in the kings palace. 8. A rich man desires gold as much as a bee desires honey. How much knowledge do you desire? How much strength do you desire? 9. In that house which belongs to the learned men are many books. 10. The intelligent men, praising the qualities of the Lord, say: "Knowledge found only in books leads to adversity and misery. However, knowledge found through meditation on the Lord leads to great happiness."
4.
4)
190
LESSON 24
More nouns in two stems Honorific Pronoun 1.fCf({ "your honor" This pronoun behaves exactly like the present participle 1.fCf({1 ;:q with a few minor differences. The masc. nom. sing. of the pronoun is 'fOI'F{, while that of the present participle is ~. Also, the feminine participle form is ~, while the feminine pronoun is~. This pronoun is syntactically different from the pronoun~. 1.fCf({ requires a 3rd person verb, e.g., (=(f ~, but 'fOI'F{ ~ "Your honor goes". Often, to show an even higher degree of respect, the pIural form can be used to refer to a single person, e.g., ~: JliIij Contextually, this could either refer to many goers, or show a high level of respect for a single goer. In the actual usage of 1.fCf({, one finds that authors switch back and forth between ~ and 'fOI'F{ referring to the same person, and these switches indicate subtle shifts in the display of respect. In late Sanskrit, the general tendency is to stick to one usage. The words ~ and ~ are used in the sense of "his honor over here" and "his honor over there", e.g., ~ lfItIOT: ~ ~ "His honor M. over here drinks water", Similarly, one finds the feminine forms ~ and ~, e.g., ~ or:;t JI;:qf?iU "Her honor S. over there wishes to go to the forest". A.
r::a.
B.
ra
, !
Neuter P
rr6F(f:
~:
N Ac
I
WF(
JOfi5FilJOf'\ r
~
~~:
+iQ,,~11
~ ~
Like Like Like Like Like the the the the the
P
~
r-..
wrFa
~
~:
'i~C(~:
Ab
G
~~:
+f'6O: ~
~ '\
~:~:
~ ~
rr6F(f:
wrFa
191
c.
-~
The affix -~ is used in Sanskrit both as a possessive affIX after nouns and as an agentive affIX providing ageht-nouns, e.g., iIO+~ > ~ "strong", :Jf1{+~ > ~ "goer", fern. forms ~, ~.
Masculine S
D
Neuter
N
Ac
csrtt
iff&;rt
~
~P1P{ ~P1P{
I D Ab G L
V
m: m:
~
~ ~ ~
iffiRt: \ iffiRt:
iff&;rt
~~:lIFf
m: m:
S ~ ~
Like Like Like Like Like the the the the the
D ~ ~
Masculine Masculine Masculine Masculine Masculine
m:
~'
~fOi.
Note the forms in which the ,. of the stem is lost before the final affix in the paradigm above (in italics). In these forms, the juncture of the stem and the affix behaves as if it is an external sandhi. This feature is found in several other nominal paradigms. See the paradigm of _ - below.
Nouns with three stems:
In the above paradigms, we have seen that certain nominals ending in consonants such as ~ and ~ show two stems in their paradigms, i.e. one before strong terminations and the other before weak terminations. Here we will look at nominals which These may generally be show three stems in their paradigms. classified into three groups: a. b. c. the reduplicated active voice past ending in OR{ ., nouns ending in 311 -, and adjectives of direction ending in aTTf. perfect participle
192
With these nominals, the case endings and the strong stems remain the same, while a new category of middle stem is carved out of the weak stem area. In the paradigms given below, the strong stems are shown in italics, and the middle stems are shown in small size letters.
1. Reduplicated perfect active participle in
~
In these paradigms, the strong stem ends in t.ftij, the middle ., in if({, and the weak in 'J"{. Here are the paradigms for ~ from the root "to know" and ~ from the root , "to do". The feminine is formed by adding a feminine affix e.g. ~, ~. This is declined like a standard feminine nominal ending in The masculine and the neuter paradigms are given below. The word ~ is traditionally recognized as a present participle, while ~, aCJ(4C4t'{, ~, and iJlfUil1t'{ are considered to be perfect participles.
fctcr
-f,
-t.
~ "learned person"
M
Nt
S
N Ace I D
fim1
Abl ~: G ~:
L
f4iiwJt ~ ~
'\
~ ~
S
~ '\
~ ,
flmNr: ~:
~ ~
Masc. Mase. Masc. Masc. Masc. ------ ------------ ------ ------
fcrirfiI fcrirfiI
~ ~
fitimt
~: ~:
fcrirfiI
193
M
S
N
~
~
Ace ilif4/0J(
I
D ilif4jOj
ilif4jilJ?
~'-""tf11f '2- -, \ ,
~: ~:
~'"lf: c ,
~4iJ(} i/if4jJ(}
~:
~""lfl+\ ~:
D
G
~
~:
Abl ~:
L
V
~
~
2.
Nouns ending in
3f1 :
With these nouns, the strong stem ends in 3lFf (the final,. is dropped in the masculine nominative singular). The middle stem ends in 3f, and the weak stem ends in ,. with the preceding 3f dropped (sometimes optionally). Observe the following paradigms of ~ (m) "king", and ~ (n) "name". ~ strong: = ~, middle: = (l'Gf, weak: = "fR! middle: = :;rp:f, strong: =~, weak: = ~ ~~(m)
~(n)
S
N TI\ifT Ace ~ /\ifF/,,",,
I
D
S
;:n+1 ;:n+1
mFfr mFfr
, TI\if'-""tf11f , TIiJf\-~ ,
~""tf11f
TI\1fR: 'fm':
~:
TI\1f'-'"lf: TI\1f'-<:f:
TmT
-mr
;w;rr
~ ;rp:;:r:
~~ ~~ ;::n+1l-"tfI+1 ,
;::n+1l-"tfI+1
;wnf.:( ;wnf.:(
~:
;:n+1'-'"lf: ;:n+1'-<:f:
;::fr+r'-""tf11f ,
00: 00:
TJmlI
~
mFfr
mR:
~: m~ ~: ;:n+1FfPi1 ~~
;w;r:
""I+:;flll
;wnf.:(
tft9
~ (0 "border", ~ (m) "head", and 3Jl'?I1 (m) "soul", decline like~. ~ (n) "path" and ~ (n) "armor" decline like ~. Only ~ and ~ have the contraction in the weak forms, i.e. and~. 3Jl'?I1,~, and ~ do not have contracted weak forms. Thus, their ins. sg. forms are ~, ii?RT, and ~.
194
3.
For these nominals, the strong stem ends in ~, the middle stem ends in~. The weak stem ends in ~ when ~ in the stem is preceded by ~, e.g. ~, and it ends in ~ when 3ft{ in the stem is preceded by if, e.g. ~.
~-
~"
"
weak: weak:
=~ =~
"
S
N
~
, ,
Acc~
~ ~
~<::f1l1 ,
':if?::rT'-~
S
~ ~
m:
~:
~ ~
"SfrfT'-<rF(
~<:f11={
~<:fTl1
~ ~
~:
':if?::rT'-"1::f: ':if?::rT'-"1::f:
I
D
"SfNr
~:
"SfNr
Abl G L ~ V ~ ,
m: m:
':if?::rT'-"1::f: ':if?::rT'-"1::f:
':if?::rT'-<:f11={
~: ~:
Sldl:q l+f
)f?:y~
~
M
~
~
m: m:
,
~: ~:
Sldlill"i
)f?:y~
~:
~ "pervading"
"
Nt
S
N
S
~ '\
~ ,
~ ,
Ace f4tiCfWiJ'\
I
D
f4&QW' f4&QW'
~:
Abl ~: G ~: L ~ V ~ ,
~ ~
~ ~'-<::f1l1 ~"1::f'. , ~
~'-<::f1l1 ~. , .
~:
~ ~
~ ~
~'-""lfl+f ~'-"1::f'. ,
~: ~:
~~ ~:
~ 'li4I+f
~: ~:
~ '\
~: ~:
~ 'l'ill+f
~~
195
Exceptions: The weak stem for the word ~ is 'fa'(~. The words ~, 'SITif and ~ have only two stems. The strong stems are ~, ~ and ~, and the weak stems are ~, 'Sffi{ and ~. Feminine forms for the above nominals: For all the three types of nouns (with three stems) given above, the feminine stems are formed by simply adding ~ to their weak stem. Then the feminine stems are declined like the paradigm of ;rcft. Masculine Basic Stem Weak Stem Feminine
Degrees of comparison The comparative degree of adjectives is obtained by adding either the affix .(f( or -~ to the stem. The forms in -(f( are declined like -31 stems in masculine and neu ter, and like -3IT stems in feminine. Generally, the comparative forms are accompanied by a word in the ablative to indicate the meaning of "than". Occasionally, the ablative itself, without the use of an explicit affix of the comparative degree, is found in the usage.
~ ~ ~: I~: I Jlfllfl11 "I am greater than Rama." m ~ ~: iIIrACflllfI: ~ I "That girl is more
intelligent than this girl."
196
Generally speaking, while the forms in -OT can be produced from most words, the forms in -~ are common only for certain adjectives, and their derivation involves many different regular and irregular changes. Some of these are suppletive forms. From the adjective oq- "small", we get the masculine and the neuter comparative stem ~-, and the feminine stem afi4t. The ... feminine declension is a straight forward feminine declension in The masculine and the neuter declensions are given below. The strong stem is atfl4 it!- and the weak stem is ~-.
-f.
S
N
Masculine D P
Ac
I
D Ab
G L
a~l1iij;
afll1 jij:
~:
P a~4ifij
afil1 jij1
arfl4 jlij
~ aEft111 fit:
aEft4~
8fi4l
afi4i fij
The superlative degree is obtained by adding either the common affIX -Ott, or the somewhat restricted affix -~, e.g., ~ > ~ and Since both of these formations end in -31', the masculine and the neuter formations are declined like nouns in -31', and the feminine forms are derived by adding -3iT. Generally speaking, the affIXes -~ and .;~ require complex changes, as well as suppletion, and must be learned from the table below:
m.
Positive
~.~-
.~I
.~-
Comparative ,.
S,uperlative
iff-
~~...
~~
- ;ffGg-~r~_
ifl(f
-.J~_
,~-
-*
~W-
197
dear heavy, valued wide, valued many, much young small fast far big, fat soft small thin small
Vocabulary
~m-
v~_
J~_
.. ~.~-
,~,~-
rm ,
LOO
.~~mJ~_
.~-
,~-
.~-
.. ~...
' atrr
- 3i("tfiliti ...
,~-
.~...
aR
,crfitg
,lfCt
,~.~.~-
.~.~... .~~-~...
~~.~-
400
.~.-
. ~l c[lltij...
.~-
~--
-m
,mfGg
.~
".
.m
...
.~
r~
...
,~
~~
.~
.~
-~
...
. aq~OIti
J~
r~ r~
.~
...
...
I'm ...
~~ ...
. 3FCfiI' ...
a learned person one who did one who approached (n) name (m) head (n) path right, proper following transverse, horizontal eastern backward, westward
\11 fill
tnt
l~
.~
one who went one who stood (m) king border (m) soul (n) armor upward, northern pervading turned away southern, downward downward
.~
.~
(0
.~
f
.~
...
D
JqTJ ...
"CfITi{
,3iCWi
~~
o~
...
198
Other vocabulary
hidden " J"Cf+~tfT (IPA) to attend, serve middle title for Brahmins l'f'Af n . .... 3Tf(f Tf1J (lP) to set, e.g. sunset r~ a co-pupil game, gambling game with 5 dice . ~ n. .f. ~m. crcrcf m. kind, distinction small shell used as a dice in gambling to stream, flow ~(lA) . J1TR '5Il'fPT m. name of place facing upwards to apply, direct one who causes to . 3flf+t1T (3P) . g Id ftt~ fall, thrower of dice name of region , qft+:r:f+am{ (2A) to devote to "~m. below, beneath " ~+tR{ (lOP) to call, name .~ greatness ~m. . ~+~ (lP) to bend down .... (~ .~ well-known upwards, above .... #~ other, another pervading 3RCI (prn) #~m. very a man of warrior . arra- (adv) ,mn. vision, sight class .frmr f. (lP, A) to study, learn knowledge ....
.~
#
d-~
'I.
im
1.
~.
~.
:to
V.
~I
l{11
mrt ~ ~: ~ ~ ~ I
frmr (f7.f fcmp.n: )1 ~1tttfl fRt
'i51;:a)Sft{~: 'i~ij~i~Gftl4:;:d I
~~ I
~.
~.
ar;R~~~~~1
199
\j.
aw.r:
~I
(,. ~cf)ltijl &~ ij' c:fRt ~ ~ If(=(ff q;;fi4iti ql~dOlI1 - ~ m:, ltiftlttl ({(.f qlriff t='1~1S6@Ol Y~d@Ol ~ ~ "FchllPl ~ ~ ~ I ~: ~ m ;r t1'Ot ~ rfd I d(fT ij
\ffifT J 14 d01 11 - q?If Yfl ('It(fd I i{lf qlriff ~114 5'1 Uf;:;1 ;r ~ I (f(f:
mj~fttttl ijff(ff I d~'t"Y~d ttfct m3tkXISlritfCI ~ ~ , ~ lffprt ~ ~ I
~.. 1ft: 1ft: ~ I ~ ~ @'ra' mlt~lil s~ 1('lt~'1'i I
~ o. ~~ i{lf qlriff tR' JI+.:ij:;:J) ~ I
~ ~ 41Oj~lt I -rnrr 3f?f t=~ d 101 ~ t=lt 1$ ~ ~ I
~~ ~ ~ ~ ~1I~lfUI ~~dOl""d: I dlritP'lIfil': yRldlPl I
~~ .. ~~~I'ii;rr:r iW"ITs~ ~ ~ I
~sPilfii: S1~It=dlj I
~ ~ \Ttl1 d1l'JjS(iIi);a I 51 JliIlt Iltt"d H-iIiJ hl I
t(dfcl~tSt: _ : ~ I O?f ~ wi 3tI'Rl:
~ ~.. ~~ .. ~4..
_;rp:r en
200
2.
1.
Translate into Sanskrit: My father is older than your father, but he is also faster than your father. His honor over there came from the most distant village in order to sit in our assembly. The youngest man here is also the most praiseworthy. While going to the village, I saw a horse even bigger than your horse. Only the strongest men can climb the largest mountains. A proud man can be virtuous, but not always. The intelligent teacher taught the sacred texts to me, and therefore my knowledge is greater than your knowledge. Knowledge is the heaviest burden - so says a fool. Most people think that gold is the dearest thing in the world. However, the best among the sages will tell you that a vision of the Lord is the dearest and the best thing. His honor the king has heavy armor. I think that only the strongest horse will be able to carry him. The horses stand turned away. The kings enemies go backwards to their own border. The easterners do not speak Sanskrit (t4+1 d "f). The boy who approached (aQf1.l c the teacher was seen by me. np The people honored the king who stood ~ at the gate ...
of the city. They looked at the jewels on his head.
Write five sentences of your own in Sanskrit.
2. 3.
4.
5. 6. 7.
8.
9.
3.
201
I
Second conjugauon
LESSON 25
The conjugations 2, 3, 5, 7, 8 and 9 are different from the conjugations 1, 4, 6 and 10, in that the verbal base in the latter conjugations ends in -31, while the verbal base in the first group of conjugations does not end in -31. This fact leads to a greater sandhi impact of the final affIXes on vowels and consonants of the verbal base in these conjugations. In order to appreciate this impact, the final affixes may be divided between those with strong bases and weak. bases. Below, the final affixes for The affixes for strong bases these conjugations are presented. appear in italics. Present
-Fr -Rt
-fa
.J11(
-(1
Acuve -Cf:
-t{:
Middle
-+1':
-t{
-'(!'
-q-t
.ij
-0:
-an;a
-+I' -0
-3JN
-am)"
-~ ~
a
Past Imperfect
-3l
-~
~
-Cf
-f
-'1T: -0
Imperative
-~
-a ,
-(f1f -(I11J
-3Jl1I1lf -3ffif1lI
-~
-3f
-arrR
-g
-tfll{ -lIT:
-~
-JITCf
-3Tf11
-f!I~
-V
-t<i
-N
-~
-(IlJ _.(I11J
-0
-aMI
-~
-trra'
-dP{
-3Jl1I1lf -3ffif1lI
-~ -~ -~4Idl~
-3fall{
Potential I Optative
-lfICf
-~
-~
-~
-~:
-to
203
.~'1T:
-M
-m
-~
Of all these terminations, the active imperative second person singular -'fit I ~ and the active potential terminations are different from those in the conjugations 1, 4, 6, 10. Also note the absence of ,. in the middle third plural terminations -ara (present), -31' (imperfect) and -afI1J (imperative). Finally note that the middle dual affixes such as -arr4, (present), -3fft.1l1{, -3ffifll{ (imperfect), -3fft.1l1{, -3ffifll{ (imperative) all begin with while in the conjugations 1, 4, 6 and 10, the corresponding aflixes begin with f.
-ana
an,
Also one should keep in mind the optional affix -Ok! for the second person and third person imperatives of active (qt~q~;P verbs. This is used in expressing a blessing. This aflix is usable in all the following conjugations, e.g. ~ from 3R{, 3fiffi{ from 3fc[. However, since its use is limited, it will not be given in the regUlar paradigms.
an;
Present
If(q:
~:
Imperfect
~
3P1ll1
ap.mf1f
3PffiTIlI
Imperative Potential
~
:tfl'Cf
tJlOlf lffin1f
l1T(l
41:tfld'f :tf1:tfldl4f
204
aRf-
aRf-,
weak stem
~-)
amt
m
~
Present
~: ~:
3Jm1!
t:ti:
~:
t:q ~
amTlf
~
00:
amfur
p.rr: Pffi{
~
~ ~
Potential
~
8fR:1J
3001
~
Imperative
3Ri1f4
~
~
aRfIq
~ ~
~ P1ldllJ.
PJ:
3{f(r
ana
ani
atlj
~-
3fa: 3fC=ti:
3ffi:
am:
3fC=ti
3f1Gl{
ana
3ffiIl{
arnr
3ffif
3Wf:
8t1'Cf(!
3RI1li ..
arcrFd
at<fI11
3ffi
3ffif11f
Potential
3Rf[(f
3mf1
3RI1li 3RTId
Imperative
arcnf.r
arcrfCi
8ffi1!
8ffiJ1{
amT:
arcr;q
3mKf
3RfIdlJ 3RfTdllJ
3Iq:
flJ:
~:
~:
crtffl.T
ql~ IPI
~
~
~ ~
~
..
~
~:
~ ~ ~
Potential
~ ~ ~
Imperative
~ ~
~
~ ~
~ ~ C;:6Ol1 d I,,!
~ ~
~:
205
~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~
<;16143
~ ~ ~
Ci161'i3
~ ~
arcptrr:
at<ptf
~
~
3il6 Id '41 ~
Potential
crtt
~ ~
Imperative
'i:{lGt~
W.f11i
116 Id IJt
~:
~~
ltfi~ Id 141
11~" 1(1
\iftt~
~
~
Md"
~ ~
<fiG: <fiG:
m:
Present
~:
<fiG
186Fd
~
~ ~ ~
~
~:
*
3iCfta+r attla II!
Potential
Imperfect
Imperative
Wcf
~ ~
Present
<fiG
~
fctma
~:
Middle Paradigms
~ ~
iii
~
~
faril fJm
~
~
~
Imperative
Imperfect 3il8ij~ ~
3iifttrT:
~ atJl{441 at(86ldlJi,
arm
Potential
~
(861d1Jt
~
~:
18t14~
(8{1'i fd
~
186d 1'1
206
1- "to
~ ~ ~
praise" (Active)
Present
Imperfect
:
,~:
;;pi:
1~
3Rt:
Fa
3Rtq
;pnlJ
~:
31 3I1d1J
~
Potential
3110
~
;rcnf.t
~
~
t'deflrt1
~ ;pr1(flf
~ ~
~:
Ilf
KI
1l11d 1'1
The roots ~- "to praise" and i- "to cry" have an optional to consonant initial affixes yielding numerous doublets:
added
Imperfect
~:
~~:
~:
~t{
311cflq
~:
~:
~
~efl~
~:
~:
~~
1qJq
31t=(fcftd'1 ~
31~dl'1
31~a'1
~
t'dcflla
~:
ai~r.fl(f
311q1
31t=(fcft d1'1
Potential
Imperative
t'dqlPl
1ctllllif
~ t'qcfli1l~
~""'Ildlf
~ t'qtfilll~ ~
~
t1r.fiffi
~ t'(jefldIf
~
~
t1pTT:
~r.filtl:
t=(fcflllia If t'(jeflllid
~~Idllf
~:
~cOallf
~ t'(jcOlIlq
t'qr.filiid Ilf ~:
207
(O(jtOq6
~
(O(j41'l6
~:
31t1tOq ~ . 31(O(jtO'I ~
~ ~
~ ~
~ ~
~:
~ 31t=qt.fld
~
Imperative
31t'(J" Id Ilf
Potential
31~d
m~
t'dqlqg
~
t'dGU"Ig
~
~
~trr:
t=qcflq ffi
t=(4)'1 fij
t'(Jcf\&q t=q4ldllf
~
~dllf
~of1~Iq]l{~
tqt.fl~ Id 141 t=qof1 (1
t1jifta Ilf
Present Imperfect
qT;"I':
crr;q: GfCftT:
({tfd":
GfCftT
(nil)
~ ~fl! ~fl! ~
~:
3IC41R1l{
Potential
~ q~ld~
3fcfif(f
~
~
Imperative
~ qfil;r
~
tfirP1
({tfd"
~ ~
q+;tlld 11
~:
:r;m ..
~ ~ ~
~ ~
.-
Imperfect 31~~r@ ~
3liR""I@
31~~qlf
~
fi
31TmT: 3fTf!
~ ~
208
Imperative
Potential
~ iRff
~
~
~
iR'Ildl~
~
i4((qJ{
*
Q
~:
~~
i4~~ldl~ ~
Vocabulary Verbs
-lJT -'11
.tj"f
, RT
-err
tolIT
'CU
-atf{ rar<{
.~
.~
.~
r1
.~
'fiif
"T.RJ
"
(P) (P) (P) (P) (P) (P) (P) tP) (P) (P, A) (P, A) (P) (P) (P, A) (P) (A)
"to "to "to "to "to "to "to "to "to "to "to "to "to "to "to "to
go" shine", "to seem", "to appear" protect" (Different from tj"f - mfa") bathe" cut" (Different from err - ~ or ~) tell, narrate"
blow" (Intransitive, "wind blows")
be, to exist"
eat"
milk" (Ditransitive)
praise"
cry, to make noise"
praise"
lick"
speak" speak"
Nouns - SPTq
f~
.~
.~
~
(m) (m)
(n)
cftqcp
;ul1tlJ8
tITt~
fiiiRr
.~
.~
.~
i.F<FT
.~
~~
(0
(a) (m)
.~
(m) (m)
(m) (n) (m)
~~
amp:f
lamp coconut exertion flesh wicked, evil bear crocodile forehead hermitage
209
~~
(a)
(m)
m
?t
~Rw
~tJTlT
(m)
~~ 'SIl(f{
1
m
'amR"
(m)
'~
.~
(n)
goat ignorance
~.
~ iiRT flllf.1;a+l~f.1d I
~.
:{.
+lRI+I;a+lI~I~ ~~:
31liU4t'lt
~ ~
v.
.,. ~.
\3.
3rcfllf I
~~S~ tnq I ~~(~f.1 ~ ~ ~ I
$ : 'I(""~CfjI~i fi:rm r8~dl4f I ~ cftTr:, ~: QI,{OIl+j(jfij ~: CfI;q I ~JII81"if ~ ~ ~ltl(IUifC;;q I
'ilid+lI1 ~: ~~ ;ruT: 'SIR" ~ ~, ijft ~It=dht I
crn:r dqf.1~+l41(f, ~ ~ if ~ I
m-
~.
Mtl
lJ(fT ij ~lffRI+lI;:cft(:
~:
I (f.if (IT ~ I
~ o. 3i li1l4t'lt ~ lJ(fT ~ qlfiiT ~I
~ ~. ~ ~ Ifi4i8 1 ~:, ~ 1
~I
~~ .. ~ &rm:, ~ ~:
aOFf ;r ~:
'M1~Jla I
I ~ "11~ls8I"'1-
31"fIT
1tS+tlifl+llilI4:
~ :t..
~v.
iJtdli +l1~'lII(f
fcl4fd "1l1n(f1l{ I ~~ ~ I
~ ~ ~"TRr"~ fawat 1ffif"'if I
~~, 4"'ilrRI d"ltl'@l ffism ~:"'r"I"lt~Ir-r("qTTiIRtA- I
\i1 l l'"iltflitC; I
~: ~XT.t
210
tfTF?d 3J1ii ~:
m- I I wrm
atfT ~ iiRT
Rt
m-
31Ui\li H i qi1IT: ~ I I ~ ~ t~
3) List all the verbs in the sentences above. If a given form is in a certain tense or mood, provide corresponding forms in other tenses and moods. 4) Translate the following into Sanskrit: Once upon a time, I was sitting in my hermitage reciting religious texts. Outside of my house, a cold wind blew. I thought that someone was crying in my garden. "Who is my guest?" I thought, and went to the door to see. In the rays of the moon, I saw a big bear sitting under a tree licking my coconuts. "Go elsewhere and don't eat my coconuts!" I told him. Then he said to me, "Don't be angry with me, Sir. I am only an old bear. However, you are a wise sage. My hunger is great. I will eat only one of your coconuts, and then I I thought about the bear's words, and told him, will go." "alright". Then I went inside my house and brought my sharp axe to the garden. There I cut many coconuts and gave them all to the bear. "Now go into the woods and eat," I said to him. The bear said, "May the Lord protect you." 5) Write any five Sanskrit sentences of your own.
211
r
{
(P) (A) (P, A) (A) (A) (P) (P, A) (P) (P)
LESSON 28
Second conjugation <continued-) In this lesson, some more important verbs belonging to the second conjugation are introduced:
to to to to to to
to
~+~
~ am{ ~
mt{
~
(;C(
~ ~ ~
to
to to
(P)
(P) (P)
frtc(
to to
go study speak sit, remain lie, to sleep teach, to rule, to instruct hate weep, cry sleep kill breathe know
Since this conjugation does not have an infix, the interaction between the root and the affixes produces complicated sandhi results. The peculiarities must be individually noted.
~
Present
Imperfect
~:
l!f4
~
~:
~"1:
~"1
~ ~:
l!fd
~
~:
~
~
{lIT:
~
Potential
~
3fPf.I
~ ~
~:
Imperative
3ilI1ii
~
3Nflr
~
~
~
~ ~;q Id IJ
213
Present
3J@
~ ~ ~
3ltftt<t
~
~qJ:
~
~ ~'1T:
~~
~111d11 ~
Potential
Imperative
~
3i~
3IU11116j~ 31UI111ti~
3t!fl41~ ffi
3i!ft 4'lti Fg
3itfrfur
~3i~
3t!fl41l1ld 11 ~
Present
wftf4
~
~:
~~:
~:
~~
3fiOft:
iCftfa"
'{<f:
~
~
arnofur
~
~:
~ ~ 3{dl1f
Potential
~ ~ ~
Imperative
iCfTfitr
~ ~
iifri{
1{OT1"
'{<f ~
~
~
"to speak" (A)
~ ~ (4ld l1
~ ~
~:
Present
Imperfect
~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~
~
~
i~ldl'f
~ ~ ~
~
~ ~
3R(qJ:
~
~ ~ 34,;r.. ld l'f ~
Potential
Imperative
it
~ 1{OT1"
Wfttrr:
itfiOlFg
itfitiffi
~~
itfi1l1d 1'1 ~
214
Present Imperfect
m m
~
~
amT
3fIt1N
~
am;ct
d
am:tTT:
atltJiffi
~
3fm(f
am:o
arRfP.l
mtTT:
8f1IDtTTlf
ailijldlf{
Potential
Imperative
31 Itt l6Ig
atlijlq ffi
8f1IDtTTlf
3Ilijldlf{
31 It'(( '{
3fRfur
~
at lijl41d If{
~ ~ ~
~
~ ~
..
Imperfect
amPt
~ ~
amtTT:
~~
3I~14Idlf{
Imperative
~
~
~
~
~14Idlf{
Potential ~pflqffi
~141+1ffi
~ ~
~
wfitTT:
~
~
~1414Idlf{
~ ~
Present
~: ~: ~:
m m~
am
amI:/({
amwr
amlil
~l2I1f{ ~: ~16l11({
at Bielf{
Potential
~:
Imperative
mmf;r
mmq
mfil
~
~ ~
~
~
~ ~ ~:
,.
215
arT +
amrm
Present
Imperfect
~ 811~11t"d
811~IIPi~ ~ 3i1~lIija
anmfij
~~:
311~11~
3i1~11@i~
~
3i1~lIijd
m
3i1~11~
Imperative
811~11~11f
3i 1~lltll rg 3i 1~II1lf 3i1~1I~~~ 3i 1~lliji~: 3i 1~lIijilf Itfrl{ 311~lliji~ 311~IIld 3i 1~IItf1lf Id 14f 3i 1~11tf1 (1
~ tfijt
~
fii'c!;q:
fit!:
m:
m
m
fit!
~:
(gtstPa
~ ~ ~
(g1Sll1J
~
31 (ge11
am
~"i:
~ ~
1Wr
Imperative
A':
rglSlllq
~ "to hate" (A)
~
Present
(gw.tld~ (gtS4ld IJ
(glSllld ~:
Imperfect
~ ~ ~
fS:rrit
~
~
~
am
~:
Imperative
~
~
~
(gli1ldl~
~
~:
(gtfll~
(g(llfldli!
~ ffi:tfl (1
216
,
r
(1 ~ III
rtf41it
m:
Present
00":
~ ~
m:
~
~
~t{:
m:rcft:
3Rfctq
~()~a1:{
~t)ttqrcftq ~()f4al~
Potential
~ ~ ~
Imperative
ntq
&crrFt
()~al~
TIcrPr
m:
~
~
~
()'lual~
~
~
~
"to sleep" (P)
~:
~fqfll ~rqf1l
{'qfqfd
Present ~: ~t{: ~:
~:
~t{
{'qqPd
Imperfect ~~fqq
Imperative
Potential
~ut11
~:
~~[~
~ql~
~fqrg
t-ct \.otI1+I
~
~
~
~utla~
t"6Iut Id
~utlq
~utldl~ ~:
Present
"
I
'Ri
~ ~ 6F(t
~:
~t{:
~:
~t{
ijO:
crPd"
~ ijO
~ ~ ~
~ ~
~ ~
Potential
Imperative
~
~ ~
~
~:
~
~""'1ld1
~<Ptt (a 11:{
~ ~
~ Al(f ~:
Pffif
217
Present ~:
~q:
Imperfect
~:
~q
~:
3I~ 3l~ 3I~:~: 3J"<JI (ij d '1 3J~ 3J~!(ftq 3IKqfijdl~ 3I~
3l~
Imperative
Potential
"<JIB I~ ~
Aq@'ll'i
~: Aq~I({
Aq@'lIC4
Aq~ld'i Aq~ldl'i
Aq@'ll'l
~
~:
fit<{
~ ~ ~
Present ~:
~q:
Imperfect
~: ~q
arctr{
3Jif:/(f
W
~ 3t fch:t ' 1
Potential
arfcJ
~:
fcJ:
iffiq
f4qR'l
ctrJq
arcfq
~
~:
Imperative
FmJq
~ijld'i ~ijldl'i
"f41i
ctj
fcffiF{
fcJ
~
inf.
(f part.
pass.
future
~ Sf ,(ij('q I
~
lOllI('q I
~
~ atilOlillt ~
~
atmf
~
~ arrf{fa
218
root
gerunds
-~
inf.
future
-~
tm
~
1:Jl'(1:iIT
~ ~ ~ ~
f4(g&q
f.r:rPl
~ ~ >r1P1 ~
~
~ ~ ~ ~
m
1110
Jq:(f
qro
tTJ(f
~ ~
'IF<<f
t ,
.(;
tt;<{
~iff
ti14 ('q I
r.m:cn
~
f4~('q1
QU (ij ("011
- fctcr
~(;O
~
~ ~ ~
3fffim ~
~
tH4ift 00
~ 1ffif
(114&q fd
~
ql~~ ~14~faJij ~~fdJij ~1I~&q~
~ ~ f(f{a"
f41.f
~
mt{ teach
.~
m-r
ftr!
aq~jJJ4 ~ ~ ~ ~~(ji! ~
~Iflkql ~~('ql
R
~
~
~
~~
~
~
~
~
~
~ ~
~ ~~ ~ 6(J
fJ PI&q fa
Vocabulary
.~
~ fit+~
.qftr
atf4tuch1
.~
(m) husband (a) ignorant (m) teacher (2P)to come (m) snake (n) truth (m) (n) wicked person day desire, craving
.. 3RT
. aWtm
.~
(0
arr+~
.~
.~
-1ft"
,~
. fuF
~~
.~
,~
.~
(0
. Vi
Vi
= X is like YJ
219
t. ~ ifm: ~ ~ ~ ~, ;r if ~ falc;Ri, or,~: ~ - ,,~ ~:, ~ Sl81qc;i: ~ t:?{ I m~I'4;:al sftr ~ falfJlq;:al ;r ~ I ~,ti: ~lllilio: ~ I (f?I' fam ~
~. ~. ~
SlfaI~IRt" ~ t iIT<?l: ~ - ~~, ~ ~ iR'f, (f~ cpt [gt:;qg" ~ I ll1ff 'fPf: _ cRs~, 0cfT m~ ai~lcf\q, ~ ~;r ~ I cpt ~ ;r fct~: I ~ \iRl: aifalfJ Iq;:a: ~ 'Ef'.R fct~, or, ~: ~: ~ ~ I 31~fJlqd: ~ ~~: ~ riqr 3fT'1cf: ~ ~""d Itdl ~: ;r q;crrftr ~ I ~ ~ fil""dll""dl ~: ;r ~ ~ I f~ ~~: ~;r ~ I ~riqrt~\[q~: ~m I ~,a: "t~:;r
m,
.~~~CI:~R~~ml ~~mma-~
~lltdl~:
~,
'flfRt
,a: iJI~I~If
~ I ~
<t ~lltdl~
~ ~sfcnrt
~. fraT ~
~ 1i;:qQI"i1: ~: ~ ~ I fCI~"iIt1-rnt ~ ~ ~ ~: ;pri sufalQI11 ~~: 31lltlf."a ~ fraT ~, ~~ ~ - "~ f{l(?f:, ~: ~ ~ aillll;:JlRl ~I ri~~~~:~:~:1 l1Cffif~:
". li: ~ ;r fct~, ~ 1ffiIT ~ fct"6l@'t Iq I l. li: ~ -p.nq cpt ri 'PTflf ~ ~I ~~~
~. li:~ ij" ~, li: ;r ~ ij
fraT ~ ~ ~ fCI~"i11 ~
~~:~I
~~~~,0cfT~~~~:~1
I
\!<tij"
a-
cttrr:
;r ~ I
~O. ~ c;lijlO41s~ -
m-
~ ifittr4fSl1lft1" ~ 'I1f'4~1 ~ ~ CfIij': ~ ~ - "t ~, aq ~: QJ<Ii: ~ tq fCI RI I ;r ~ iiftfa" I ;r ~ ~ I ;r CfT "61 fij RI" ~ I ~S~ - "ij': Qjifi ~ CfT ~ fIT' ~ I msr.rqq ;r ~ I ~S ~ "lit ;r iiftfa", "i1"""i1i fit, ;r f.ff ~ ij" ~: ~ ~ I ms~ - "~ ti?'lihi4cO q" ~ I
"art
ana
*"
220
2.
Once in the Himalaya mountain, on the bank of a great river Bhagirathi, there lived a famous blind teacher. He was a mendicant. Although a great assembly always sat around him and praised him, still he had no wealth whatsoever. One night, when the moon was shining in the sky, the old blind teacher sat outside his house and spoke to the many students who had come to study there. He said: "0 students! You are ignorant children. You sleep in the darkness of your ignorance. Thinking 'these are my enemies', you hate some people, and thinking 'these are my friends' , you praise other people. But now I will teach you the truth. Even the smallest craving is like a thief (~), and it will steal all your happiness. These cravings of yours alone are your enemies. Therefore, you must destroy all your cravings. Sorrow is your friend and your teacher. Sorrow points to you the path of knowledge. With knowledge you should cut down your ignorance. Mter your ignorance is destroyed, you will not have any sorrow." Having heard this, the students praised the sage's wisdom. However, they were not able to destroy their cravings. Therefore, they are still (~ unhappy.
3.
221
r
1lrlrd conjugaaon 1.
LESSON 27
In the third conjugation, between the root and the final undergoes reduplication. While attention to the concrete forms lesson, some general features of below.
there is no infix intervening termination. However, the root it is always advisable to pay of reduplication given in this the reduplicated verbs are given
Only the initial part of the root ending with the root vowel is reduplicated. For example:
trT > tmfT If the original root vowel is long, the vowel in its reduplication is shortened. For example: trT > tmfT > t.ftIT
with an aspirated consonant, this consonant is changed to the corresponding non-aspirated consonant in the reduplication. For example:
Q'tIT >
CftrT
\if
in the
5.
~>~>~ The vowel :f\ of roots in the third conjugation is changed to ( in the reduplication, (except in past perfect etc.) For example:
> TI > The third conjugation verbs take basically the same affIXes as are taken by the verbs of the Second Conjugation, with the following exceptions: a) There is no ,. in the endings of the 3rd person, plural, present, and 3rd person, plural, imperative endings. b) The 3rd person, plural, imperfect is ~ and not 311.
~>1N>iN>~
fttca
6.
223
Below are given paradigms of some more common verbs of this conjugation.
~
~ ~ ~
'1~q IPt
~: ~: ~:
~tT
~
~ ~ ~
~
.:
ati16Gt'f ati161q
~
~:
~ ~
~:
Imperative
~ ~
~ ~ ~
~
i1~qld41
~ ~
~:
'1fl1l1ld II!
Present
~ ~
fiNffl
~: ~: ~:
~
~:
~ ~ ~
:=
~ ~
~:
Imperative
Potential
::
~
~ ~
~ ~
~
~ ~tff:
~:
~ ~ ~ ~
~~:
Imperfect
Middle Paradigms
~ ~
=
ftnTRt
~ ~
Present
~ ~
~
~
~
~~
~
~ ~
aITInrd
Imperative
Potential
fiNt
~ ~
~ ~
~
~
ffNttff:
~
flnfiliid 1'1 ~
~ ~
224
r
Present
crcrrfit
crcrrf{r qqrfd
cnI: CfCtt:
Cfij:
CIlf: CfCtt
3fifif1lI
3{ffi:
arcra
afcre1I arcrtrJ1I
Potential
arcrv arcrw
~:
crcrfd"
CfCfIlf
Cfij
arcrcmr
CflIll{
crcrn;r emtfCfTq
Imperative
qcnq
CftIlf
ifijllJ
crm:
CIlm{
CfffI1t
qlfI(f
~:
Middle Paradigms
crcf
era
qt
ffiil
Present
Imperfect
crcmT
~
m~
~ ifcf(fIlf
arcrfq 3fcf?IT:
arcrw
qcftl.r
Imperative
~
ifijllJ
~ ~c; Idll{
crcfttrr:
c;cftr
c;c{lqrd c;cfl41rd ~~
qcf\ttldlif ~
~ ~
Imperfect
Cft+T:
!f(=~
3fcftlllI
8fCf!IT:
f.T?{:
CftIffiT
tffi:
crtrfd
CftfI11
tffi
3itffi1I
~
Potential
3J!ffi
3fcf'.ffiI
~
~:
3fcf!1!
Imperative
~
Cf!AITii
~ ~
'.ffi1J
!ffill{
~ ~:
225
~ ~
CftffiT
~
~ ~
Cf!f
arcrf'.t
3Jt1"('1T: 3ttffi
~
~ ~
Potential
~
~
3TCf'.f
~
Imperative
~
~ Cftff1{
Cftfitn':
qtfto
Cf!fl~ldI1 ~
~~
ftpt
~
fi{lfuf
~4ft6l~ ~ ~
~4)ti~ ~
3ffitf4
~:
fq11()"
~ ~ 3t~tild '1 ~
'\
Imperative
Potential
~
~~~ ~41dI1
~tiI6l~
~tili~
~ fqtid lif
'\
~
fqti Id lif
iltlft'1T:
1iPfra"
ftl41ti ~
~
ftl41 t1
The middle paradigms of ~ are exactly like those of the verb 1fT given above, with the alternation of the forms ~ and ~. The active paradigms are given below.
Present Imperfect
d
~
Q:! ~:
~t{! ~t{
~
~:
3Nt6li.1! ~ 3tiJt~d~!
3Nt{li1
~
~!
226
L'l;(;
:~ I:~
~
I~
litlPIR~
~
~
~
I~
:~
I:~
~ ~ I~
~
I~
~
I~
I~
I~
~
I~
I~ fBpuQl.d
" I~
~
~
9Ap8.Jeduq
:
~
I~
I~ I~
~
~
:~
:~
eJtrUtJ
hW
I~
:~
I:~
:hW
I:~
~
I~
:~
I:~
I~ laepeduq
~
Cd) ".maJ Of"
I:~
luasa.Jd
JJt
~
hl~@j~ i&tPlP~
:~
hl~lttln
~
~
~
~
PpuQl.d
:~
I~
~
I~
~
~
I~
IP
aAp'B.Iaduq
. err
~qr
~~
.~
~+rT
~~
.~
~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~
~ ~
(fij
~ ~
~
~
~ ~
m
~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~
ql@'Irara
~ra~ '1 rl1Q4 Rt ra ~
~ I@'IRt
611Q4Fa
Vocabulary
~pm.
. m .. . n
~~n.
0Wfi m. , Cf1=lT m.
#
!Pi
m.
. !fFlf n.
, Wf adj. ~ fmrT f.
\~m.
'~m.
other, another job, action measuring cup carpenter bullock moral, ritual duty grain certain, firm n of Draupadi n of a demon n of a man each other alas! ear X ;n+r Y = Y with
. 'tff mfn.
' 'tJTCf m.
~m.
~
'fmij' m.
"m.
~adj.
'~m .
r~
~m. '~m. .~f.
. fg" indo
$161
different, other foot death demon wolf bound together hand towards x's face n of king of gods n of a demon n of a girl indeed engaging
the name X.
228
(. ~
+IT
T:
;r
4~1I1tod~
l(lI', ~
qqt q ~?:iI1R1
RI""d~(1'lI1
ij" ;r(:
~s
fiNq I
v. RW rt
~.
rt
;r
l(lI' ~?Jq:(Oq I
\7.
tTl
tF:
ro
,.
.
ro
~,
~o.
RWf<ti~1
riGRT~~:1
~~.
~ 4I?1IDl1f5"1~18l1""dIPf ~ ~:?
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
We should offer oblations to the gods in a fire. Just as a father supports his sons, and a king supports his subjects ~: f.), so does God support the people. Where did you put the pots I gave you? He put t he gold in his hand and measured it. This hero does not fear death. I may give a large goat to my mother-inlaw. Let kings give wealth to poets, sages and priests.
229
8. 9. 10.
Who would trust a mother who abandons her sons? Rama held a bow in his hand and placed an arrow on the bow. Elephants are not afraid of tigers. They go wherever they want to in the forest. (The object of fear, i.e. that which is feared takes the ablative case.)
3)
230
Fifth conjugation
LESSON 28
Verbs in this conjugation take the affix -,- (-;IT, ;p. Thus the general structure of a verb form is root+,+f"mal ending. The following general observations may be kept in mind:
If the verb root ends in a vowel, then a) , is optionally reduced to ,. before endings with initial
b) c)
Contrast 3JT9ii:. -tg- of 2nd person sing. imperative is dropped, e.g., ~. Contrast ~. In weak bases, the d of , changes to i{ before a termination beginning with a vowel, e.g., ~:rot Fd. If the root ends in a consonant, then d of , changes to JC{ in this environment, e.g., at '9q Fd
i{ or
~,e.g.,
~:! ~:.
~
~ ~
tj"iq IPt
Imperfect
~:
~t{
~:
~t{:
31W! ~
~ 3itjid II{
Potential
3liff1!
aRf+f
~ ~
~:
~Fd
~:
~
~
~:
Imperative
tfiOTf
~
~ ~ ~
~
tji~ldl{ tji~ Id II{
m:
~ ~
231
~I
~I
~
aRfltrr:
~~ ::It1;q 1(1 l+f 3t1;q a
Potential
~ ~
~"'Iqlq3
~
~;qlal+f
~ ~
~"'Iql't3
~
~al+f
3RfFf
~
~
Imperative
~:
The roots fif "to pick, collect" and ~ "listen" are conjugated exactly like the root tI. ~ in all these paradigms is replaced by ~ 1:! and because of the ~ in ~, the :;:r of the infix is naturally c '\ changed to UJ, e.g., ~, 0lUla": I ~:. The paradigms of "'.. .t "to ~ c 1:! ,j-. c get, obtain" are somewhat different, since the root ends in a consonant.
'I
3J19lf: 309'1
atl9qFd
atlCPiq+f
A:
~
Potential
3t19~1+f
3t1~"'tlq
Imperative
atl~ql~
atlGlql't
3t1~lIl't
atl~~
3tit;tlij
311'"'1o+f 3t19dl+f
3t19O
atl9q;:q
arJ9lfT:
3t19l11q
232
r
Present
Imperfect
~:
atQI~61+f
~Qlctj61
~:
~~:
alQlctj'l
~QIct1o
~tJ
~:
~:
QI~RI
aI~l~lq
alQI4'161 '1
Imperative
Potential
QI~61Ir4
~ ~
~I*"" 611'1
QICFf4I41
~:
41ct1~16I
QI~l1l'1
~
414'1q~
41t.F'jlllq
~ ~ ~
~
~ alQid 141
~ 3m1qy:
~
alQ161d
atl~'f1~ ~ SUQ16Id
~Qicfll1 ~~61 ~ 3IQicfl'1 ~ 3IQicflqy: aI~41l1lt{1i{ 3I~tflt:ql{ al4'fol1o aI~cfl14ld 1'1 ~'I,::A t ,
Other forms of the f"tfth conjugation verbs: (For present participles, see the list in Lesson 35). gerunds inf part pass
-(=(fT
4"
future
-~
-~
-0'
am
"
"enjoy"
~/~
am
~
'SJl'Q.f
"collect"
~
~
R
~ ~ ~
aI~I&I04dl
R"
alllP4 I'd
~,a
fir
-'! -tJ
"
~ ~
m=d~~
~
m:o
~ ~
~ ~l&104fd
ijl&104{d
233
Vocabulary
, if)"U (0
m (m)
'~(n)
. crf<m (a)
Exercises 1. 2.
tll'R (n)
Write the complete conjugations of the roots Translate the following into English:
'lit
and ~.
~. 4..
V.
,.
"fct;rr *k6I"il
01:
if)''-{T: if)'qlJ
;IT ~ ~,un;("q'i~ull: I
".
t. ~.
crm
U ~liRql1i
~ o. ~~. ~ ~. ~:t. ~ v.
~,.
~ ~ I
fii;r ~ ~ (obj. of ~ in gen) 1 (J'Cf ftt?l1it4l RI ~Sqcr({ I
~ ~ QRT ;r ~'ifIjGi lTd Gft rail+! , ~ ~Iq:;;pt Iq I
m-S~ ~ ~ I <J;r:q ~ tr t=6I)l'il~lq I
~ 11f q 11 ?04\Ti4 3i1l It"d al ;r ~liRl ftt (=Cff I
~S'i Fa'i~l ~lIttdl 1l ~: ~ I
)lult'.4it=~ )flt'.4d1 :q mlff I ~ ~ '1?11'f19dfttFa lf4'licfl q I
~: ~ q6tt'i14 4llo:q'iQluT'i I ~ (boring) ~ Qlut'.4~l
c~ c ~ ~141'i(Oqfq1i I
m-
tmi
at m
1. 2.
The wealthy who are always gathering money and do not think of virtues do not obtain happiness with that money. Listen to the words of a dear friend, and do not listen to the words of wicked enemies.
234
Let that most beautiful girl obtain the most intelligent husband. 4. We hear the sound of the clouds (standing) in the sky. 5. Let me go to the garden and listen to the sweet voice of a young girl. 6. These two boys are not able to eat the fruit which their father gathered. 7. 0 Indra, please drink this Soma which the priest has pressed (extracted) out. 8. A man does not obtain heaven by meditation. When he offers oblations to gods, the gods are pleased. The gods say: "This is a virtuous man. Let him come to heaven and stay with us." 9. The enemies of the king killed all his horses. The king, however, obtained (got) other horses and conquered those enemies. 10. The clever wicked man said to the king, "Whatever I say is not true". The king said, "Say something". The man said, "His honor here, the king, is a fool." The king was not able to punish (q 0sll RI> him.
4. Write any five sanskrit sentences of your own.
3.
235
LESSON 29
Seventh conjugation
Roots of the seventh conjugation verbs end in consonants. The peculiarity of the infIX of this conjugation, i.e. ;:r, is that it does not go after the verb root, but inside the root. In strong forms, ;:r goes after the vowel of the root, e.g., fiic( > 1ir.rc{, and in weak forms, we have an ,. in the same place, e.g., fiic( > ~. Some roots have a nasal in their citation form, e.g. ~. This nasal is dropped in the paradigms under consideration. Since nothing intervenes between the root and the final endings, the interaction between the consonants of the root and those of the affixes is strong and produces some complicated sandhi results. These are similar to what happens in the second conjugation.
fiic(
Present
fiRf{f ~ ~
fiMI:
~t{: ~:
fi't;v:
~t{
~
~ ~
Imperative
arIiR':rq
~ arliMr ~~
Potential
fimj
~ ~
~
~:
~
~
fiRIrq
Present
Imperfect
~:
~ ~ ~
~:
~
~(;;;g:+{
~: ~:
SR;UI:/(f
~
~~11i
237
Imperative
Potential
~ ~ ~
~ ~
~
~:
~ ~
~ ~
~ ~
~:
R R
R
~
~
~ ~ ~
~
~:
~
~ ~
Potential
~
~
~ 34ti'l;(C!t +t
~
Imperative
~
~ ~
~
~ ~
~
~
~:
~llldl~
~ ~
~ ~ ~
~:
~t{:
~
34~~Cfali
3I~~Cfalli
~
3Ii~Cfa
~:
~
~ ~ ~
~ ~
Imperative
Potential
~141
~:
~~IC!t ~~I~
Jfi\1tIPl ~
~
~
~~~li ~~Cfa 141
~~la41
~Ia
~Iq
~lal4f ~:
~ ~ ~
~&Tq~
~ ~
~ ~ ~
3Pifi
3I~&TqFd
8t1fN"'i rg
~tfT:
3I1ttCFa
~ ~ aii3tld1li ~
238
Imperative
~
Ii
Potential
,.5,_,i
"'-5hli
,*ctd II'!
"Jst Id II'!
~~
~
~ tIT: ~
fit'{
~ ~ ~
m: m:
Present ~:
~:
31fq"1E11f
~ ~
fCi&l111f
~:
~ ~
Potential
Imperative
ftf'll{ ~
Present
~
1m{ "to
fCi&l1lq
kill, injure" (P)
fCi~l6I
Imperfect
r6~~ r6"4~
r6~ w;:a
~: ~tf: ~:
~: ~tf
ad~"4ijlf ~:tq
mijRl
~
~@'III'!
~ 31~~1f at~~11f
~ ~ ~
'\
~~ijl~
fWf.it
~~11f
M:
fijt=l1lq
fto:i:q:
~tf: ~:
~:
3i~Oliil'!
Imperfect 31~o-T;q ~
~ ~
~tf
Ft~r:a
~ ~
at Ftitffdt ~
31 Ft it4d Ilf
arfilfI
239
Imperative
Potential
{llill~
~ ~
{lolill'1
{lOo'Uj I~
~:
{lOo'Uj Iq
ftlRI
rlOo'Uj Iq
fttJK't
rlOot;q@ ~
arftfil
at rlOot;q rt 81 rl Oo:;;q ft
rlt.fl:q 1(1 I~
& A)
Active Paradigms
fiMI:
~tJ: ~:
~:
1i4,.. kij
~
~tJ
Q;(f~
Imperfect
81fiij,..q~ 81fiij~ at~~ ~:;q 81~~if 3tfi.ij~
81Ml"iq
Imperative
fS"iq I~ ~
Q"iq 1'1
fS"iq 1'1
~
Q~lif
Q;q;q
ffF:crN
Q;(f h~
Imperfect ad;S~ Fg
at ri8;q Id I~ 81fiid;q d
240
Imperative
Q"1Ci 1018
Fa"1Ci 1'18
Q;{ttt
~:
Potential ft4;{tq ~
ft4;{t'1 ~
~ Fa;qdl+t
~
~~
m;cfld
Present
Imperfect
'FfiFd
~ ~
~:
'.J&"f:
~tf
~tf: ~:
~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~~
~~ifdl+t ~
Imperative
Potential
~
~
'fFl11lf:
~
~
~:
~
~
~:
'JSFiI
~
t
~
"to eat to enjoy" (A)
'j&Tltldll 'l&Tlt Id 11
Present
']I
'if
'}IN 'jSffit
~ ~ ~
'l"1Gi 1'18 ~
81'Jfi
~'":
Imperative
~~
'j"1Gi 1018 ~
tIT:
~
The root ~ "to break" (P) is declined very much like above, e.g., ~ / 8t'RC1l / 'RCRl / ~.
(P)
241
Other forms of the seventh conjugation verbs: (For present participles, see the list in Lesson 35). inf part. passive future gerunds ..(I' -(=CIT .~ -'l
'1irc( .fqly
cut grind 'ifS{ break 'fi1c{ break protect .~ enjoy '~ join fill empty
'\
~MJij
~~~ ~ fittcrr
~ ~ fu:cqr
~ ~
ftmT
itft
~
~
fiF1 fir!
1p;f
fulra"
~ ~
tJ(+it
Rt
~ fiF::;; ~ 'jiRf
finr
~ ~
~ ~
(1 (+it Rt;a
mlij(ft ~
mlijiSllfd
Vocabulary heart lion thunderbolt Cfi (n) '~(m) fire ijj it=4 q e41 f. bronze plate 00 (m) rice , tft;r (a) fat ;r('iJ (m) hell, netherworld . ~(O lightning m(a) famous
,m
(n) (m)
yoke of a cart . ~(f) stone, rock )~ (n) kingship, kingdom (m) name of a person 't(l'fUr (m) hand . 3I1JO (n) ambrosia (f) branch of a tree '~(n) peak of a mountain earthen pot 'trG (m) -qe (m) cloth, clothes
'R (0
00'
,mm
242
~.
". t.
ifl<?t q;f
~:
ftm:
yfiadl
iYI~ldtt({ I
,.
~
~
~
~'1 r;;:q q 1~+l8 ~ I ~ o. ;rctf~:~: I ~ ~ lJCff 'fIfa' ro (I f?it=d 'i~:H ~ I ~ ~. ~ llT ~ r.rR fqU{tlRl ~ "jt)ull4d: I
dt='ll~1jRt8 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I
T.Rt
v. '1u4~;a: ~SlJ(t ~, Ylq~;a~ ~S~ ~ I ,. tfFrl ~61c;itl fftqr ~ 'it I aft ij' q;~ tft;:r: I ij' -rnt ~ ~ ~
Translate the following into Sanskrit:
2.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5. 6.
7.
8.
9.
I would cut the tree if my father would not prevent me. Let the kings heroes split the hearts of the enemies with their arrows. Those who injure their friends do not enjoy happiness in life. The thunderbolt is Indra's weapon. With his thunderbolt, Indra destroys the armies of the demons. Just as the lightning splits the clouds, so does Indra's thunderbolt split the demons. We grind grain with our hands. We might cook that grain. RavaI1a said: "I may be able to block Rama's arrows with my bare hands. Rarn.a is just a man. I am a powerful demon. I may even eat that little man." In the forest, some beasts injure others. Lions InJure animals. But they don't hate them. If the lions would not kill animals, what would they eat? One may break earthen pots. One may tear clothes. One may even ride an ass. By whichever means, one should become a famous person. When the great wind blew, it broke many trees and killed many people.
243
10.
The priests ate rice and milk. everyone in the house was happy,
When the
priests
ate,
3.
244
r
Eighth conjugation
LESSON 30
In this conjugation, the infix -'3'- comes after the root and This -'3'- is optionally lost before before the final termination. terminations beginning in .q and -lit e.g., d:;a;q:. Also the affix -~ of the 2nd pers. sing. imperative is dropped, e.g. (Fj. In general, the forms of this conjugation look like the forms of The distribution the fifth conjugation verbs with the infix -~. of 01'3'00 is the same as that of :;y,t;j,ql in the fifth conjugation.
o:::r "to
~
~
~
iFltf:
(t1d':
iFltf
d:;q r;a
3KRt:
atd"")(t
Imperative
d",,61 IPi
~
~:
~
d~1I1d4f
tr1
~ ~
(t1d' ~
d"jlIl(J
~:
d'f4ld 141
Present
* m
3id:;qldll1
Potential a...cfi6j~
Imperative
d",,611618 d",,61I+18
~~ d:;q Id 141 d:;qd 141
~ ~
~ ~:
d41+lfg
(Rfur
~
d41(1
245
'Ff "to
Present
~ ~
~
~ ~
i1l1qlq~
i1l1qI4Ol~
~
~:
i;cfl'if@
~~ 41;:q Id I~ 41;:qd I~
'i~~ltfflJ 41;cfl~ Id I~
41;41t1
qrrtfit
fCi:
flT:
~'1
atqlt q1f
~'1:
3tCP1t:
~
rnfd
qltqlflti
~
~:
~
~
3l;;~d~
at;;~dl1f
3tfl
Imperative
~
Potential
~
~:
~ ~
~
~
rmr
~ ~
~l1id lif
;: ri:
~
Present
Middle Paradigms
Imperfect
~ ~ ~
~
4itq Iq~
~
~
~
.tfT:
~
atfitial4
Potential
m
~ ~
Imperative
fqfd lif
;::
4itq ('i~
~
~
~"{f:
;;efiq ~
~~ ,cfil1ld lif ~
fr.fiq ~
246
-CiiT
~d9:
-lJ
-(ft
-0
ij'(f
..
(fCiiT/
d14("(41
fCiiT
+ROllI
'114("(41
1f1
aqffli
;a~
~I ~
dPiQ.l rata
iP~Q.lrata
~ ~
iif4Q.ldl
Vocabulary
former, preceding in the next world fault (m) , ~ (adv) most certainly . arlq;r (m) rice ~Id"'" (m) Epithet of Indra (6P) write ~Ft+~ . 3lf (prn) both (BPA) to decorate .~+, .. lfICR" (a) purifying, pure lRf (m) sacrifice ~(m) light (. 3ii1I"4d'1~ (n)darkness of ignorance (m) fisherman
~~ (a) ~ 3Pj?f (ind)
.~ (m) life
-m-
iiIlR{
(n) age
,
r
'\
one hundred .~ (n) thread ,~ (n) net ,.m+qy (2P) to occur, seem, fit to appear as in a flash of insight 1t{ (m) chariot . ~ + , (8 PA) to do a favor ~ SI fli ~ 'i (ind) everyday itl'Wicflq (m) lamp of knowledge ,~ (0 fame
~ (n)
assistance 1'f'Rl' (0 future course ~ ~ $';r ~ by whichever way .: t:Cf (a) one's own
I
ij I~ I~ (m)
~ " ~ (0 ,. fiMrr (0
p
I
info ~ to carry conduct worry 4Iq\Nfl~:t (ind) as long as alive '~(n) luster, brilliance
~ ~ d(f4iil"4 ~: ~ ~ I
~lqiNft~"4 d<1l1f-Q"411?1 ~ ~ 11
247
2. 3. 4.
"Will you go by the chariot? No, you will not. Your father has gone with that chariot," thus I say. With the fame of the son, the father's fame is also spread over the world. Decorate your mind with vitrues. A virtuous man is like a lamp (~:) in the night. The priest performed a sacrifice on the bank of the river.
248
"
I would do it, if he would ask me. What favor should I do for you? 0 King. You have everything that a man would wish. 7. She will never think of a man other than you. 8. Those who do not have a son go to hell R("i.P). Thus say the sacred texts. I think that is wrong ~ n.). I only had daughters, and yet I am in heaven. 9. He who offers help (ijI61~ f> to others (gen.) is a good man. 10. Some do bad things (3ftI' + ') and some do good things (J"tI" + '). What will you do?
5. 6.
249
T 1
~
LESSON 31
Ninth conjugation
1
~
In this conjugation, we have the following special features: a) b) c) The infix .:;rr.. in the strong forms and .;ft.. in weak forms, e.g., i.ifFI'Tfit, ~:. In weak bases, the infix is reduced to ~ before terminations with initial vowels, e.g., \i11~ If the root ends in a consonant, then the 2nd imperative sing. active affIX is -3fR, and there is no infix in this form, e.g. iftTR" from if!{ + 3fR. The radical vowel does not take guQ,a, e.g., ~. The penultimate nasal of the roots is dropped in the paradigms of the present, imperfect, imperative and potential, e.g. 1p.J > ;rtf > W;;1I fa.
r::a.
d) e)
"\.
"\
A)
trurrfit
~
~:
ttuftq:
ttUJffit
~
tlufi?{: trufRr:
iftonq
aitiull+f
~:
tlufitf
ailul~
arstftumr
Imperative
stnoft rn
~
ifturJl:f trufRr
tiuMI
ailoft~@
ilUfiltl+f w9uftlt I~ tioftlt I: tiufi~ld+f f6luft~ la w1 u 1(1 f6lufilt la 1'1 iftufrl: ftlt
Imperfect
Middle Paradigms
31tluft~ rg
31ttuft41 ~
~ ~
~:~~
tfoRf
251
31ttoftd
aistnUlld 1'1
3ItTora'
Imperative
itfiuftEq
il"'juftdlt
trfr
ilUllq8
~Ulldlt
s6}ulIt8 s6}uld lt
~
~:
ttufur
The root 'Sft "to please, love" (P & A) is conjugated exactly like the root it above.
lffirr: tFta':
~
~:
ai 'filii ai '1;ftd
3rF1
Imperative
'1;ftd lt
tFta'
Middle Paradigms
Present
~ ~ ~
'ff1q8
~ ~
~ ~ ~
Imperative
~
'1;fid lt
~
'fI'NTI{
'1"1ldl'{
~
~
The root ~ "to cut, pluck" (P & A) is conjugated exactly like ~ above. In both cases, the long 3) of the root is shortened to '3'. The root '{ "to shake (trans)" (P & A) is conjugated the same way.
252
In the forms of the root ill "to know" (P & A), ill is changed to ijff, cf. ~ I ~. With this change in place, the paradigms of are similar to those of ~ above.
5
~
crftq:
~: ~:
rrft+r:
;urFd
~~
arrrrr:
~ ~
~oftlllf
3t~oftdf ~ 3t~uftdl~ ~
Potential
Imperative
~ ~~ ; ofIdl1 ~
Present
~:
~oftlllq
,uftliid Ii{
crfPJ:
~ ;ufta"
err
;ofta 141
;urN
~
~ ~ ~
~:
3t,uft~ It
3t,oft'1 It
~
~
~
~~
3t<!olldli{
Potential
Imperative
~ ; ollal1
~
~
,oft~~
<!uft'1lt
~qr:
~~
~oftlflali{ ~
;:
~
Present
~: ~: ~:
~ ~
~:
WFPf
3tlJifta~ 3t l Jifta lf ~
==
253
Imperative
Potential
~ ~
lJm ~
lJ@fur
lJ~:q I,!
lJ@ft:qI(4
lJift:qla~
lJ~:qI~
)J~:qla
lJ@fia I~
~: lJt!l:q 1&
)Jg):qldl~ ~:
~ ~ ~
lJt!lC4 g
~ ~
~ ~ ~
3PJtto'
~ ~
~:
~:
at1Jt=la I~ ~
Imperative
lJt!la I~
IJt=ld 1'1
~ ~
~
~ ~ ~
Present ~: ~:
Imperfect
~: ~
~
~:
i(!;;fu:r:
~~
Potential
~ arsp.;;fur
Imperative
~
i[!.f'R
~ i(!;;fu:r
~ ~
Present ~: ~: ~:
~ ~
~:
~ ~
Imperfect
~ ~ ~
~:
~ ~
~
~:
3ili&ftt51
~ ~~
~ ~
254
JftfR
Imperative
~ ~
Potential
~~ 'i4ldl'l ~
The root F'i "to arrange, put together" (P) is declined like the root ~ above, e.g., ~.
~~I~ f<i8~~I~
fri8Htq:
~q:
~Htli:
~~"1""jq
fri8Hlfa
fri8Htd:
~~'1r::a
fri8~'11 PI
~ ~~~ Iq
fri8Rl41if fri8~4Iq ri8Q;f\lf Iii f<i8Rllf I: f<i8Hllf Idif ri8:Hllf Id fii8 Rl41if fri8 ~;ftlf Id lif ri8 ~;f)1:
enjoy" (P)
Imperfect
~:
arRlq:
~:
arRlq ~
am;rr:
~ 311~d~
311~~
311H1d
am;nq
aiQ;f)4lif
3UQ:;ft d (if
Potential 31~lflq
3ITR1
31R1lf 1ft 31Q;fllf Id
Imperative
31HIi"4
amR
arHi4T:
aiRl41if
rob, remove" (P)
31~4Idif 31Q;fl4Id I~ ~:
tff "to
Present
~ ~ ~
~: ~: ~:
~: ~q +jISliIRl
31'j&'II c:t
255
Imperative
Potential
~II~ ~ ~
~ 4j.wfta~
4jsuf\al~
st rengthen, increase, nourish" (P, transitive) (Note: 1fT in 4P is intransitive) Present Imperfect
"rI "to
~mll~ ~&JII[ij
':I&Jllfd
~: ~: ~:
~:
ai 'jcsoll'l
3rfDlT:
ai':l&Jllq
':I&JIPiI
Imperative
':FII~
~ ~
':Isuf\a~ ':Isuf\al~
~
~
Present
~~I~
~I[ij
t'al41'1:
~:
31~lOO4l:
~~IRI
t'al41a:
t'al:1 PiI
31t'a lOO4l q
Imperative
t:d~Ir4
~
+:d~I(j
~41'1 t-d~~I~ t-d+4llt 1'1 t-d~~I: t-d~4Id~ t-d+4lltra td14llllq t=a14"llt Id 11 td14l,:
-.
.~
future
.(1'
tRr
256
gerunds
.(ql
inf
.~
part.
.(1'
passive
future
q8~tsqfd!
ll'
fimJ...
.~
f48~I('q II
ti Fci8Q4
~
q8~li,!1
Fci8~ld!
Fci8QlId
~
...
~I
.~
~ lJ{lrq I
m(1ff
~I
if%fl
~
if((f
~fd ~
m
of{
~n
.~
~ fitmlJ ~
~ ~
~ ~
~ ~
~
~
!{OR
~
~
iltlIS4 Fa ~
t( ~ tsq
fa I()"
~I()"
w
...
q1 (iii'!
~ ~
~
r.jt
-~~
I
~ ~
lP-{
~1f{
~
~ ~I ~ ~fi5I('q1 8fac=q I
~ ~ ~ ifl
~ ~
~ ~ ~
~
~
lffittrl
~
~
,- C{
~~
~I
~/~
~
~ ~
err
~ ~
~ ~
Vocabulary
hair one thousand c ~ (m) wind . ~ (m) fish + Cf?TT (0 bridle, rein .~ (m) name of Siva , 'rsf (a) blessed, good, in voc "good sir, lady" f"q1lr (m) enjoyment, snake-coil . qyq (m) state, condition, existence, emotion
.~ (m) ,,~ (a)
beginning, "etc." a golden (coin) famine post to tie an elephant bride price ' Cf( (m) boon, grant, gift top, summit, hom ijf (n) c .,;rpr (m) snake IR (n) knowledge '51' + \iFflT causative of ijf.J (4A), to bear, give birth
J
257
(n)
.. ~t{ (m)
t/
~ (f) . ~ (m)
(n) ~ (a)
eye, sight flock, herd, multitude East, eastern Soma plant (Its juice is used in ritual.)
t.
~. ~.
V.
,
~.
\3.
l.
m-
m-
~I
~O.
n.
~1f8d~, ~ iI6l~("i~~tta I
3I~;:q6R1 ~ !fFli ;r ~ I 'ffiT: fctJ~Q"1I~ cp~ if ~ ~ I ij" tftcnts~ ~ ~ I ij" ~ ct=l1t=d@'4 6t=d lil("q ("It '1tU~ qd({ I
tFffT lpT ~ ;r ~ I d@1l"i ~14'l4~141 1plts~ Jl61(jt I
~ ~ JFjf: I 3i~ cr?mJ ~ I ~ "ffi't I
qi~ Itt I ~tllq Ft fttfr ;r JJ~tt 1~4f I
ij" ~ ~: ~1It=?I1 fiji qi I0lI1 PI if I
iil?f\$'1M ~ (1~lttUlqil04 ~, ~~ ~1(dqiIOll4f I
4ql,..qf4Ci6 crt I ,uft~fa d"s~ I
f41ttt'W"(4I: @.44q (qi18 iIffi 1'tfT ~ ~ ,ufta fa ~~~ l"'t I:
~ Iti4tsqij)q1 I
~ 4qlll:;f)tti cpq GIT ~ ~ iqfllfa q~tt"flt~""dtt({ I
~ fri8~"'I~ 'It ffd ~: qI4dl~i41({ I
3tROil~~ q1f.fm" ~ I
~~, ~ "fllTT~: I
JIA'I'1U ~
l:T: ~:
<rr
crfur
258
~~. ~~.
S"'I~4Pil 'j?ll~14T ~:~ ~ I 'jtSDlPil TITftr ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 'lf6idIPi Gf: I ~,. msftrm-: m~~~~ I ~~. ;m: ~~ r;a I ~ fctftr ffi: ijl +I +I stn ui1 I dtxt 1\N1~: ~ fctftr ~".
~l. 4l?1 ~ d(l~J ~ ~ f'l~d4f (mixed) I
~ ~ SIC; IdOli tOO am 'i14iSl4R1 II
~:t. ~V.
fW1Fr
ifPi
m-:
m-a- I
2)
1.
Gods, when men sacrifice, you sanctify them. Having been sanctified by you, they are able to go to heaven. 2. When men offer enjoyments to the Gods in sacrifices, the Gods are pleased and offer enjoyments to men. 3. The gods and the demons desired to find the best jewels in the world. Therefore, they churned the ocean. Out of the ocean, churned by the gods and demons, came many jewels. 4. Her words tormented him. 5. Did you put together the sayings of the sages? 6. If I should grab my friend's book, the teacher would not be pleased. 7. She always pleases people coming to her house. 8. The wind shook the trees. 9. Buy large heaps of grain for me in the town. 10. The king bought that beautiful horse and, having mounted it, he went to see his queen.
3) Write the paradigms of the following verbs:
'Sft (P
4)
fiT
(P & A),
lr4
(P).
259
r
Compounds Taddhitinta For example:
LESSON 32
Sanskrit nominal expressions can in general be divided into two broad categories, primary and secondary nominals. The primary nominals are those which are not derived from verb roots through some kind of affixation. Secondary nominals are of various diffe rent kinds, i.e. Taddhitinta, Krdanta and Samisa. The processes involved in the derivation of these three types of secondary nouns may be best represented in the following way:
Noun l + Taddhita-affu
~
---7
Noun2
+~
---7
~ "treeness"
---7
Verbal Noun
".Jfli' + (J'
Samisa For example:
---7
"goer"
---7
Noun l + Noun2
~ + ~
---7
NounS
(IGi'jtibl
The last category of secondary nouns is the category called compounds. Examples of compounds abound in English, e.g. book shelf, pot-belly, white-collar, door-bell. In Sanskrit, there is much greater variety of compounds and the length of compounds grows to an astonishing degree in the late classical language. In general, in a compound, two or more nominals are fused together to form a new nominal. There are no case-endings after each member of compound, and the relationships between these members need to be figured out either on the basis of the conventional use of these compounds, or the context. A 'book-case' can only be a case
261
for books, and not a case made by books, but 'man-made' can only be something made by man and not something made for a man. Thus, the question of why the members of a given compound are related only in a certain way can be answered by referring to their con ventional association. Thus, the compounds represent conventional relationships between words which can be conveyed even without the help of case-endings. Anything non-conventional cannot be easily expressed by compounds. Thus, compounds express generic relation ships, i.e. a 'book-case' refers to a case for books in general, not this or that specific book, or books. If one needs to say, "I want a case which will hold these specific large red books", then the word 'book-case' may not convey all the specificity. Hence, compounds are used mainly when one wishes only to deal with the generic relationship. If one says, "I drink goat-milk", he does not refer to any specific goat. In Sanskrit, the simple compounds can be put together to form larger units, e.g. 'home-made' and 'Cheddar-cheese', in Sanskrit, could be turned into 'home-made cheddar-cheese'. An expression like 'home-made-cheddar-cheese fed-fat-little-boy-seen-book' would be normal for Sanskrit to refer to a book seen by a fat little boy fed on home-made cheddar cheese. How does one know what the internal constituents are? Why must one consider 'home-made' and 'cheddar-cheese' as the sub-units rather than 'made-cheddar'? The answer is simply that 'made-cheddar' makes no sense. Thus, one assumes that in using compounds, the user intends to convey culturally defined predicta In short, ble associations, and then look for such associations. in order to understand the compounds, you must know what they are supposed to mean! Generally, only the final member of the com pound takes a case-ending, though there are a few compounds with frozen case-endings on the non-final members. In the Sanskrit grammatical tradition, a compound is called ijlfIij', and a paraphrase of the compound in a phrase is called Generally, one can offer a paraphrase using the member-words of a iI"; ;{)8ifl06: < ;flo: q;uo: iJp:J compound, e.g., t 1t,lSDll < 'ff1l: T.f
m.
;mr:
262
In a few exceptional cases, the tradition says that certain compounds cannot be thus paraphrased, because their conventional meaning is entirely different from the meaning of the components, e.g., ,WIt'( q: means "a deadly cobra", rather than a black <f1SDT) snake <tl't). Therefore, paraphrasing this com* pound with does not provide equivalent meaning. These compounds 81e called ~-t1lI"Rrs, compounds which have no para phrase. Some compounds can be paraphrased by using words other than words that appear in the compound. This happens when a compound contains a bound-form, a form which can occur in a com pound, but is not independently usable. For example, the compound 34,Wf,,! is paraphrased with ~~, rather than using the word J"tf. Such a compound is called 3J-~-qcr-f<hrn"-t1lI"Rr "a compound which can be paraphrased by using words other than its own members". Both the above mentioned types, compounds which cannot be para phrased and those which can be paraphrased by using other words are together called F1?:r-~s "obligatory compounds", i.e. these compounds do not freely alternate with a corresponding phrase. Other compounds, which can be paraphrased by using their own mem bers and freely alternate with such paraphrases are called ~~s "non-obligatory compounds".
;mr: tM-:
Compounds are fIrst divided into four large categories, each of which have further sub-divisions. These four large categories are, g;:a, ~, dr'jtitif and lliilQ1rg. For the sake of simplicity, we can classify these four types based on the relative prominence of a particular member of the compound, represented by X and Y in the compound XY.
Fa
(XY)
Both X and Yare equally prominent in a Dvandva. Consider In Sanskrit, this would look like 'pot-pans'. 'pots-n-pans'. Here, both members are of equal value, and the compound represents their cumulative value. There are two types of Dvandva compounds,
263
e.g. ~ (-FI and t:I'I If!! ( -Fl- In' d ~ (-FI type, the gender of the compound is determined by the last member, while the number is the cumulative number of all members put together, e.g., (141,&11', ( 141,&11 111 ~;q I:, ( l'Iij1a (0, tfia 1(1411 (m). A compound such as (141,&11' is paraphrased by (11f"T.f ~. In the f!t'lI~I(-Fi' type, the collective unity or the group-unity is the focal point, rather than the number of the items listed. Thus, in this type, the compound is always in neuter, singular, e.g., qlrulqlq{ (hands-n feet), at(8"'1,8{ (snake-n-mongoose). For body parts, elements of an army, for those who are mutual enemies, etc., we have to have a f!t'lI<-Fa compound. A compound such as qlfUlqlq'f is paraphrased by tfIDft if 'Cf1'Cit if ~ ij 411 E? I( :.
,a a
The first member, X, is prominent, indeclinable, adverbial word. This word is generally an indeclinable particle or preposition. the head of the compound. The second word modifies this preposi tion or particle. Essentially, this compound represents a prepositional or an adverbial phrase reduced to a compound, e.g., aqJlf{ (near the Ganges) < ~:~; Pf4fltiji+f (without flies) < ~ijiIUII{ 3t1I'1Cf:. A large number of ~ compounds need to be paraphrased by using other words. Consider the following examples of at 04i:afl'flCf :
~ <
~ <
264
q{~JII'f <
ail1f'R1
dc-'F?tSf
(xY)
The second member, Y, is prominent. The gender and the number of a dc-'ititSf compound is determined by the gender and the number of the last member. In English, the word 'book-case' would be an example of dc-'F?tSf A 'book-case' is after all a case, and hence the word 'case' is the prominent member or the head of the compound. In 'book-cases', the plurality is dictated by the word The dc-'ititSf compound is 'case' and not by the word 'book'. traditionally subdivided into a number of types, depending on the relationship of the first word to the second word, and depending upon the type of the words used. The following is a list of these subtypes with illustrations:
~-dC''ititSl (Case-Tatpurufja)
Accusative dC''F?tSI
,ISDI <
Instrumental dC''F?tSf
$[l?lld: < ~ ?110: "Rescued by Hari"
an ear-ring"
Ablative dC''j(?tSf
~ < Tffi:Tq ~ "fear from/of a thief"
265
~:
<
;r
~:
<
;r
indicator is
ar"
instead of 31.
range given
"having followed"
Gerunds with preverbs are considered to be lffa"-d <:"'1~'1
compounds.
266
3fCil'T'a't
~ (Nominative d("~fII )
In this sub-category, generally an adjective is combined with a noun, e.g.,
red". This example above must be carefully distinguished from iFa compounds. Here, both the words refer to the same thing, while in a iFa compound, we add more than one referent. Similarly, one can combine into a ~ com pound two participles to reflect the sequence of the respective actions:
in ii' Pt =: <
_I
267
Other types of ~ compounds involve poetic expressions of comparison and poetic superimposition:
< tR': ~ ~: "one who is as dark as a cloud" Here the standard of comparison (aq1I~) appears as the first member and the shared caracteristic is indicated by the second member.
t1~~4Itt:
~: < ;r(: ~ "a man who is like a lion" Here the standard of comparison appears as the second member.
m:
'I.
"lotus-like foot"
(f);:tfltM'{ < ij);:lff ~ ~ "the girl is herself a jewel" This is a case of poetic superimposition. Another example of this kind is:
~iji4~:
bles". Such examples are traditionally considered to be compounds with deleted middle words (11tIltftqq81 fq::t), since ... one needs to insert another word in order to properly paraphrase the compound.
tiPI..ijlI"RJ ~ with a
functions like a t't1I~ I( -Fa, in Semantically, a that it refers to a collectivity (tift u51 (), and therefore it occurs in singular. For example:
tiPI..ijlI"RJ
268
~ <
?f111DIt 814l,.. i
Normally, members of a compound are independently usable words. However, sometimes we find expressions which can occur only in compounds, under certain restrictions of co-occurrence with other words. Consider the following examples:
~ <
~: < ~~: < ~ ~ "lies in the heart", "love" rJ' , Fl ,.1'1'1': < 31;a ft~ ~ "goes in the sky", "bird"
~: < 3fD'6'l'(f ~ "born from an egg", "bird"
269
8141({
< ~
lfl'rtRt "maker
SlIcalJft ~ql:
hood"
< 'SfTC(f:
iJft ~ q; 1'1
In this example, the gender of the compound is not determined by the last member, e.g., ~ (0, but either by the first member, or by what the word refers to, e.g., a person. This would on the face of it make However, tradition this compound more like a etf1dl~. ally these compounds are considered to be d ("'jtiiSf s. This is based most likely on the accent pattern of these words. In general terms, the d("'i6tSt compounds are accen ted on the last syllable, while in a it ~a1 ~ , the first member retains its original accent. Thus, the tradi tional classification of compounds is not based solely on semantic considerations, but also takes into account accents. These accents died in the later classical language. Consider a few more examples which seem to violate the normal semantic pattern of a d("'jtiiSf
~:
~:
<
<
Kausambi"
270
ihrdlf8
(xy)
In a iI'1dl[g, neither X nor Y are prominent, but the compound as a whole has an outside referent, Z. Consider the example in English, 'Pot-belly'. This word does not always refer to a pot like belly as such, but can also refer to a person whose belly is like a pot. Neither 'pot' nor 'belly' individually refer to this person, but the compound as whole refers to this person. "Egg head" and "pea-brain" may be better examples of this kind, since one never says "he has an egg-head". Consider the Sanskrit example ;f)8Cfj u6: which refers to Siva. ;flo 'blue' and iPD'6' 'neck' indivi dually do not refer to Siva, but the compound ;f)C)Cfj u6 refers to 'he whose neck is blue'. If the compound 4lC)Cfj ub referred only to 'the blue neck', then it would be an example of a ~ compound. The gender, number and the case of a lI'1dl f8 compound is determined not by the last member of the compound, but by the external referent. Consider the following examples of ill iilQ~ :
$Ileal q(f):
(i111:)
f.fnlIT
J: aftcr;f:
tfi'a1{
~:
m "that
(pot, dish)
<
is yellow" cfh~'Jtil\(: (~:) < <fin: ~: ~ ({: "that village in which there are brave men". Contrast this usage with a ~ usage of the same word which refers to simply a 'brave man'.
271
(f:
(f:
~: ~:) < tm: ~ f.R1{ ~ (f: "he for whom f~e is the sole wealth"
~: (If'I+f:) < ;r i'mfO'IT: ~ R: "that village in which there are no Brahmins". Contrast this with the d ("'ititSi usage of the same word in the sense "non-Brahmin" .
is with his
~IiQCiolfCI1 iI~tilrg compounds: In some examples of iI~d1rg compounds, one needs to add another word in the paraphrase which does not exist in the compound. Traditionally, this is labelled as a compound with the deletion of the middle word. Consider the two examples:
ij)lio"'1lf~ I (ij)rifl) < ~ ~ ;p.:R lR?IT: tIT "she whose eyes are like lotus-flowers"
~)I"'1lf"'1l (ij)rifl) < ~;p.:R ~;p.:R lR?IT: tiT "she whose eyes are like the eyes of a deer"
Superficially, these two compounds look similar, but the second compound cannot be interpreted to mean "she whose eyes are like a deer". Thus, it becomes a compound with a deleted middle word.
272
~~
Occasionally, one comes across compounds in Sanskrit where the case-ending on the non-final member is still retained. Such compounds perhaps represent an intermediate stage of development of a phrase being turned into a compound. Such compounds are not productive compounds, i.e. one cannot make new compounds of this type. Consider the following examples:
~: <
iR ~
fP:n":
< CfR?:rT:
~:
The last expression appears as a compound only if used as an accu sation, and not as a factual description.
Changes prompted by compounding:
Several words undergo specific changes in the process of compounding, and sometimes certain affixes are added to form a compound. Some of the common changes are given below:
1.
The word ~, when it is the first member of a compound, becomes lf6T-, e.g., ~: < ~ ~: "Great God." The word ~ 'day' at the end of a compound, generally ('141161(: becomes 316-, e.g., ~: < ('I(O(U~I'f "group of seven days, a week". However, when it refers to a part of the day, it becomes 3m'-, e.g., ~: < ~ 3m': "mid-day".
2.
273
3.
The word ~ (0 becomes m: (m), as in ~: < ~ "first part of the night"; ~: < ~ "middle part of the night".
m:
m:
4. 5. 6. 7.
The word (m) becomes m!f, as in ftSD1(R4: < ~ ij1jJ "Krishna's friend"; but ;:r ij1jJ > amtCIT. The word ~ (m) becomes "highest king."
The word trflT;r becomes 'tft1': as in i'Jlr1t1': < iJlR?'f ~: ... "village-path".
3fRt
becomes at the end of 61iidl~ compounds as in ~: < ~ ~ ~ lR=lT ij: "he whose eyes are like In feminine, such compounds take the lotus flowers". marker e.g., ~ "girl with lotus-like eyes."
am:
i,
8.
9.
The word 'q'fcf at the end of compounds like ~ "lord of people, king" follows the normal declension of ;,pfct, and not the special declension of 'q'fcf given in Lesson 18. ~ and ~ are changed to 1ft{ and ~ if they refer to singular referents: ~: < If'f ~: "my son," but 3tt=+i~~"'! < ~ ~ "our house." Also: ~: < ~: "your son," but ,tSli~~'! < ~ ~ "your house."
ocr
Larger compounds:
In Sanskrit, smaller compounds can be embedded into larger compounds, producing longer compounds. Such long compounds are very frequent in literary texts, providing frozen descriptions of an object or a person, while the flow of action is maintained through the use of participles and verbs. The relationships of sub-units within such large compounds to each other are recovera ble from the context. To some extent, such structural relationships may be indicated by embedded bracketing pattern,s. A compound containing four members, A, B, C and D, could have numerous possible patterns, such as:
274
1.
2.
3.
[[A + B] + [C + D]]
[[[A + B] + C] + D]
[A + [B + [C + D]]]
4.
[A + B + C + D]
The above represent only a few possibilities. In a given case, generally only one combination makes sense, unless an author deliberately uses double-meaning. Consider the following examples:
sfh~~~: <
[rcfrf + RJ
+ ~
"son of Virasena." Here the compound rih1R: [< c.flTr ~ lR?f ij':] is a 61 q;tl ~ compound meaning "he whose army is brave". This is a proper name of a king. This compound is then embedded into the next level to mean "Virasena's son" [< cf\(ij"'l@'1 ~:]. This larger compound is a d ("'fb'l compound. Thus a 61 q;d1 has been embedded into a a("'jlb'l.
rg
~~~:<
m..gpq-"(tf-tfttsr:
This compound means "the noise of elephants, horses and chariots". Here, a a;:g compound is further embedded into a d("'fbtil. In the late classical language, certain authors such as B3.l).a and DaQ.Qin prided themselves on the use of long compounds. Consider the following ~ample from Jayadeva's Gitagovinda (lA.1):
275
~-~-;f5~-tfto-q(R-r.t~liIJl
Sandal-wood-smeared-blue-body-yel1ow-garment-forest-garland possessing + Nom. Sg.
~-~-tflitr-~-11fito-1fUS-: ~. .
play-moving-jewel-ear-ornament-adorned-cheek-pair + Nom. Sg. smile-habit + Nom. Sg. "[Krishna] is wearing forest garlands, a yellow garment, and has his blue body smeared with the paste of Sandalwood. He is always smiling and his cheeks are adorned with jeweled ear-ornaments which move during his play." Exercises 1) Identify the specific type of the compound and provide a Sanskrit paraphrase. A crow and a turtle Happiness and sorrow Pleasant and unpleasant things sacrifice, study and gifts Non-greed Entertainment in poetry and technical texts Love between the eater and the eaten tied with a rope protected by the crow Houses, streets and parks Fear from a tiger He whose hair is red all things Acquisition of friends Bank of BhagirathI
~lUP"~CiI"1IPi f'TlIT~-~
3f~:
ifilOlf~-~:
~-11PT-a1.lI~IPt
(if(f~:
ri-Si ~Irul
fi1-;r..(?I'q':
~tfi-(fl:
276
;r(-'tfRt:
~-ffCflT:
~: ~-tR':
~-m-:
~-'CJTfUr:
~-ffiRf:
ftm-~:
lit-'tfI(?-ifIi?:
~-JCf(-f
fct-qtij-qq;IT
JriIij-~ ;rt"~: < ;r(-f~:
~-<r:
Lord of people He whose heart is compa ssionate He who has great wealth That village which has many heroes He who has a weapon in his hand Devotee of Krishna Skilled in a branch of learning One who is a cowherd and a child He who has eaten rice (Forest) in which trees are in blossom She who has a thin belly Teacher of Hari and Hara Surrounded by the flock of her friends She whose face was colorless (= pale) She whose appearance was crazy Lord of men (= king) He whose vow @(f n) is true
2)
Translate the following into English. Identify the compounds in these sentences and analyse them.
~.
:t.
V.
277
,.
~.
\).
~ ~ ~ ~: ff~ Piltff8~ I
3t~:~~1
~: ~:~ ;r trltffitl
1,.
,.
,,=r:
3)
278
r
Absolute constructions
LESSON 33
Even gerund clauses are have a finite verb to hang on to. sometimes called absolute clauses of a certain type, and gerunds are called absolutives. Such clauses normally do not stand by A locative themselves, but are attached to other clauses. absolute construction is a clause which indicates the time when The some other event occurred: y happened, when x happened. subordinate clause indicating the time of another action is represented in Sanskrit as a locative absolute clause. Consider the following sentence:
~ ~:;lIqRlJat'dql Q814""d I "When the commander of the army was killed, the soldiers fled." (Q8111""d < "ITT+3J+!3P{, past imperfect, with "f > fJ)
AAcrn-:
Here the main clause is 'dCfT Q81'14""d "then the soldiers fled". When did this event occur? That information is provided by the relative clause '-fcff il:rt IQ RI Ja: "when the commander of the army was killed". In the relative sentence above, we have a par ticiple and a noun which the participle goes with. One can convert the lfCff clause into a locative absolute by: a) dropping the words '-fcff and OGT
b) by placing the noun and the participle in locative case.
Thus, we can have the following locative absolute construction:
AAcrn-:
279
The absolute constructions commonly contain either a present participle, or a past participle, and this participle may be either active ~) or passive ~). Also, the subject of the locative absolute construction is almost' always different from the arguments of the action conveyed by the main clause. Thus, we can have
~ ij~lctfaJdt'dq I
ij'
'{41lqctd({ I
"When the commander of the army was killed, he fell to the ground." But we cannot convert the relative clause in the sentence above to a locative absolute construction, as long as tr: in the main clause refers to ij"'llq fa The example of locative absolute above contains a past passive participle. We can also have other types of participles in locative absolute constructions. Consider the following transformations: 1a. ~ ~;tlqfa)ldqI1 i:JCfT~: q814""d I tb. ~"'Ilqdl ~ ~: Q81l1""d I (past active participle) "When the commander of the army had left, then the soldiers fled."
aW
I I
"When I go, she weeps." Especially, note the locative form ~, which must not be confused with the homophonous 3rd person singular present tense form~. Such look-alike locative forms are very frequent. a 2.
~~~
acn ~h1Qd41
;r ~ I ;r ~ I (present
participle)
passive
"While the grain is being eaten by the cows, the owners of the field are not pleased."
280
,J,
4a. 4b.
5a. 5b.
,J,
lftt ~
,J,
6a. 6b.
participle) "When RavaJ)a was killed by Rama, Bibhi!?alJ.a became the king of Lanka."
7a. *b.
~ ~ $I Rh!t=d~61 ijt21;:l1"i~l41 I
I (past active
There are two important points to be noted: A. If the action to be denoted by the absolute clause is concurrent with the action of the main clause, then we have to use a present participle in the absolute clause. B. If the action to be denoted by the absolute clause precedes the action of the main clause, then we have to use a past participle in the absolute clause.
281
carries the meaning "notwithstanding', "in spite of' etc. and may
3ffCr
added
following examples: 8.
fqq:
~ iITc.?: (fl;flili~
dls:ttRt I
"Even while the father is watching, the boy beats up his younger brother."
9.
~~:~I
;ff~
1ffRi ~ m lRf: I
(in spite of it) the
Vocabulary
.~
(m)
(D (D
.~:
(m)
hunter a woman
.~
m
'~
t
.~
.~
hidden
(0
JCf+~
r~
.~
iilIT
.I
(f)
action,
.~
. 1:f'ft+J1l+3fR1
~ ij1f+~
'\
,~
~ tFt(?~d
(0
(lOP,
to
announce
,t
.~
q?'llt Rt 'tf
282
Exercises 1) Translate the following into English and identify the noun and the participle in locative or genitive:
~.
~.
V
QCjrfll1 ~ _ ~StIT ~: I
cfi q f~1t41q51 Pd4 'i 1'11,(4 d m I
3f'$I' ~d i:41 ftr (f(f ;p:rr ~: ~: I
,. ~.
".
1,.
,.
crt
~ V
~,. ~~;Jt;r~
~ srmr I
cm1 ~ ~ -q@J (fltlfifl1 3f~ II
c;-m A l41~Cj~ra ~: ~ I
I1fi{ A cfI 011 fa ("(441{164 : I
n4 ~ lfd' m~ ~
;rrtt, 11liiur 'I iIi5:;:J),. GRT ~ I
~~. ~1fT~m~1
2)
Translate the following into Sanskrit using locative and genitive absolute constructions:
1.
2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
While the wealthy are eating, the poor sit outside. When he was gone, what happened? While the men were speaking, Rama left. When he arrived, we were not able to stay there. While he lives, you must not go to the forest. When the moon had risen CJC{+lf1I), I slept. Inspite of his son crying, the father left. When Nala entered DamayantI's palace, no one saw him.
283
9. 10.
Even when the king was laughing, the poet read his poem. When the sun comes up (JC[+l'J1f), even the birds are happy.
3)
284
LESSON 34
Sanskrit Numerals
In Sanskrit, numerals appear both as cardinals and ordinals. The term cardinal refers to numerals such as "one", "two", "three" etc., while the term ordinal refers to numerals such as "first", "second", "third" etc.
t
<L
Sanskrit Cardinals The cardinal numerals already imply number, e.g. ~ "one" is in singular, fi "two" is dual, f,T "three" is plural. The word '(!'iIi in the sense of "some" may be used in plural. The first four cardinal numerals vary according to gender, agreeing with the associated noun in gender and case. The remaining numerals are declined alike in all gender, although they agree with the associated noun in their case. There are no vocative forms known for cardinal numerals.
'(!CJi "one"
fi
Nt
"two"
F
\!qiT
~:
Acc
I
m _
~ ...
~
~
~
~:
~:
~ ~
at at
alU4I'l alU4l,!
Nt
~
~I!
t t
~
QillPilq
aMI4i ...
Abl QillPilq
G L
QillR:2l,
Qill@04I'l
QillR:2l,
rn: rn:
rn: rn:
SfP'f1!
1
.~
i
ij
Note that the forms of '(!'iIi follow pronominal endings similar to the forms of The same pattern holds even when the word '(!CJi is used in the meaning "some". For instance, we get plural forms in masculine such as '\!i (N), ~ (G); and feminine forms such as
ocr.
,,/
(!illl(i lf
(G).
285
f..t "three"
M
N
"four"
Nt
Nt
M
~:
:srr:
Ace ?ft;y I ~:
D
fdlr: fall:
~: ~: ~:
~: Abl ~: G ?llllolI'l
tan
kl~OIl'l
~ ~ ~: ~: ~: ?l411l'l
~:
ifalf: ifalf:
iI~l~ iI~l~
~: ~: ~:
~:
ilo~\'lf:
ilo~~: ild~ulI'l
~ ~
~: ~: ~:
~ ~
From the numeral 'tIlFI "five" to "101qQii "nineteen", there is no longer any agreement in gender with the associated nouns. All of these cardinal numerals, except for 15f\l "six" and 3re1" "eight", follow the paradigm of 'tIlFI.
'tIlFI
N Ace I
D
"five"
'if'!{ "six"
~ 15fZ
'\
~ '\
"eight" or or or or or
1ff.f 1ff.f
_:
~:
~:
~:
3f! 3f! ~:
m m
~:
~:
~: ~:
Abl
3I!Pl: 3I!Pl:
~
~:
G L
3tmllJ
or
Numerals from Qifll'1fifQlkl "nineteen" (an alternative to ""101qQi"1) to ""101"101 kl "ninety-nine" are always declined in feminine singul~. Thus we get usages like ~: "twenty Brahmins" (or
mrFd:
mrFd
mrFd: lit. "a (group of) mrFd: ~: "twenty the word mrFd retains its
286
Sanskrit Ordinals The ordinal declensions are fairly simple, since the ordinals in masculine and neuter end in 3{, and in feminine they end either in 3IT or The first three ordinals, i.e. '5rtf1l "first", ~ "second" and ~ "third" are optionally declined like pronouns. For example: [gJl414 / [gd14~; fgJl4 '4 I: / fgJlllll4 I: etc.
f.
Ordinals
F
'QCfi
'5rtf1l,
m, ~, amr
~
fg:
ft
~ ~ ~ ~
.,
~
\j
il
~
(j"fPl, ~, ~4
-cm+f
1S('8'
~ ~
lft
lft lft lft 0Qfi 0Qfi 0Qfi 0Qfi 0Qfi 0Qft 0Qfi 0Qfi 0Qft 0Qfi 0Qfi 0Qfi 0Qfi
l
~
3re1
~ ~
;rc{l1
~o
~ ~
QCfilCiQli
~
~~
~~
~il
~.,
~~
~\)
~l ~~
?l111CiQli "q(jcfQli 'IijCiQI, ISIliQI1 t'l41q Q1i aU!lq Qi1 / " t!tfll"f FcfQI Rl / ~fctQIRl / t!Cfi ,'"'I Fcf QI Rl
~qqQI"f
?I'l11 CiQI
t'lC(jqQI
~
~/
~o
N'
QtflFcfQIRl
nm /
287
~~
/ / / / /
o~ /
~~
~:t
~v
~,
~~
~IJ ~t ~~
ilFct?tlfa ?llIl Fct?tl fa iI(]Ifihl fa qit Fct?tl fa 6f ~ Fct?tl fa ij<i117f?tl RI 3if! Ifa?tl fa ~q Fct?tlfa (!(fll~ Bi?tkt
3)~Bi?tI(f
(!(fli"i Bi?tlq
:to
:t~ :t~
:t~
:tV :t'
:t~
:t1J
:tt
:t~
$10
V~
V~
$I:t
$IV V,
$I~
$IIJ
$It
V~
(!(fl F3i?tI()\ alBi?t1(1 ?Il1~?tI(f T.4 (]I (@j?tl(f qitF3iQlq 6f Bi?tlq ij<i1 Bi?tlq 3telF3i?tlq 461 BiQlq (!itl1"'1i1("q IffQI(f iI("q Iff?tlq (!(f)iI("q Ifi?tlq al't1("q IfiQlq faiI("q Ifi?tlq ;p.JJt.~("q IfiQlq f?lilrq IfiQlq ~1(i4rq IfiQlq qitil("q lff?tl(f 6f{iI("4lffQI(f ij<i1i1rq IffQlq 3I!'t1rq Iff?tlq 31'i!Ii1("q IffQlq ~Oji1rq IflQlq (!(fll "'I qij l?tl(f
<
ftta+f ftta+f ftta+f ftta+f ftta+f ftta+f ftta+f ftta+f o~1 ijlf o~1 ijlf o~ / 0ijlf tsml ijlf o~/ ijlf fW I ijlf fW I ijlf fW / ijlf tsm I 0ijlf tsm I ijlf o~ I ijlf 0r,m I 0ijlf fW I ijlf iI("q Iff?tl I ij1J iI("q Iff?tl I ijlf iI("4lfiQI I ijlf iI("4lfi?t1 I ij1J iI ("q Ifi?tl I ijlf 't1rq IfiQI I ij1J iI('Oj IfiQi / ij1J iI("q IfiQI / ij1J iI("q IfiQI I ijlf iI("q IffQI I ij1J T.4("qlfiQI I ij1J T.4("qlfiQI I ij1J iifq IfiQI I ijlf ilcqlfiQI / ijlf 'q]fm I ij1J
288
0?tft / lft 0?tft I lft 0?tft I lft 0?tft I lft 0?tft I lft 0?tft I lft 0?tft I lft 0?tft I lft 0?tft I lft 0?tft / lft 0?tft / lft 0?tft I lft 0?tft / lft 0?tft / lft 0?tft I lft 0?tft I lft 0?tft I lft 0?tft I lft 0?tft I lft 0?tft I lft 0?tft I lft 0?tft / lft 0?tft / lft 0?tft I lft 0?tft / lft 0?tft / lft 0?tft I lft 0?tft 1 1ft 0?tft I lft 0?tft I 01ft 0?tft I 01ft 0?tft I 01ft 0?tft I 01ft 0?tft I 01ft 0?tft 1 1ft 0?tft I lft
0 0
6Sg
/ / / / / / / / /
-Yt 0 -Yt 0 -Yt 0 -Yt 0 -Yt 0 -Yt 0 -Yt 0 -Yt 0 -Yt 0 -Yt 0
/ / / / / / / / / /
.ijto .ijto .ijto .ijto .ijto .ijto .ijto .ijto .ijto .ijto .ijto .ijto .ijto .ijto .ijto @.o @.o @.o @.o @.o @.o @.o @.o @.o -Yto -Yto .ij2 0 .ij2 0 .ij2 0 .ij2 0 .ij2 0 .ij2 0 .ij2 0 .ij2 0 .ij2 0 .ij2 0
hPI(Jl$o / ~o hPltJl$o / ~o
hPI(J~l
~,
~,
~
eJl$l~l~i)
eJp='&b~
h PI(J YCI ~ t~i) hPeJP=.& o / ~ 0 kPeJP=.& o / ~ 0 hPeJ P=.& o /.IbB 0 kPeJP=.& o / ~ 0 ttPeJ P=.& o /.IbB 0 hPeJP1& o / ~ 0 hPeJ P=>& o /.P:lB 0 hPeJP=>& o ~ 0 / hPeJ P1& o /.P:lB 0 hPeJ P1& hPeJP:>& o / ~ 0 h.P4J.h o / a&. 0 h.P4J.h o / a&. 0
0'
~"
eJ P=.&lat / eJ P=.&a tE eJP=.&P=.& eJP=.&?h eJ P,&tth I(J P, fHf? b. I(J P=> & / I(J P=> &:Ht k. ItJ eJ P=>&tJ / eJ P=>&IB ltJ P1&cbi)
~
eJP,&~t~i)
~" ~"
~~
,~
0"
~
~/~
~1gP1&
h.P4J.h .as. h.P4J.h .as. h.P4J.h .as. h.P4J.h o /.as. h.P4J.h o /.as. h.P4J.h .as. h.P4J.h o /.as. h.P4J.h h.P4J.h o
0 0 0 / / / 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 /
(\~
~
~:~
~
~~
b~
8~
~:J:U:
't~
~~
~~
o~
~/~
~ ~
~h~tcbi)
/ .l.2l.lb 0 ~ / .l.2l.lb 0 0 J:tB 0 / .l.2l.lb 0 ~ / Wllb. 0 0 ~ 0 / .l.2l.lb 0 ~ 0 / Wllb. 0 ~ / Wllb. 0 0 ~ / Wllb. 0 0 ~ / .l.2l.lb 0 0 ~ 0 / Wllb.
~
0
}?I?:I tth b ~ 'i?1?:1 t'thl ate / }?'?:I ttbatE PlclttbP1& }?'?:I ttb? h }?'clttbt'tb
~:~
~b
~b
Ob
t~
tV
t'f
t~
t\J
tt
t~
O~ o~ o~ o~ o~ o~ o~
/ / / /
I I
"i~ Rtd'i
..,~Rtd'i
tto
~~
~~
~t ~~
0Jft
lft lft lft lft lft lft olft lft olft
"iq Rtd'i
"iq fdd+l ~
~
~hHAd'i
~ 0,000,000 q;lft (0
(fl1 R:d+l
There are several ways to form expressions for larger numbers. For example, the expression "iq"iq Rtij5\M means 99,000, rather than 99 and a thousand. The words arm and J'ij'""f in the sense of "in addition to" are used to connect number words: ~ ~ or Q(flld t ~ refers to "one hundred and one". The number 1990 could be expressed ~s: "iq("4~(fl"iq~ldli't~(flij~\M < ~+arm+~+d{I'(+ Q(flij ~\Y "one thousand, in addition to nine hundred, in addition to ninety". Other ways refer to the sequence of digits: "1q"iq?Jd~(fll"i fcmRt "19 followed by 99", or ~;:l1"iq"1&(fl "0, 9, 9, 1", In the most common ways of referring to numbers, the general practice is to 290
start from the end and gradually move on to the beginning. There is another way of composing numbers used in poetry and in inscrip tions. This is by using words for things which conventionally occur in fixed numbers. Thus, the word ij "space" refers to zero, ~ "planet" refers to 9, atfi.l "ocean" refers to 4, etc. By combi ning such expressions, numbers are expressed, e.g. 1990 = &- "one, planet, planet, space".
Vocabulary
mm.;fir
,~
crftlurr
r~
ifl1I
...
.~
~~ ,-~tf
,~ .~
#~
.~ branch ,.~ priestly fee .~ (adv) better (m) minister of a king (0 work, livelihood tUcr (0 verse of ~gveda (n) text from Yajurveda' ~ . (m) proper name (m) proper name . 411 ~('"41 ,~ (0 proper name
(0 (0
-.
rJfl' ~ 3t1f4?'f
.~
(m) Vedic scriptures (m) proper name (m) proper name (m) sun, sun's forms (m) proper name
. . "fIlf
-~
.~
day week sick (m) verse (lA) to serve, attend upon (n) text from Samaveda (0 proper name (0 proper name (m) proper name (m) proper name (m) Siva, his forms (m) monkey
(n) (m)
Exercises
1)
~.
Cfm'~ lj?IT: I $
:t. v
,.
m~: ~ 'ff~ I
~ ~: alqQIII4?'fI: I
'11lqqi) illGlolI'l1 i ~ crf{iUlll1ltTJUq I
q t~4l1 lJ1Ift ~ ;r if l)lijQld l;:q ftt I
291
a?
~.
". ?ltt}("ltl ffi: ~ ~: . . stl~~I(f I l. '1~iI("fJIIFi~ldl~: ~ ijqiul1fq ijURdlPl I ,. _ _ ;r(: ~ ~ stRlR4 ~ ~;n:T: ~ ~ libl1Pd ~ ~: )
~ 0 ~d (1~~(f)~ld ~ amFJ I
m-
2)
3)
292
LESSON 85
Gerundives Gerundives are nominals formed from verb roots by adding the suffIX -'(fOl1', ~ or -~. These forms generally have a passive optative meaning, "something should be, ought to be done". These forms may be used transitively or intransitively. Further, these forms may be used adjectively, or as predicates for sentences. transitive gerundive used adjectively:
ro t!Uf4dOl44{ ~ ~ tiUf4d4{ I
"The fruit which should have been eaten by Rama was eaten by SUa." Transitive gerundive used as a predicate:
ro ~ <!i1f4dOl4J, I
"Rama should eat the fruit." Intransitive gerundive used as a predicate:
ro t; fijdOl44{ I
"Rama should sprile." The agent of a gerundive can sometimes appear in genitive (as well as in instrumental), e.g.
tJ
it ~:
Present Agentive (~ Middle (3tI?t~qcn Participles in -3iR' For middle (atl(4l~qR~) verbs of the conjugations 1, 4, 6, and , 10, the present participle is formed with the affix -lfFT, as seen in Lesson 21. For middle verbs of the remaining conjugations, the present participle is generally formed by adding the affIX -3JR, though there are exceptional forms like amft;r < (2A). The participles in -an;r syntactically behave exactly like the participles in -lfFT. The..arFf participle forms are listed in the last column of the table in this lesson. Changes in the root are similar to the 3rd person plural present form, e.g. ~ I ~. These are marked with a "*,, in the list given in this lesson.
.ramr
293
In Lesson 17, we have dealt with the non-periphrastic or -R future. Here we shall consider the other variety of future. According to the definitions of the Sanskrit grammarians, the -R future is considered to be the general future, while the -'(fR{ future is considered to be the "non-today" (at"'llld"U future. However, in most of the classical usage, no such semantic The traditional grammarians consider distinction is observed. -'(fR{ as the infix for what in Western terminology is called periphrastic future. The reason it is called periphrastic is that it seems like a combination of the nominal forms of the agent nouns in -<I, and the present tense forms of the verb 3R'f "to be". Consider the following paradigms:
Active
"C(1I~ ~ ~
"C(1I~:
~q:
~:
~q
~C(1lt'
Active
~:
~ ~ ~
be, become"
Middle ~C(1It=G4~
~C(1I@ig
"C(1lij Iq
~ ~:
'I
'i~dl~ li~dl(ij ~
(1) "to
~ ~ ~
Clldl@t: c:rrdlt:q
CfT(I1'f:
cmrr
cmrrrl
Active ~:
cmrm
cmrr
~
Clld 1(XI6
~
CfT(I1'f:
~ ~
~tf:
~: ~tf
;tm:":
;trr
~d 1(XI8 ~
;tm:":
294
From the above paradigms, it is clear that the third person forms of periphrastic future are nominative forms of the agent noun periphrastic future are quite rare. passive pattern. passive. identical with the masculine in~. The middle forms of the In passive voice, the middle see this tense used in
forms are used, though the syntax of cases will show the distinct Again, it is rare to The most common forms are the third person forms, which
(J.
-<r!.
List of gerundives and present agentive ( m ) participles (including the middle participles in m marked with a "*").
----~-Gerundives------
Present Participles
3fc{
(2P) (IDA)
3f~
~ 3f~
~ ~ ~ ~
3f~
~
am ...
(9P) ~ (4P) arrq (5P) ... (6P) (lA) (2A) (lOP) (lA) (lP) (SP, A) (IP) (lP) (IP, 4P) (9P, A) (lA, 4P)
3WlQ
3fTOl
~
~
~
("
f9: ~~
("
~~
iP~
(fji=g ;ft 1I
~~
t~
~*
~
iP,-!
CfiPJ
~
iPtrrcr (fltq4"l H
~
('
(fj liuftlI
~
~
'\
m!f?l ~/
("
rt
w't
~
w~;f)lI
~*
W1f
~
~ ~
~ ~
Sfi1l
~
'\
WJfJWlP.I
~I
ituJH*
~
~I
295
~
~
to wash
ttr.I
~
ttnC{ (IP)
lJUT ... 1Jl{
to to to to to
to
~
If{
T:f{
~
F~ (9P) ~ (9P, A)
to to to to to to to to to to to
throw disturb dig eat tell count go dive sing tie seize
~ ~
ij'RJ
fW:tq
~ ~
)1I~4111
m
~
~ tcRq mG(J
~ ~ ~
)n~'4I"1
1J+lI' lfm'
lllf
1f~
~
~l CSfuftl1
~ ~(taOll
~ ~
~I
fir.:q
Tf{
irc{
~
~
~ ~
~;a..;""jl1
:ql (oftl1
rl le;;f\l1
~* ~l CSfl1q iff({ ~
~ ~;alfq :ql (4(1
:qM iJRl'
~
~I
rrl;q 1"1*
ut1
m
\;ftq;f'tl1
~
\1Fl1' ~
~ iJilttli H
~
(fgif
~
iJfH(f1
~*
~.
beat ~ weigh ~ (lOP) be pleased ~ (4P) (lP) cross (J '?1\if (lP) abandon ... to punish 'Cf01." (lOP) to burn ~ (lP) err (lP, 3P,A) to give
(j?l
~
(""-Iq.<:1~
oW
~
~ ~ 01({
~ e; usl1q
e;us[lfaOll ~
~
~ ~
m
~*
~!CfCf(!
296
fern ...
~
(6P) (2P, A)
to instruct to milk to see to hate to place to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to be pleased salute blame lead dance cook read fall drink protect hurt nourish worship ask bind oppress know eat speak break fear enjoy, rule
ql~",,"'jlt
~ ~
~
m crm
~ ~
~
~
~I
~ (lP)
...
t{T
~
~
(2P, A) (SP, A) (IP) (IP) (lP) (IP) (4P) (IP) (IP) (IP) (IP) (lOP) (lOP) (4P, 9P) (lOP)
~
~
~* ~
~I ~*
~I
f4;<r
;ft
~
qi{
~
""I;C;4l4 ,..
~~""jll
;r;u
~
Cf!fR'*
~
PI~;ft:q
~ ~
""IlRI
;p:rq
~ lfOq
-cm;s.:r
'CfI?t ~
trq
'Cfr
~
qa;fl:q
~ q I~;ftlt
mrq
~
~I
tft{
TY
~
~
'\
"
~ ~
6fT!f (IA)
'\
~ ifI!Il1R
;t!
(IP) (lOP)
(lA)
~
~
~
1itt[
~
~
1M
~
~*
~
~I
'!
'rf
'lI"R*
1fOlf
~ ~
297
'I
V1f lf1
~
~ ~ ~
'I?1
~I
f4vtuT*
VlfJ111+l{
41;:Ei 411"11
~*
~
lffifl
ifF! 1ft
ljC(
13"
~
~
~
respect release rejoice die sacrifice attempt go beg concentrate protect arrange sport weep oppose
~*
411"1 (il a0lI ~ +ll~OlI ~ 411 (4aOll
~ ~ 411 C; 411"1 ~~"'Iol
~I
~
~
~
~
~Iq;ft~
~raaOll
~
~ (lA) ~ (7P, A) ~
(lP) (lOP) (1A) (2P) (7P, A) (lP) (lA) (6P) (2P, A) (2P) (lOP) (lP) (lP) (1P)
~I~;ft~
~1\i1;f1~
~ ~ lif41I"1
~I
lItni
(flf
~
Tif
(1{
~ ~ ~
~ '!iI~d 0lI
~
~* nfq" 'fT.P{
(1llfIUJ
~ ~ ~
~ p.f({1
~ ~
(fi{
i?'f
qq
q1f
rn{
~
~ (lA)
climb get write lick speak cheat speak salute dwell to carry
'!1 ~uft~
~ ~
~
~
~
(?Q.i
~*
(\RadOl4
~
~ ~
~
~*
~ ~
~
('UJfilaOl4 f.ilRdOl4
~
<r
~ qq(f f.iI;C;+lI"1 qij({ ~
f.iI;c;;ft~
aftlaOl4 ~
298
1{ if<{ "{
~ (2P)
fcm
"\
1
~
(5P, A)
to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to
choose exist grow know enter be able praise be calm instruct lie down hear praise breath bear accomplish go creat serve praise stand bathe touch desire remember sleep kill laugh abandon injure offer oblation
~ ~ ~
~
iilfdd0i4
~f4d0i4 ~
FfIR* ~ ~
tflt
fffir
fmI
~
~14iiilq
~ ~ ~llij;ftli ~11I;ft1i ~
~2i 1~;ft11 QiH1;f\1I
~lIfija~ ~1~d0i4
m+lf ~
~
maq
~
~*
~I
~(IA)
~
ijl!{ "\
~ ~
mw
~
mt
~
~
mv:r
~ ~
~
(:~
~* ij"f({
iR
ID!
~
~
ij~d0i4
m-R
~I
~la0i4
(:~
~*
(:tIT (IP)
(2P) (6P) (lOP) (lP) (2P) (2P) (lP)
(3P) (3P, A)
~ ~
f(mq
R1q
RI;ftl1
~q~;ftl1 ~~~oftl1 ~~:uflll
RldOlf
~
~
~~~l1q
PI
61
~
~
~ca0i4
ROlT
~
~~"1"111
~(ija0i4
~ ~ ~
~
6iIq
6T
~
mol1'
rg~d0i4
~ (7P)
~ ~
~
~ ~
rta"Olf
~
ftffir
~ ~
(IP, A)
to take
ffl
299
Vocabulary
'~(a)
~ O4q~d (a)
"
~
~+'{ (lP)
.~(m)
arorm (m)
hidden to perform very wicked to serve, devote to devoted to (noun) determined to bend down a man of warrior opportunity divinity
J11+~
ar;r;:q
~
a virtuous person religious merit < W+J11+3m{ (2A) to devote to ma-{ (ind) morning ..armq (m) absence
~
(a) (n)
" ~ (f)
,m
. 1ft:
1)
. m Cn)
SIT+~
(lP)
welfare fi1 (5P) accompanied by ~ fi1 (9P) sacred bathing place )f~ (m) thunderbolt, Indra's y., )f+~ (lP) 11 weapon ' ~ (n) respectful address form
Exercises Write down third person periphrastic future forms for any 30 verbs. For the formation of (J agent nouns, consult the list of infinitives in Lesson 12. Convert the -~ future forms in Exercise 2, Lesson 17 to periphrastic future. Translate the following into English:
2)
S)
~. ~. 4.. ~. ,. ~. u.
JI;:a 04 If I I 3f11;l'i~Jll s~ ;r g;:a 041 ;r ~: I qrt ~ ~ i.iRT smf: I ~~mt: I 'i~d04 ~ I fiFaT;r ~ I ~ tR Pi ffid4 I (flIT 'i~d044! I t11l \i11"i1:44 ~ ~ ~ qg;fi41 I
300
t.
~'-I1('f6lf: ~ ~: I ~. J:4161~:t1l "fIm 'i ~d ~ ~d1~61G~@1.,......rI4> ~ ~ I to . ~ ~1I@llfUI ~ffid6l"'d: I QRidOl1IPi I ~ ~ ~S~: t:d1aOl14'{ I
mm- m-
dl"4t=tlfit:
.m
~ ~.
(=qlIT ij'f
~ +t 1+t'1"41fFf! I ~ ij" ~: ijAP 01161 (ija1 tg- ij": II (Bhagavadgita 9.30) tv. ~ ;pri ~tf aGI6Iftilil ~ l{lf ~ ~tf I t ,. n '}QU~ tR CfCfRT ;rN: ~ ~: T.f lRITf: I
t ~.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
You should always speak the truth, and never go out of the path of truth. The enemies must be near. Those trees are to be cut down. He is to be blamed and not to be trusted. That is not an edible or a drinkable thing; why should we want it? Your honors are to read this text. A king ought to conquer the misery of the people living in his country. That is his duty. It is not necessary for him to speak many words. You will bathe and dive into the pure water. People will despise you if you will not ask any questions. The earth will shine in the light of the sun. The two girls whose poems we have heard will leave this town tomorrow. Nowise man ever thinks that he knows everything. Fools alone think that they will never fall into adversity.
301
15. If I do not see N ala today, I will abandon my life and perish. 5) Write any five Sanskrit sentences of your own.
302
LESSON 36
Past Perfect
In Lesson 6, we learned that there are three types of past tenses in Sanskrit. Past perfect (~) is a non-conjugational tense in that verbs of all different conjugations are treated alike. Sanskrit grammarians define this type of past tense as referring to remote unseen past. Most of the classical language, however, uses the three past tenses without making any semantic distinction. The first and the second person forms of this type of perfect are extremely rare, and hence one should concentrate mainly on the third person forms. The past perfect has two varieties: reduplicative and periphrastic.
Active Terminations
Middle Terminations
-~
-31
-tl
-Gf
-If
.qt
-~
-at':!:
~:
-at
-'3":
~
.~
-31
-amr
-arriJ
-rt
-tel'
303
~
,-;tf'l:
~:
p
,-;tf
Middle
m:
~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~
Middle
crcrt
~!
~
([(P:!:
m
crcr
ifcl:
~
~ ~
~
~ ~
crFtt{
crcrt
crcrq:
as
an&1:
Periphrastic Past Perfect
This is generally the type for monosyll~bic roots beginning with long vowels, except 3IT, and for all polysyllabic roots, i.e. 10th conjugation, causatives etc. Monosyllabic roots beginning with a short vowel (except followed by more than one consonant also have periphrastic perfect. Some verbs such as 3tlI', crJ, 3fIij' and ~ take only periphrastic perfect. Some verbs such J1!{~ fit<{~ iifPJ, ~, it, ~, ~ and ~ form both the perfects. The periphrastic perfect forms are formed by joining the termination 3fp:f to the root and by adding to the base thus formed ... the reduplicated perfect forms of the verbs 3it{, 'l or ,. Some sample paradigms of periphrastic perfect are given below:
3n
t~ "to see"
Active
'IDlll 1'1 I~ 'ioill Iii I(ijq 0 14111 l(ijt{ )1 0 141'1 1('I'l: )1 0 14111 1t1 1)1 )IOllt 1'1 I~ )1 0 141'1 1t11: 1)1 0 14 111 I~:
t_
Middle
f~ I~,q ~ t~ I~,'i~
t~ f~ ~I~,i{~
t_~~
304
[
Active
(fl~
"to tell"
Middle (fllt4Iti,~ g (fllt~ liI,t g
(fl~ ifi~ (fl~ ~ ifi~t{~: (fl~ (fllt~ lti'~ (fltt~ I~j Iit (flltl1li1,a ifi~ (fl~: (fl~: (fl~ (fllt41~jld (fllt41~ fffJ ~
To make passive forms for Past Perfect, one needs to use just the middle forms listed above. Thus, there is no difference between middle forms and passive forms for Past Perfect. However, the case syntax of the sentence will show differences in agreement etc. For instance, consider the following sentences:
1'('q:
ifitTT (fl~ I "Rama told a story." ~ (fltrr (fl~ I "A story was told by Rama."
that the usage of Past Perfect in
Root
S
Active D
~:
P
~:
Middle D
arcr
8ITCf
am
~
"\
3f~ etc.
(9P)
arm
(2P, 4P) 3Jlij" 3ffCJ (5P) arrcr ~: { (2P) ~: ~ ~ (6P) ~: ~ ~ (lA) ~ (2A) (flt{ (lOP) (fl~ etc. (fl1{ (lOA)
"\
aooq: amI:
amj:
~:
":
h:
305
3fT1J:
~etc. ~etc.
~ ~
~:
~(1A)
..
~ ilifilOq Id
~ ~CflfiXI ~
ttr1{ (lP)
~:
~ (lOP, A)
etc.
~:
itfId14l$jil etc.
f grq
"
~
~
iff:
~:
:qil;
00
~:
~:
~:
~(IP)
ifSfl;:C; (}:
~:
1Wi (6P)
~ (9P)
ifil{ (IP, 4P) ifSfi1+f SIft (9P, A) ~ ~(IP) fimfls ~(4A, 9P) ~ " @! (IA) ~ 1814I$jifj I( ~ (lOP)
ifif9::
ifW11:
~ ~: ~:
~fiM~ ~fiM~: ~
~ffpllid ~fiMQlld ~
~ffp~~
~f<i8~~ ~
fiR)tr
~
~
~:
~:
~:
~:
T.R9:
~:
~:
m:
iftUc.f
~:
fflrc{ (4A)
tolIT (2P)
~:
l1UJ
~
1J1{ (IP)
~~qla
~~Fct ~
GfJlj:
iJ'PlI~ Id
1t
"
~
\iPIt
QHFt{
~
\iP"~~
ijfl'f(j:
~tfq:
GPj:
\iJF':{:
Ft{ (9P)
iR{ (IA)
(9P, A) (lOP) (IP) (IP) (5P, A)
~:
~:
'ff
~
~
etc.
~ (lOP)
fiJcr (7P,
\iFf (4A) ...
A)
~I ~ ~:ra tt 1111t'f etc. ill (tt 1llij etc. i Ic; it il (('I etc. ~~~(j: ~
\it\it PI (q: \it\it Ilil ( \it PI ( II'! lij etc.
~: ~: ~:I ~:
~:
~:
~:I ~:
~/ ~
~(p:l1~1I ~i4(d
~~~I ~r:at~
til fid<t:
~:
~~cl ~
~(2P)
RlIiij~ Id
Rlr;;;} f4 ~
~
306
(lP) (9P, A)
m
iFf
W{ (fl
~
ilftq (lP) ,
~(lP)
~ ~ ~
~
~: r&I;sftq1:
~: ~:
~:
~ (lOP)
~
(f(ff(
"*Tq8 1:
~:
~:
~:
N
(('?f1\iJ
wrr1:
~(lP)
~: d("lt\111:
~:
m: m:
~:
~:
qqfrt
~(lOP)
~:
~:
~:
~:
iff
err
~ (4P)
~ (2P, A)
~ (lP)
fcro.. (6P)
~ ~
crGt crGt
crcrq: crcrq:
Gt
crena
~
~ffilSlld
~~q1: ~ r4~11:
rqn Gtrl"
~
~
W"1:
~:
m:
~: ~:
r4 ffitt1:
Cf!RL:
~:
~:
~: Gq:
crru:
W
~ ~
~
r4 ffi~ ~
Glffil
~
Gfilt
!{
(9P, A) (lOP)
'!
m:
Cft'i:
Cf!ml:
~ (lP)
~(lP)
~
~
~:
"1"1~1:
~:
~ (lP)
;r.n+r
;m ..
;ft
~
~(lP)
;:r;rm PlPI;q ~
~: ~: PlPI~1: PlPt4;: ~: ~:
~:
~:
~: ~:
~ (6P, A)
~ (4P)
TWf
~
'q"tfRf
Tftcr
TH: TR:
~:
~:
Tft
'tJ11fO
~: ~:
~:
~:
307
l1({ (lP)
'tff (IP, 2P)
~
tftIl(f
tfCIT
~:
~:
~:
tf'}:
(lOP)
~ (7P) ~ (lOP)
'fI
~
~
~:
'fllif
~
~:
q~=t:iJq:
m:
m:
ftrtWJ:
~:
~
fCf f5illld
nfirt
fCf t5I fl1 ~
~(6P)
~:
"Sft
'\
~
i(iF?f
fCf t51~q:
~: ~:
ftr&4
ifiIW
~(9P) '\
~(IA)
'J
'\
l( 'ffi (lOP)
~
(IP) (2P, A)
~q 3fl61J(fftf
~
m:
~: iNSj:
~:
~
~
~:~: ~:~:
rt
~
mt
~
~etc.
~:
~: ~:
1fT
'\
(7P) (2P)
fNl
~ ~
~(IA)
11m (IA)
tft
~
fitcr (7P, A)
(3P) (7P, A) (IP) (lOP) (3P, A)
~ ~
~etc.
~: ~:
~:
~:
~: ~:
~ ~ ~
~
~
m:
~:
~:
'{
~
~ \1+{ (1,4P)
lf1
ifV'J:
~:
~ 1i:r:?flllijfl; etc.
(4A)
~
iF5I (lOA)
t:p.{ (9P)
m
~
+Il1l
~
~: ~:
lI1Pj:
If'1:
lffii:
+rFf (lOP,
1ft'
~
~ l~lIlijfl; etc.
(6P) (IA)
1f1fi:
308
608
~ ~~~~ ~@j~t?J
~
~II~~~
~12~~
~
:~
~ ~
:a
:~ :~
:~
:~I~~~
:m
.t1.t!B
(V 'dS)
(v 'd9) ~
(VY)~
'afa )lcbQI2~
:~2@j~ :~~I~~
~ (d9 'dZ)~
~
:h :t!
~~~e
~12!~~
:w
:~ :~ :~
:~ :~
il.e.e
J:ill!
lB
(dl) ~
1ll!
(VI)b.t!
:~
.2I.B.
.bJ. ~
.2R
lit! h.e
~
~~~~
~
~
~I~~~
~
~
~
~
:m
:~ :~
:~
:~~~~ :~~~~
:~
~ ~ ~
b~
(V 'dZ) ~
(d9) ~ (vl)
hi!
:W
:~ :~
:~
(dl) ~
(V 'dL) ~
~ ~
~~I~~
~ ~
~1~H~
~
~
:~ :~
:~ :~
~
~
(dZ) ~
(VI) ~
(az)
~
~ ~
~ ~
~ ~ ~
:ill
:~
:~
:~ :~
:~
1ctll
(V 'dl)
~ ~
~~IRR
~1t!IRR
~ ~
~
~ ~
~
:m
:HJt
:Iut
au.
~
iu. hh
hJ.a
.lh
(V 'dL) ~ (VI)
ttUt
~
(dZ)
(V 'dl)
(VI) ~
:m
:th.h
:.IDi
:~
:~ :~
:~
.llith
(d9) (d6)
ktt it
:fuJJs:
~ ~
(dt) ~
1h
1fI
iJ!{
if Ii
qm-
~:
~:
arerFrt
~ ~
foI~fq~
~ (lA)
~ (lP)
~ ...
~ ~
~ ~
foI~qld
(5P)
m{ (lP)
~ (lP) ~ (4P)
~ (2P)
Gfal\if
~:
~:
mnq;
mrrcr
~ ~
~: ~: ~: ~:
~:
~: ~: ~: ~:
~:
(2A)
~~
~
~~:
~1~4Id
~~~
~ (lA) ~
4P) ...
~~:
wf
~
~1~8Iqla
~
~1~81~~
(5P, A)
~~
~~
~: ~~:
~!:
~~:
~(lA) ...
~(2P)
ij'C(
til!{
~:
~!.lq:
~: ~: ~:
~:
~ (lA)
~:
~:
~ (6P)
~ (lP)
~ (lA)
m m
m:IIT
~:
mrI:
f:q
(2P, A)
::~
~:
~'-lq:
m:
~'j:
fij~q Id
fiI~foIt
~:
qt=~~I<i:
ij~(<i:
~:
ft
~:
~:
~(10P) ~
(lP)
mn~
~
~(2P)
~: ~:
~ (2P)
Gf9:
~:
m:
m
&'
~ ...
urnm
~ \ijm
ijfffi"
~(7P)
~:
~:
~:
Pt ffl'tt <i:
~: ~:
m:
~:
f7rml:
~
310
Vocabulary
.~(m)
, 1pTlIT (0
J
ifiFR' (n) Q8lltlflO9i (a) running .. 3Fl+~ (lP) .. 14 Ott l'SIlfQc; (n) heavenly hermitage' f<Fti (a) '~(n) greeting, welcome ' ~+3IT+~ (lP) entire or perfect ~(O ' CfjlJ (lOA) in limbs "trrfitr (m) " tfTfUi ~ (9PA) to marry iJUCf (m) name of a girl ~lf;a81 (0 ~ (a) rule, ceremony 31f (prn) , "em) to play " ~ (lP) Fr+Cf(f (lA) J"'q+lfT (2P) to approach, go .. '\ an:rr+Fr (n) , ~(n) protection
~+1(1f (lP)
~ (ind)
~(m)
reportedly minister of king forest to go after made, adopted to utter, say to love, desire hand name of a sage love (marriage) both to return, fall back visit, coming to fetch terrible poison end of action courageous person
. arftJ+i
. 3IT+;fi (lP) to study . ~-fWsr (n) expensive Q (a) ~ frfrn (m) ambrosia ~ (f) '~-3J4 (m) determined purpose tf't( (a)
(2A)
Exercises 1) Convert all the 3rd person past tense verbs in the story of the mustard seed in Lesson 11 to past perfect. 2) Translate the following into English:
~ '}TT fct;(? l&l1:r:a 1.;rJ11 TI1IT ~ I ij ~ ~ ~ q"1 ftllt Itt I a ~ ~ atlfl?'JIJ\~11\i1)ij: I ~ ~ <ttsJ:4;al ~ 1fl'Fl ~ I
~1pT Q8Ilttll"1ifl;:il~ ijfctiFr 140001~ifQ~ ~ I (fi~lltifl'W1~ij TI1IT attll?'JI"'l ~ I 45UOl~ltt~~ll'Slif ~ ~ ij TI1IT ~ ~ I ~ if CfltSWd' qt ~ ~ I ~ fd45lffidl ~lf:r:a81 3m1lITc{ SlffilPI?'J <ttsJ:4;allt ~ 0lt1iJ161~ I ~lf;:a8i ~16ijqifi ltsJ:4:r:at'di" I (fro: tfTfUi ij TI1IT ~ ~ ~ I ~ ififil("45l2J ~ d~;;{j~q RH6ls q : I ~ ffiF{ m~: Piq; RI ~ I (1i.iflftr T{~ "'I Jll+fQtttt1 I
crrr
!f
311
~. tf4~i5I~1'1;f
=i..
;r ~ ~+tflq~ul ~ 1 ~ Ff.;rr ;r Sli41f4t 1+t4f ;r Pl~dl'-iirgt+tRl tfitl: II ij" mT q4dl~qddlt ~T.f ~ 'CftIt t
~: (proper name) ij",p'114~ '{+t1i!qFc\~QI ~ (f?1fijf I
r:
v.
'i.
~.
3)
The two sons of the merchant discarded all of the wealth which they had received from their father and went to the forest. 2. Formerly there was a big lake where the swans sported among the lotuses. 3. None did it except his youngest son Parasurama. 4. Having said "Bharata will be the king", Rama and Lak!?maQ.a went to the forest. 5. Having gone to the forest, Rama offered protection to the sages. 6. No men sacrificed, and the gods were not pleased. 7. The gods went to the sage, saluted him, and praised his might. He asked them the purpose of their visit. 8. While her sons were studying, the mother went to the well and fetched water. 9. The soldiers threw many arrows, but were not able to conquer. 10. Rama killed RavaQ.a and made RavaQ.a's brother Bibru:!?aQ.a the king of Lanka (0.
1.
4)
312
r
Past Aorist
LESSON 37
the third and the last. According to Sanskrit grammarians, this type of past tense refers either to past in general t l"'f 1;:tt'{O) or to very recent seen or unseen event~. Again, the classical language does not retain any semantic distinctions between the three past tenses, though the different forms continue to be used. Aorist is perhaps the most complex type of the three past tenses, though the final endings for aorist are pretty much the same as those for past imperfect. Aorist is a non-conj ugational tense in that it does not make much difference what conj ugation the root belongs to. In general, there are seven different varieties, all of which take the past tense augment 31, like past imperfect (~. These seven varieties may be divided between two general classes, The word sigmatic i.e. sigmatic aorist and non..sigmatic aorist. Some simply refers to an infix -iI occurring in these forms. varieties have this -iI, and others do not.
Sigmatic Aorist Varieties: There are four sub-varieties of sigmatic aorist, upon whether the forms show -ij', -iI, ", or -~.
depending
tr variety:
This variety has the infix -tr between the root and the final terminations, thus yielding the sequence of elements: aT + root + tf + rmal termination Only a few roots ending in ~ and ~ have this variety. Note the following sample paradigms:
313
31i4m4
31~~d1f
~~
-t{ variety:
~ ~
~~ ~~
~~
This variety has the infIx -({ between the root and the final terminations, thus yielding the sequence: 3{ + root + t{ + imal termination This is generally used for several roots ending in consonants or vowels other than 311. Note the following sample paradigms: ;; "to do" Active
~
~:
amfqt
at4114iq
awWr
3fcJl1i:
amaIT: amtd"
~ ~
31~I4Ild 1'1 31~I4Id
- " variety: This variety has the infix -" between the root and the final termination, thus yielding the sequence of elements:
31' + root + " + imal termination This variety is used for several roots ending in consonants and vowels other than 311. Note the following sample paradigms:
'!
~~
~~ ~~:
-~ variety:
~ 31~lfil81:
amflrl
~ "to lie down" Middle 3I~1 ~ 661 ffi 3I~1 ~ tS:i1 ffi 31:aI~t5f Itfll{ 31~I~({q'i 31~1 ~ cst Id 1'1 31ftl ~ tit d
This variety has the infix -~ between the root and the final termination, thus yielding the sequence of elements:
3{ + root +
~ + imal termination
314
Only a few roots ending in 3fT have this variety, and there are no middle forms.
atl1llijtsti attllrt46f.4 attillij csq sr:mft: 3ttlllij 'e1 attllrt4e attlllq: atlulij tlJ't attllrt4,:
Non-Sigmatic Aorist Varieties: These varieties do not have any kind of -({ infIX.
lJl!
3Pf1l1{ 3P1+I':
~
~
~: atql~d
atC41~lq f6
3f.ITl1dl{
3f1fq(f
~tJl1f
atctl~dli
atJI'Id 1'1
3Pl1r1
ZeroinilX or the root aorist variety: In this variety, there is no infix intervening between the root and the final terminations. This variety is found only in active (q (~qcO. Note the following sample paradigms:
err "to
Active
give"
3ftf(lJ
'I "to
~
be Active
arcrr:
3f(f1l{
arcrrq
3tCfTOlI
ate; Idli
arcmr
~:
3f(fI({
3t1{: 3I1{Q
3P{'f ~
~
3t1{+t" 3t'{O
~
315
Reduplicated aorist variety: In this variety, the root undergoes reduplication and there is an infix -3i between the root and the final termination, thus yielding the sequence of elements: + reduplicated root + + imal termination This variety is found mostly for 10th conjugation verbs and secondary verbs such as causatives. Note the sample paradigms:
ar
ar
1ff "to
Active
31l{1i1+f
~:
3t'{if.4c:t
3t4fiill~
~~
31,~d l+f 31'1i1~
Aorist Passive: The aorist passive forms are identical with aorist middle forms~ except for the 3rd person singular, which is formed with the affix -~. Observe the following examples:
Here are a few sample examples: (l1ior tnt sffilft t "A pot was made by Rama." ~ m~ I "A song was heard by SUa." ~ ms~ I "The swan was released by Nala."
316
out the augment, rather than as survivals of an independent mood. +rr lJ1f: "You must not go". +rr ,tIT: "You must not do". +rr CfT: "You must not give".
Listing of aorist forms for frequently used verbs: (These 3rd person forms should help identify the type of aorist paradigm one needs for a given verb.)
Root
3rd Person Forms
(2P) (lOA) (5A) (9P) (2P) (4P (5P) (2P) (6P) (lA) (2A) (lOP) (lA)
~
arc{
3{~
'\
am
'\
arrm / 3i1~ICSjldl+f / ~
amftq / 311~f!I+f / ~: 3i1{(I / 3i1fcIT'I / ~
3IR=tf({ / 3IR='-fIl{ / 3IR='-rJ 3{1"tfQ / arr:ral1! / 3rJtI1 ~ / 3ilfijCSjldll! / ~ 3ll1l"q / 3i 11ld l+f / 3PJ: ~ / Q~ell! / ~: ~/~/~ ~ / Q~lliIldl+f / ~ 3fiIitltf({ / 3fiIifi'-fll{ / 3fT.Iffj'-rJ 3iCfJ fat f! / 31CfJ fat CSj 1 l+f / 3iCfJ fatlil d d 3iCfJIi\1q / 3iCfJlfI'f!I+f / ~: 3iift1dq / 3iift1dd l+f / 3iift1d1 3i ~ttftdq / 3i ~i61dd l+f / at ~ttftd1
'\
/ 31tttid l+f /
3ITffl
~ ~
arrfct
3RI
3R{
3frCJ
'\
amI (2A)
~
{'{
3P1lflr
~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ffjtf
'\
,
"
.3FfiTff arctftffl
"
~/~/~:
3iiPlft
"
f(I
ad
3fcflfif
~ ~ "
ifj1f
tt
3fslilftq / 3ij~el+f
'\
~/~/~
~/~/~:
/ ~:
/ 3idlCSj Id 1'1 / ~
317
~(9P) ,
(lA)
amfit
" ~
~ (4P) ~ (lOP)
~ {f.{
~ (lP)
(4A)
tolIT (2P)
lJU1
(loP)
l1lI' (lP) ,
~ (lA)
fr
iPf
1Rf
~
(lP) (9P) (lA) (9P) (9A) (lOP) (lP) (lP) (lP) (5P) (5A)
'f{
T.f"{
~
atftcij1q / ~ / ~: amhftq / ~ / ~: 3iQ41(f / 3R4f4f!I'{ / ~: 3R4141(f / 3R41f4el,{ / 31(41f4,: 3R41cfl(f / atQIFclel'{ / att!uFcl,: 31~ctildlt / 3f~ctid , 3ROlf / 3R~d lif / ~ atGf!JIUlq / at\iftJIUld lt / 3f;;if\Jlul"'1 , , 3Ni l lU / 311if luld 1'1 / 3FiP'IUJ1 iq ' 3PJ1fq / atllt d1'1 / 3PTIr.! ~ / 31 JIlf61S11dl'1 / 3iJlI~Eld 3PT1G / ~ / 3ItTR1a" atJlltflq / 31'11 fij t! I'{ / atJII fij 1: ~/~/~: ~ / 31~fijlSlldl'l / 31~fijlSld amlft{ I at~tlel'i / ~: ~ / 31~tllSlldl'l / 31~{1tifd ~ / 31'1qlSl d 1'1 / 31'1qlSl'1 3m"Rf / atu Id ''1 / ~: ~ I3IUlfijel'1 /~: 3ffffi'lq / 3fi41 Fi e 1'1 / ~: ~ / 31'i4Ir8elif / ~:
m /
..
~
3R~I~
3PTfUr
"
aPTTfit
~
3PTTf1t
~
awrfij
ri"
"
atmft!r
~
3fifTft
~ ~ " at~Rl ~ 3ftij IFcl ~ " " ~
1iR{ (lOP)
Tf{ Uc{
(lOP) (lOP) (7P) (7A)
m / at~tifldl'{ / ~
~/~/~:
\if1
(4A)
31~~;ac:t / 3t~~;adl'1 / at~~;a1 atT{it(f / ati{'ij(d'If / 31i{'(1 atril't#dt:;(f / at~'t#dC;dl'1 / 31~'t#dC;1 at f;i\q (f / 3t Riac;d it / at fi4\q"'1 314ct:flq: / at4ijl'i '/ ~: ' ~ / 31 f;i\ cti Id 1'1 / at r:;;;; ctid ~ or ~ / 3t1ifr4lS1ldlt / 3I1iff4lS1d ,
318
ijJ11J
~
3Ntll lfi({ / 3N1I J lfi1!lf{ / 3NIPlfi,: 3'lGft 41& / atiifl Fch! ''f I ~:
3'lilltfl& I 3'lill ~ 1! l'f / 3'lillfij ,:
~ / 3'lilltildlf{ / amRf
3'I\1"61IJl({ / 3'1\1"611 r8f!11/ at\1"61I18,:
3id)ds& / 3'ldldsdlf{ / 3id)dS1
~ / 3'ldPlelf{ /~:
~ / 3'ldlPle llf I ~:
~ or 3Jd(f /3'ldPibildl'f /atdPlbid
atd 14:11(1 / 3'ld ICij If{ / ~:
atdlctfiQ / ~ / ~:
~ I 3'lfJl1dlf{ / ~
3f1'ttq / 3id IFiel'f / ~:
3'I?'I1~ / 3'I?'Ilel'f / ~:
atCi e; Us <1 / SiC; Ci Us dl'f / 3'lCi Ci uS1
~ / 3'lCiiel4i / aq:
~ / ate; flIbild l'f / 3ie; flIbid
~/~/3J!mj:
Gfu{
fiT
~/~/~:
3N'Illlifi ~
affltfit a:tmflr
" ~
~ (lP)
Ol tFf
'O'f
W{ (J'{
(lOP) (SP) (SA) (lP) (SP) (4P) (lP) (lP) (lOP) (lP) (lA) (lP) (lP) (2P) (3P) (3A) (4P)
arrfi arorFt
"
"
3falfi:T
3Ttf{
rnfit arrft
ern
'\
err
~
arcrnr / ar<nal1I / ~:
~ (6P)
~
~/~/~ 3FptT/~/~
"
am
am
am
" ~ ~ ~ "
~ ~
~ (2P)
(2A)
QT
tm{
~
d
am:ft
" 3{tfTftr
~ ~ "
"
~
~
~ ~
~(lP)
~ / ~1~!I+f / ~: 31~;:{1(f / 31"1R!I+f / 31~R,: aRtftq / 31;1 fij!l+f / ~: sr.mQ / 31~~ld l+f / ~ ~ / 31~~ld l+f / ~ 31~;{l(f / 31P1R!I+f / 31Pt~,:
~/~/~
3Mft
~
ar.rR"
3RTfit
~
;ft
~
(lP) (lA) (2P) (6P) (4P) (lP) (lP) (lP) (lP) (2P) (lOP) (7P) (lOP) (4P) (9P) (9P) (9A) (lOP) (6P) (9P) (9A)
~/_/~:
31PtR
aRfP.t
"
1C{
aRTfct
1({
tff{
3Rffl"
~
~
l17i
t((f
'ql 'ql
'TKi
~ ~
Tf Tf
~
~
~
/ 3tycaa l+f / 31yca1 3lYl(f / 31Y la 1'1 / 3f1j: 31Yltflq / atYlfij!l+f / 3tYlfij,: 31cfiY?iq / 31cf)Y?ia l+f / 31cfiY?i1 ~ / 3tfCPSldl+f / ~ 31ftt cfls q / 3tfqc:flsa l+f / 31fqcf1s, 31cflfqsq / 3tcf1fttSdl+f / 31cf1ftts1 arrrq / 31'j'la 1'1 / ~ atylcfl(f / 3tyl f?4!I+f / ~: ar:ncttq / 31Y 1~!I'f / 31Y arcrFcf! / 31Y~'Ilal+f / 31y(atlfd ~ / 31'{'f1a l'f / 31'{'jGi, arsmfur / 31stl!l+f / ~:
arfrfi
"
ar:rlflt
"
Ira,:
amft
"
~
"
"Sft
~ (9P)
~ (lA) ~ (lP)
(lA)
(2P) (2A)
3I\i1...ctfl q / 3tGlI...ti l'i / ~: ~/~/~ 31i1Ttfrq / ~ / ~: ~/~/~ ~ / 31qlild 1'1 / ~ ~ / 31ql~a l'f / 31qlil:;a
m / 31~'Ildl'f / ~
~/~/~:
3l>rTf1:r
~ ~ 3IiITfij
" ~ "
320
l~E
~ ~ ~
(VI)
(d~)
hut
J.h ~
~
(VI) (VI) (dl) (V9) (dt) Cd6) (VI) (d9) (VE) (dZ) (d6) (VOl) (VS)
(VV)
.ijlltl
~
J:Y.th1
~
eJ
eJ
eJ
4JlltI
~
:~ I hlA~11t1 I ~
.t:=Jhl
~ ~
.eJ.lhle
:~/~/~
.td ktt
bh bh
(dt)
.2.tt
ltrt
ht:t.rtt I
~I ~
(dt)
(dl) (VE) (dE) (dOn (dn (V1J
(dL)
:./~/~I
ltulliJtl I JJU
hhIthie I
:~/~/~
It 1.lt
It
~ ~ " "
~ I hlPltfll8l I
:~/~/~ :~/~/~
Mt
ijt
(dS) (VL)
(dL)
~ ~ @hl2
~
/ J<le
:~/~/~ ~/~/~
Alg. ~ 11h
lh
rut
b
~
(7P) (7A)
i'1
(If (T{ (l{
(4A)
~ (lP) (IA)
i
~ ~
/ atiGtd 1<1{ / ~ ~ / atll1Cfdl<l{ /~: 3PlCfd' / ~Idl<l{ / ~ 3PjI / atiffl Id 1<1{ / atiffld mftq/~/~: aH~ fEtq / at t ('Etd l+i / at t til, ~ / 31tijldl+i / ~ at t l'*lit / at t 11GItl+i / at t IfJt'1: ~ / attlNV1ldl+{ / attlfJttIJd 3itllflq / attlfc4f!l+{ I 31tlfc4,: 3itl~! / at(lfil'lldl~ / 3itlfilf! ~ / 316Gdl,,! I ~ 3ithfl(f / 3{tH4tl! I anH4'1: 3{tlctf1q / ~ I arffitj: ~ / 3I6fflldl+{ / ~
~/~/~ 3f<?etl / 3i84t Id 1'1 I at84td
'\
apftfijr
" " ~
ri
~
amf4
~ "
amfit arrtfir
~
"
ill
~ 01{
mtI/~/~
~ ~ " ~ ~ ~ "
~ ~ " ~
arnfit / 3Ii?fiit
~ ~
~ / 3I8~f!1+{ / ~:
_/~/~
~ or
I 31(8~ldlt / 3i(8~
'\
qT{
rrcr
Gf'l
iUf en
~ (IP)
fife{ fife{ ~
~ I 3I811a!1,! I ~: ~ I 3t8f4'1ldl+i / 3181a1'1d 3iq)f.4q / 3iqlf.4d I+{ / ~ arciiRI / 3Iqild I! I ~ ~ / at6l1f4el+{ I atiJIlf4,: 3161 F4 f! / 3tq F4 iSlla 1'4 / atq F4 ISId 3161I('ij)q: I BiOI Iii 1<1{ / ~: ~ I~ /3f<mj: 3i6j Itt& / 3{6j lfijel! / ~: 3t6lloJlq I 3i6l1f6iJ'e1,,! / 3i6lIFod'1: ~ / Biaf4tl! / ~: ~ / 3{ Ia ffl fa 1<1{ / 31 fc4 ffl d amtcrq / 3IlaGa l4f I ~ _/~/~
'\
~/~/~
Q
"
~
~
ad'
3fCfTfif
3161If6il
3Itfct
" ~
322
;Cf if E
(5P) (5A) (lOP) (9P) (9A) (IA) (IA) (lA) (lP) (5P) (IP) (4P)
arm /
Cf(f
~ I 31Gilfi'e1if / 31Gilrl,: I 31Gi~'lalif / atGirl,a 3FFf I 31161ld lif / 3tiffd' 31cflGi (q / 31rfh~ (d lif / atiftGi (1 31tU (lq / 31lCl ~ 'e lif / 31lCl rl ,: 31lC fi !Sf Id lif / 31Gi fi 61 d ~ / 31Gi Fa, Id lif / 31lC Fa,a
arm
arsrrft
" "
arsrrft
"
Cf!J
~
~
'\
~/~/~
~ I 31~ fCl6IId 1'1
d d
~ ~ ~
/ 31~ fCI,a
~ ~
~
Qj1{
~
31d IlJftq / atd IFJi'elif / 31d IFJi,: 31QTC1i(f / at~l4ldl'i / ~ 3t~lIqft(f / at~lIca lif / ~: ~ / at~llid 1'1 / am+I1 ~ / atil~f!I'i / ~: ~ / at~l4Sldl'i / ~ ~ / 3tQI~'ldllf / 31QI~'d amtfit! / ~ / ~
amrftJ
~
'i?Itr
'\
~ (2P)
ijC{
~
(IP) (IA) (5P) (5P) (5A) (2A) (IP) (6P) (IP) (IA)
tnt{
'\
~ (6P)
tj
~ ~
~ ~
ar~ / ar~lrtI'ldl'1 / ar~lrtlC5Id 3J~ / 3J~ ~'el'i / ar~ ~,: 31~ Iij)(f / 31JG:1I~f!llf / 3f~ 1~'1: 3Rfcf([ / 31tiCidllf / ~ ~ / attffg,Jdl'i / 31tffg,d 31ti Ict:fl(f / 31ti lal,! / ~: ~ / 31[ijildl'! / ~ attiltfiq / 31tflfoif!li / ~: ami"! / 31ij;, Id Ilf / amtEt-d ~ / 31ijfol,ldlif / 3tijfol,d atti Itfiq / ~ / ammTq /~ /~:
'\
ar~ /~ /ar~:
3J~/ar~/~
"
3JU "
atmfiT
~
ad
am-r1:
ad 3Rfrft d
~f~~
~ /
/ 3t~I4'd
amflT
amfq
~ "
~ (9P)
~/~/~
~/~/~:
323
(2P)
(2A)
t:'1f (lP)
~
(2P)
~(4P)
~ (lA)
~
(6P)
~ (lOP) ~ (lP)
~ (2P)
3i@iI~
3iR.4lfC1
W1
~
~
3Nff.t / d
~ ~ "
~
~ ff
Vocabulary
~ (m) progenitor, creator 3fllf (m) mango tree A"{+~ (6P) to point out ;n;rr (ind) various lfUT (m) flock fil (m) banyan tree 3fi.f+"fT (3P, A) to place down .~ (a) near (n) property, inheritance ij'+I'Fi (a) equal "1{tf (m) sacrificial post (m) enemy of Mura, KrE11)a , ~ (m) god of death
..
ffi (0
.mil
,1J11ft
(a) occupied with, full of ,. ~ (m) teacher ~ (a) attentive " ;r(UJ (n) death qpr (m) division, portion \ t~'I'i( (n) name of city ;rpf (m) snake, elephant ~ (0 worship PI iSi.fl1 (oIl{ (ind) for no reason
i
.!
d !
324
Exercises 1) Convert all 3rd person past tense verbs in the Story of the Mustard Seed in Lesson 11 to Aorist. Translate the following into English:
2)
~. ~ ~. V. ,. f4.
~a~~: I
~ (jut ~CiI crcrrfit ~
l!Cf ij ('l1'fCillc{l:
u.
{. rrr;m
,.
~o. ~ ~.
~~. ~~. ~ V.
~,.
~q'fI~q;8 ~Iqqca({ I
lIT;IT ~ ~ ~: ~: I
~ ~GtI~,{'1\i1({ I ~tpfl ~iT! ~ I
fifi J{4'fGtlitd I ~ qitp1(f I ~ 16'fGt ~dl s~ I
lIT ~ ~: q(fq~ ~t:4Rt f4~~?'tI@'lIi$ firnT ~ ij'f 1"1 jXiI(J(l 'i IJII~iflltff({ I
'j?I'f 6'fGtlil~ I ~ '1 ( m=qr d~ifl R:ttilJt ~ ~
tI~ '1 It'd lJ61Uf I ms~ I ~ iT 'f14JGIlit I (flO '1fd()'
~ d?lPI?'tI@'lut~da4 fCtdlql~RI ~: ~ dql~6jd I
~ il'f'fPIG""dl "fGtF4f<fe ~ ~ ~1~lqf{tijlllqlJ 116IGt2C4fl d 4l~ ItlllC4 g I
~ (lli, ~ t:rt ~s'6ltft: I ~ 0l416itfid I
~ ij( lf1ijtjiliifllf1 ~ ~ ~ ~ I
~;rtur PilS(flI(u1 ~ ~ Ol4Ii5lfl I
ij" 'f1'f~I4ftq I ;nt~ I
lff lfT: ~ ?i4'c:'q I dJ.0416'fC4(;f!i: t
~ t:rt q;r '(!1.f qfi('l1\f4 ~JI(lll(Itf1: I
mtR:lf
acr
,tj+i
ifiIT
2. 3. 4.
We have cut off a branch of the Palasa tree for making a sacrificial post. We have long protected you from evil. Why have you abandoned a virtuous wife who has never done anything you disliked? The enemies have burned twenty villages.
325
When he said he would be a Sanskrit Pa1)Q.ita in ten days, I laughed. 6. Do not be afraid, it is not a snake, but a rope. 7. The horse fell in the well. 8. The sages went to heaven and saw the gods. 9. The crow sat on the bank of the river and drank its water. 10. Mr. crocodile wanted to eat the sweet heart of his friend.
4) Write any five Sanskrit sentences of your own.
5.
326
r
Conditional Mood
LESSON 38
The conditional mood in Sanskrit is used to indicate a meaning such as: "Had x happened, y would have happened". This mood is used in strictly contrary to fact circumstances, implying that "x did not happen, and therefore y did not happen". In this sense, this is different from the potential mood, which represents open-ended possibility. The conditional mood paradigms look like a combination of the ..p.:r future base with past imperfect augment at and terminations. Compare the -~ future paradigms with the paradigms of the conditional mood: go" Active (q (~q(n Paradigms Conditional
lJ1f "to
Future
'I f'i61t Iftt 'I f'l61t I~: 'I f'I EJ.Ot Iii: 'I ftt 61t ~ lfftr~p.J: ~'1 a:>. r. 'I ftt61t Fa 'I f'l61td:
Ii k Ii
gpi Jli61tif alll f'l61t I~ at't f'i61t Iii ~: alll fit61tdif atSI f'i61td
"'~&Ela
Conditional forms are thus easily derivable from the -~ future forms. The passive voice for conditional simply uses the middle paradigms. There are no special passive forms. Consider the following examples of the conditional mood:
327
lffq
((if:
aUll fttiSltlq,
aft ~ iiRlulI'i
3Iq 1@'I'i I
"Had Rama come, I would have given him the priestly fee."
Implication: Rama did not come, and I did not give him the
priestly fee.
lffq ~: ~ 3I41@'1q
oft tn
3I+i~iSltlq I
a~ ~ 3ICffdiSltli I
'\:tcI1I ~
"Had the birds followed their leader's advice, they would not
have fallen into the net."
lffq iP1f
I
Lit. "Had your words been listened to by me, the pain would
not have been experienced by me."
(f(i
~ 3{~liS1t1d, ~ iP1f
However, consider a positive sentence such as: ~ ~ fq(fl ar;r at PIijq tr 00 I "If my father would come here, he would be pleased." This sentence cannot be converted to the conditional mood in Sanskrit, since it is not counter-factive.
oft
Benedictive Mood
This is one of the less frequently used moods in Sanskrit, its purpose being generally served by the Imperative and the Potential. However, it is occasionally used to express desire, hope or bleSSing. The active and the middle terminations for the bened.ictive mood are given below:
328
-lfRfl{
-~:
Active -lfJt<f
-~
Middle
-~
-~
m:
~
~'.fIlI ~
-tll14ltd 1'1
-11K!
-14ltd 1'1
-~:
The following general points may be noted: The active iii _I:t Ai i::S \ endings are added generally to the same base which is found Most vowel to ~ Some in the passive forms before the infix -it', e.g. ~ - 'ffR{. roots ending in 3ff, ~, ~, and which change their final to in the passive voice before -it', change the same vowel in the benedictive mood (in q(~qcO, e.g. t:~ - t:~. sample paradigms of the Benedictive mood are given below:
art,
f
Active
"to do"
Middle
fili14It't1 fi;lrr:
fFmI
;ft11R11 ;fp;rr:
rfN
~:
PI "to remember
Active
@1ltfti
;ft111t-+i
;Ott Ifd
~:
;tWrq
;fttt ltd 11 ~:
'{ "to be" Active
~l1f~ ~l1~1{
fur
1fU!
'pr1R
~
~:
'ffR{
329
Gftl1iti'f
ufF.rr:
uftl1l~ uft14I~1
uftl1i~
Gfil1ltd
Gll14ltd II{ ~:
Root
Future 3rd Sg
Conditional 3rd Sg
Benedictive 3rd Sg
arcr
'\
(2P)
ai ct4 RI
3ft}' (lOA) 3f~~lSltd ~ (9P) ai~ISltRI 3W{ (5P) ai Iq:t4 RI ~(2P)~ ~ (6P) QftilSltRi ~ (lA) ~lSltd ~ (2A) {2IlSltd flit{ (lOP, A) fliQ(1.1E1ll4 RI / a~ (lA) flifiXllSltd iJI( (lP) ftll filSlt RI , (SP, A) ftl~lSltra / af({ (6P) ijj fdlSlt ral~ fa f'{ (lP, 6P) ~ / ~ jl{ (lP, 4P) ifi~1Slt Rt / ~
3Rffi{ 3{~
mKI
ai Iat Ic:t ~
~
~ J~,tflf!
~ / fIi~
aiftlfiXllSltd aiftll fJlSlt c:t atijjl1lSlt(f / (f aiffl rdlSlt c:t l3Iijj~(f ~/ ~ 3H,iftrtSl4q / 3Uilt4d
~ / (f atiM~llSltd
ftlfitltifl!
~
~
/
~ ~
w't
(9P, A) ~ /
(4A)
a-
m-rq /
~ / ~ ~ if8~tfl!
~(9P)
~ (lP, A) ijPiISlt RI /
a/ a-
~ 3iijPiISlt(f /
(f
ijl(f (lP)
t41(4bJ:t ra
JI flIlSlt fa
JII~&lfd~
ijPicfle
~ l'fU7.I1({ / llol ~ 6ft! 3i l lOj ~1Slt(f / (f ai'l flItS4(f lfRffil ailll ffi ISltd/3itll~ JII rg t.fl f! / tmft! aiJII@'Iq ~
l"fUJ
~
(lOP, A) JIOI~EIll4 RI
T(l{ (lP)
~ (lA)
(lP)
JII~ Rt
330
lP{(9P)
~ (9P, A)
TI
i.Iil
(lOP,
~ / ql~l({
~ (lP)
(l P)
atif r8 Qj q
~ if?ffiI ~~ lit /
~;:a ~ c(le
iJC[ (lOP,
A)
fit{ (7P,
ijf.J (4A)
A)
Gt'PJ' (2P)
at'4JlqfttlSllt({
at;:;ict'4q /
I (f
(f
Gtf4cfl'e GtlJI41q
~ Gft ~ lSIlt fd
\i{l~ l(f
(9P, A)
tll@:4 Fa / a-
attll@:4q / (I'
~ (lP)
n,Wl'
~
~
(lP)
~(lP) ~ (lP)
~ ~
~
r"'
~(10P, A) quS~lSIltfa
/ a-
atdfi&llqlSldlllS4q ~
3t?'l~({ ?'I\A1lq atq Os fttlSlltq / (f it os''tIq I q Us ftttfl'e
~
crt'
(lA)
~ (lP)
atit [IfiS4d
~
~ it ~rfle
err
(lP, 3P,A)
atq i@:4q
CI1lRf
I (I'
(f
~ I
crn.fll!
ftt{ (4P)
at~~iS4q ~ /
cflOlliq
i"4Q41q / ~
~/(I'
~/~
~
armq / (I'
~/(I' ~ Ira lSIltq / (f
@&lIlq / ~
~/,*
331
~ (lP)
~(lP)
'1
(lOP, A)
ttlt(7;llSqRl / (f ~I~RI
~F<lISqRl ~
""';"1
31!Ilt~talIq / (f
~ / Qltf4rsfh!
;r:r
;ft
(lP)
~ (4P)
~fiinIISqI'.""'l"r'ARIR ""-.:r'!i~fi4~RI
~ (lP)
(1P)
PlP:tattRi
~
~/~
~ ~ ~
Pl'PfJlq
/ (f
1<1
'CI7i
~fdtallRlRctARI
A)
;fFmr :;pnq
~/~
~ ~/.
~ ~
~ / (f
qq
TITcl
qfbtall fa qfdtallfd
ql~fd q I~ RI
(lOP, A) ql8(7;1tattfd / (f
1fflffi{
~ (lOP, A) ...Hcfl~s(7;I~talIl""PI'+1-fd
/ (f
~
atcfls f4tal1q / 0
atq)~ 3fql f'lQtq at"lGt~lSqq
1ft
(4P)
(9P)
A)
~
ql~ISqRl
"lGt(7;ltatt fd / (f
~
/ 0
~...
"
"I<;:(+l1 RI
t:m'
~ ...
~ / (f ~ / (f
/ (f
/ (f
~ 3t\i....ct=l1 q ~ ~/O
~/(f
~ ~
(lP, A)
(7P) (2P)
~/(f
~/(f
'lSf
'1T
~ fd
~
fiicr
tft
"IlfEilSqd
'f!
1imlq / ~
~ ~/~
~/O
332
'I
'f! 'I
(lP) (lOP, A)
(3P, A)
(4A)
(8A)
't ~Qt RI
~I
~ ~
'PfRI
~/~
11\'1 ~tfl e
V1{ (1,4P)
1FI 1FI
q ii f4lV.4d ii;;..dllQtd
at+lI@'I(t atiilflOld
at+ll~q I (f
1ft 1f\
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ (i{ (1{
~ ~ ~ (6P, A) ~ I <t
(lA)
(6A)
(lP, A) ~ I
(lA) (2P)
If FalV.4d If It"lI RI (lP, A) l( 1~lV.4 Rt I <t (7P, A) ~~Rt I <t (lP) ~ (lOP, A) (iI~lV.4 Rt I 'ff (lA) ~ 1l\if (lP, A) (llGilV.4 Fa I <t ; (2P) (~lV.4 RI ~ (lA) (H~tSttd ~ (2P) (114lV.1 Fa ~ (7P, A) (1 ct'4 Rt I <t ~ (lP) 01{ (lA) ~ ~ (6P) ~fijtSl1 Fa ~ (2P, A) ~ I 'ff Cfi{ (2P) ~ ~ (lOP, A) qit f4lV.4 I d" ifc{' (lP) q r4lV.1 Rt ~ (lA) qRlV.4d ~ (lP) qct'4R1
~ Ilf'tre ;q RtiSfle
lfllIl({
If liIlllq I :q I~ iSfl t!
~/~
~ ~ I
I (f
(f
(ilrlIrflt! (1lGtrfle
nft!
( l\fit Iq I
at (1lGttSlfif I
3t(~Qhf 3t (1 ~lV.1d 3t(1 RlV.4(f
~ (1 ~tflt! t;m({
(f
mRi
at (1 ct'4q I
~/~
~
auWt
3t84'4d ai~~tSl(if ~/(f
~ Q)tOLtI(f ~/~
~
(f
ra
~ atqil flI&l4if I
3tq 14&l4(f
JiTR{
atqP4tSlfd 3t4ct=t1(f
q P4tflt!
~
333
~ I~
~/(f
C41P't Fa
3m({ qpffiJ
1m
C4IOijiilq
~
rc.ctfle ~, rc. ctfl t!
~f4(tt!
A)
A)
A)
~ (lA)
(lA)
3tq rliSllif I
(f
~ I C4rl(lt!
~ (lA)
Q\jJ (lP) '\
qfd(le ~ afil{\t!
~ ~
aP,&l4 fa
Q,1lI tJ:t ra Q',(ijtJ:tRl QI flt lSl1 d
Qll{
(4P)
~ (lP)
QTRf (2P)
~ '\
'\
QII~lSl1 RI
(2A)
~/~ QlRffi{
~ ~liS4li{
Qlflt(le
~ ~ ~ ~lfiI(tt! "CiIP't Iq ~ ijffi{le ~
~ ~llItJ:tFa ~1tSl4 RI
~ ~1lI&ifq
"cllfil&lfd
'+.4~64R1
ij ctJ.1
fa
ij ffiiS4d
ijl64R1 I ~
ij k@i Fa
m
~
(5P)
'\ (5P, A)
(f
ij rl64 RI
~
~/~
~
~ ~ tirc.(le
~'Utlq
ij4?tRl
ij~lSl1d ~
t=q
(2P, A)
t=dl tJ:t Fa I ~
~
3tt=dliS4q /
(f
/ "!"""'It=d+wfl (l-+-e
334
~tIT
(IP) (2P)
Rill Iq I ~ +:04 ffi lV.4 RlJt4fl1 Rl 31+:04 ffi tSlJ ql3t+:04fl1(f RPllllq ~ ~ ~ " ~ (6P) ~RI I mRl 3I~SlflIq I 3i~qf4q ~~iftllq ~(IOP, A) ~~~~lV.4Rl/-a- 3t~~~~lV.4<t I (f ~ I ~~5~tfl! ~ (IP) {l1FtlV.4Rt 3t{l1FtlV.4q ~ ~(2P) t444Rl Slt444(f ~ ~ (2P) 5J;itSlJRI 31~PI&qq ~
RT
81RI~q
~'-rn?ifd ~ It-ttRl
~(4P) ~(1A)
m (3P)
~ (7P)
'\
~ (IP)
51ij~RI 51~RI
SI~IijQjq
(g1ij~Rt
Sl5i@lq at (gIijQjq
an~l&qq
m@'llq
~
~
815 FttSlJq I
(f
~/m
&:mr
Vocabulary
~~ (n) good rain abundance of alms one who suffers il:~ (a) tI1{+iFf (IA) to become, happen pain thrown 'lTfffif (a) 6lllqQ'1 (m) name of a person ~+cuqllRi to extinguish f '~(a) very little, small m(m) misfortune to perform, carry crus (m) punishment 'SI'+;fi (IP) . Cf'liiI' (a) out deserving punishment spit, spike, stake SId r:id (a) without lassitude .~ (m) r 'SI'+~ (lP) to salute, bow down' 3iOi I8ca (a) conceited, proud arrn1cr (a) unguarded '~(n) medicine prosperity well-being ~ (0 ~ (n) .~ (m) ,3IT~ (2A) to hope as a blessing name of divinity ufttt (m) exceedingly joyful (' cfl (SlijOjI (D giving birth to q('I (4"l ' q ~uIRt (D the final result brave warriors 3i~ (fdd (a) unseparated ~ (always dual) couple Tmlf (m) ' 'SI'CP1"( (m) kind, type, means ass 'tfTCf (m) -mea) famous foot .~ (adv) just, only fct&uj (m) name of divinity ~m(n) mounting
< r
I
&
r~ (D
335
Exercises
1) 2) Write any five paradigms of conditional and benedictive each. Translate the following into English:
~. +j1~xilC;q~~i1C;1 ~ I
~. ~ ~ ~:~ ijiqfd~d I
:t. t+f1'i~ <!4l~;JJ~ ~qlfddi114 ~,&Jlqif;r f4~qlq~~i1C;1 ~ :;Pltif.P.I~~ I
V. ~ (Jp.f q:q~i4lrl~4d oat ;r ~S~Sq~~ijd'llf I
.,. ~;r stUI~SiIG11 eM' c;ugiliSC.td~d: I
~ i('@1I(4t.t Iqfll"1481~8qi1 ~ I: II
~ ~ a- 'P'"R! I
". mt ({: fipt ~ I
t,. d kibirilC; 1~IIP1g I cfitstijq 1 ~: I
~. ~ttl~ql: q~:q~iuft4i qf(ulfdiif I
~o. 3i~~rndl ~ '{lIlt=dliif I
~ ~. fqmft: -c:rrcrt en "114'1({ I
~~. trt ~ ~ ft\;fJlq tttTstlij1t~l~Uliif I
~ ~ 'SI<fi1tuT ~: ~ 'fitr U
~ :t. q1f Qlrr: lRt ~ '1'(tIl{ I
~v. t" m ! 'f'1T: I
~.,. ro:~: ~ ~: I
ro:
3)
Convert all the imperative and optative forms in Exercise 3, Lesson 6, to benedictive.
1.
2.
Had Yajiiadatta made a bow to the sage when the sage entered the house, he might not have considered Yajiiadatta as being conceited. Had he gone into the presence of his enemy ungaurded, the enemy would have killed him.
336
Had the snake bitten him at the time, and had there been nobody to get medicine, Devadatta would certainly have died. 4. If Rav~a had not been a wicked demon, Rama would not have killed him. 5. Had Sita eaten the fruit in the forest, she would not have been hungry < . 6. May Rama, the son of Dasaratha, protect you. 7. May the kings of this country be virtuous. 8. May I live for a hundred years. 9. May the fire carry our oblations to gods. 10. May the Lord be pleased by my devotion. 5) Write any five Sanskrit sentences of your own.
3.
337
r
Secondary Verb Roots
LESSON 39
So far we have seen various different tenses and moods in Sanskrit which a verbal root can be conjugated with. Theoretically every verbal root has access to these different tenses and moods. However, there is a whole range of secondary verb roots which are derived from primary verb roots or nouns through affixation. These include causatives, desideratives, frequentatives I intensives, and the various kinds of denominative verbs. These secondary verb roots are generally polysyUabic. Theoretically, all these secondary verb roots also have access to all the tenses and moods. One, however, finds that their ability to move through all the different tenses and moods is somewhat limited. While the present tense forms of these secondary verbs are relatively more frequent, the frequency drastically goes down with other moods and tenses. Similarly, in theory, one can have an intensive of a causative etc. Such combinations, though not completely unknown are very rare. Of these different types of secondary verbs, causatives and desideratives are most frequent.
A causative root is formed by generally adding the infix -ar:f to a basic verb root. In other words, a root belonging to any of the ten conjugations, if conjugated like the tenth conjugation, The causatives of the tenth provides the causative forms. conjugation verbs are identical with the original verb forms. Observe the following examples:
Original Verb
Causative Verb
qq
"to
> ~ fall"
lJlP.f > lJlP1fd / -a "to cause to go" 'tfTali > q ia4 Fa / -a "to cause to fall
339
"to be pleased"
1ft
~
~
> >
>
~ ~
~
"to nourish" (intransitive) "to take, catch" "to listen" "to speak"
~>
~>
iltP<iFa / ({
JSllq4Fa / ({
"to make someone else take" "to cause to listen" "to make someone speak"
1JC
~>
ilci4 Fa / ({
Jf1J!
lfOPifd
lfU1lT >
lfOPifd / ({
"to count"
One should note the following points: 1. With causative, an originally intransitive verb can become transitive. 2. An originally transitive verb can become diwtransitive (with two objects) in causative. 3. The causative of a tenth conjugation verb may be identical with the original in form, though different in meaning. 4. One can have, in theory, numerous degrees of causativization, and yet the outward form remains the same: "X goes." ~ "Y makes X go." ~ "Z makes Y make X go." ~ "A makes Z make Y make X go." ~
5.
The difference between different degrees of causati ves is not apparent from the form itself, but must be understood from the syntax of the rest of the sentence. A causative can be put through all tenses and moods:
340
I
Root Present Imperfect Perfect Aorist R Future CT'Rf Future Imperative Optative Conditional Benedictive 6.
q~Mqq
Active ~
Passive ~
3I1fJ'f~qq
lllP1fd
31'IJll1q JI'4l1li1ctil (
~ijftJI'4q
lJlf
l1lflTtt
1f1Pi
31)1'1 ~&lI(f
Jf1=lffit
31 JIJll1a JIJl41i1sli 31G\1Jll1a )Iii ~&lId )Iii rtla I Jlii4d lt ~ 31JI'4 (it &lI d )1 ii rtf (l t!
~ 3JlI+lr Jl'4:q Iilsli 31GftJll1d '1 JI f4 &lid )1'1 rtfd I JI+tta I1 ~ 31)lii f4&l1d
Jliif4tfle
Irrespective of whether the original verb root is an active (q (~yen or middle (31I("+1~q(O verb, the causative generally can be conjugated either way. Only in exceptional cases, causatives are restricted to active or middle.
Causative Syntax
It is easier to understand the syntax of a causative sentence
in relation to a non-causative or a pre-causative sentence. Generally, in a causative construction, there are two agents, a) the agent of the Original action, and b) the agent of causation or instigation. If the original verb is transitive, then there may be an object of the original verb.
1.
With original verbs of motion, knowledge, eating, having some literary work as object, and intransitive verbs, the agent of the original verb is treated as the object of the causative verb.
341
~: ~:
(=
teach) ..."
~: ~:
(=
show) ..."
2. With most other verbs, the agent of the original verb root remains as a subsidiary agent, and generally takes the instrumental case.
3. With each added degree of causative, the previous instigator agent remains as a subsidiary agent, and takes the instrumental case.
~: 4qCi~"41 arlq;t qli):qfd I 1st degree: "Y makes D cook rice." (aiSUJrlI?t: :q"~iI"41 4q~iI"41 ~ YIi(lIfa I 2nd degree: "V gets Y to make D cook ..."
342
4.
For the verbs ;ft and ~, the original agent is retained as a subsidiary agent (in inst.), and does not become an object of the causative, unless the agent of the causative is a driver (~. Contrast the following:
~: ~ilIc;iI~ 1q ilIl~lIfa I "Y makes D drive the chariot." ~: (the driver) 3{"f.iIl11Q (if I~ II fa I "Y makes the horses pull
the chariot." 5. The original agent of the verbs 3fc\ and 81Cf is retained as a subsidiary agent, and does not become an object of the causative verb.
~: ~ilIc;ij~ ~: 4il1crd~
6.
3Rlf ancrmt / ijiC;lI fa I "Y makes D eat food." 3Rlf ~ I "Y makes D eat food."
For the verbs ~, " arfit+Gfc[ (in middle) and ~ (in middle), the agent of the original action may be optionally treated like the object of the causative.
~: 00' / 4Cl1c;=d~ qyt ~I(ttfa t "Y makes D carry the burden." ~: 00' I 4il1c;ij~ 1Jt qii(lIfd I "Y makes D make a pot." ~: 00' / ~ClIc;ij~ ~ ~ClIIC;lIa I "Y makes D salute
~:
7.
00' /
In making construction,
i)
passive
convertion
of
causative
if the agent of the original verb is treated like the object of the causative, then this agent-object takes the nominative in passive.
ilcrI
'\
343
ii)
If the agent of the original verb is not treated like the object of the causative, then the object of the original verb is passivized.
~: 4qC;=d"1 arlq;t 41:q~fa I A: "Y makes D cook rice." lIt1q=d"1 4qC;=d~ 00: ~ I P: "Rice is gotten cooked by Y through D."
S.
The formation of the passive base for causative verbs is relatively simple. As a general rule, one can take the causative base ending in 3tlI', e.g. t:'-TfCIlf, and drop the 31 before the <f, e.g. t:~. To this base are added the middle terminations. This process leads sometimes to the identity of causative and non-causative passive forms, e.g. ~ I~. Such identical causative passive forms are rare in actual usage. However, for many verbs, the causative passive forms are distinct from their simple passive forms, e.g. t:~ (causative) versus t:~ (non-causative), and they are not uncommon.
List f causative forms for frequently used verbs: o Root 3fc{ (2P, A) Causative 3HcP'lfa I Causative Passive
~
~
(lOA) (9P)
~ 3IfC{ (5P)
(2P) (SP) (lA)
(2A)
31~ 3I1~11I fa
~/a-
anm
~ ~
anmT
anot
~
ll1Pffit
~/a-
"
~ ~
'\
~/a~/a~/a(fi+4~ fa I a q; lill ra I a
Cfi?J
(lOP, A)
(lA)
<PPi <Iili:
~ ~
tm
(IP) (SP, A)
q;ltliRl I
~ ~
344
fcf
",.
mf(r I ij
~/ij ~/ij ililqt4fa I ij ~/ij ~184 I ij ~/ij ~/ij (41'14 I ij
ii1I aft
~
~ (lOP, A) ~ (6P, A)
~
ra
mer
1fUJ lJ1f
~
ra
(4ICi4 RI
~ I ij ~/ij JII~4 fa I ij Jllq4fa I ij ~/ij ~1~4R1/ij 11..,4 fa I ij illt4fd I ij ~/i4184 fdtij ~;a4fa I ij ill til fa I ij dlC;4 RI I ij I ij ~/ij ii1PI tt4 fa I ij G1Iq4 fd I ij Gft~4R11 ij ~/~lq4R11()"
..
R
~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
'rf
if{
~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~
00
ft"/~ ~;:c:qa
.f:Q;:q
TR
ifc{
fiJt{
~
mra-
m.ra
f\if
\ifPI
(2P) (lP) (lP) (9P, A) (lP) (lOP, A) (8P, A) (6P, A) (4P) (IP) (lP)
ufur
~
ill
(f'{
~
W\
~
orm
~ ~ ~
0Pfa"
('tI1i4d
345
<r1
~
crT ~ ~
~
1Q!
qoalt ra I -a~/-aq Ilt4 ra I -aqliip-'tra I d' 3P,A) q Iq:q ra I -a~ I-aA) ~/-aA) qh~lt ra I -a ~/-a~/d' ~/-a~/-a~/-aUi Iq4 fa I -a"1:;:q It ra / -a~/"1Iilt rara"11~llt ra
~ Dalid
~ ~ ~
crm
~ ~
~
tIT
~
~
tnara"
~ ~ ~ ~ ~/~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
!flC{ (lP, A)
~
~
~ ~ (4P) ~(lP)
;ft
(lP) (2P) (6P, A) (4P) (lP, A) (IP) (lP) (lP) (2P) (7P) (4P) (9P)
1
,-q
t:fT{
~ 11([
'ql 'ql
ftr,-
~ (lOP, A)
~ (lOP, A)
d'
Tr Tr
~
S1i1iJlid ~
(9P)
346
iiIl!f (lA)
;q
'\
(IP, A) (2P, A)
(lOP, A) (IP, A) (7P) (2P) (IA) (IA) (7P, A) (3P) (7P, A) (IP) (lOP, A) (3P, A) (1,4P)
(4A)
ilTtflffd / a-
~/a-
" ,
t
i
'R{ '\
'\
a~ / a
q Iillf Fa /
~/a~/a~/a~/a-
1fGI
~
~ ~ ~ ~
lIT
fimlffd I
'i)\i1lf rd /
aa
'itt 'J
\ll{
~
~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~/~ ~ ~
~
R/~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
(SA)
lP1{ (lOA)
.
" (9P)
(2P) (3A) (6P, A) (IA) (6A) (IP, A) (IA) (2P) (7P, A) (IP) (lOP, A) (IA) (IP, A) (2P)
+rT +IT
lfif
1JCr
l1
~
lfq
~
~
lfIi{ (IP, A)
n:I
'f'iJ
"{if
"
m
i;
'\
aa a ~/a+U'ilfrd I a +(Iq~rd / a +(1+.114 rd I a +(lci~ rd / a +(I(lfrd / aIf Mlf rd / a ~Idlfrd I aIf l'ilf Fa / a ~ Iillf Fa I a 141\i111 Fa / a ~/a~ / a ~/a(MlfFa I a (lqlfFa I a
+Ii"ilf rd I IOn.,", If Fa / +(;;)1 If Fa I
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
11Pt't
347
ijT{
~ ~ ~
(lA) (2P) (7P 1 A) (lP) (lA) (6P) (2P, A) (2P) (lOP, A) (lP) (lA) (lP) (lP, A) (2P)
~ ~ ~
'm2 / TIola
~ ~ ~ ~
01J ~
~ (lP)
a a a aa
rnf
~
~ ~ ~
crro:ra
c.ntJ c.ntJ
~ (2P)
fcm ... if
if ;q
<p{
OII5iJild ~ ~
a a
(lP) (2P)
(2A)
~ ~
a
a
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~/~
H
~ ~ ~ ~/~ ~ '81tl1d ><q l@'td
,
~
~ ~
~(1A) ~ (2P)
'5tIOl;qRi I "'81~;q (d I (f
(i Ie; ;q fa I
a ~I(i;qra / a
(f
ijC{
(lP)
m-a
348
'\
~
~
~
(lP) (lA) A)
~ (9P)
~
(2P,
~tff
(IP) (2P)
t=ff
~(4P) ~ (IA)
~ (6P) ~ (lOP, A)
tJI
~ ...
~ ~
WI
~
~ (7P)
t'll~lf fd I ~ ~/~ tfiq4fd I ~ tit(4R1 I ~ ~/~ ~/~ ~/~ ~/~ t=d iq14 fd I ~ ~/~ ~ qlf fd~ Iqlf fdrcr ~~4fd I ~ ~/~ ~q~14R1 I ~ ~~~lffd I ~
f11(lffd I ~
~lq4R11 ~ ~idlffd I ~ ~lij4fd I ~ ~Iqlffd I ~ ~ijlffd I ~ ~Iqtlfd I ~ ~1(4fd I ~
=
~iClfd ~
~ ~ ~ t'dAJ.ld
t'd 1000d
~~ ~I ~ ~ ~
trm
~ ~ ~
~IClfd
~ ~ ~ ~ ~
Vocabulary
.~(m)
~(m) r~(m)
4m (n)
. m(O
.~ (n)
349
Exercises 1) Add a causative agent such as ~ to each sentence in Exercise 1, Lesson 3, and convert all the sentences to causative constructions. Convert the same to causative passive.
'fIlll
~ ~.
(1 g4 ra
(1
~~ .
~~. ~ it.
~.,. ~~.
~".
~sfPt I
3tg1ijl~ ~ (14:q1~ I (causative of ~, intr., to plant)
~ ~ ftJ 4Jl'l4fd I
tIT ~ R 41i44ra I
art ~ ~ 41l441~ I
~: ~11SOl111 ~ ii1ttr-Tfd' T.J I
art 4qq'd"l
2. 3.
We made him know his duty, and sent him home. He caused his servants to bring fruit from the town. I caused them to stand around the king, and made them salute him.
350
The horses were caused by the master to be taken to the village by the servant. 5. The leader did not know the way and made us go from village to village. 6. Rama made Lak~mru;:ta cut a tree. 7. The evil man (~) made the king leave the palace. 8. The food was caused to be cooked by Devadatta through Yajiiadatta. 9. The teachers made the students recite the Vedas. m.) 10. The husband was made to eat bad food ~, n) by the wife.
4.
4)
351
J
Desiderative Verbs
LESSON 40
To express a meaning such as "x wants to go", Sanskrit has at least two possible ways. The first way is to use a periphrastic expression such as :JM.r{ ~, an infinitive "to go" with a verb of desire. The other way is to use a morphological desiderative, e.g. fGiJI rTI, fd. Such a morphological desiderative may be derived from a root of any of the ten conjugations, and theoretically it may be conjugated in all tenses and moods. Gene rally, the desideratives for q (~qC; and atl?t4QC; verbs retain the same classification. The two noteworthy features of desideratives are a) reduplication of the verb, and b) the affix ..ij' (variants, -15f, --rst'). For example:
f
Active
Passive
Present Imperfect Perfect AQrist Imperative Optative P-l Future OR{ Future Conditional Benedictive
Filctfl~fa 81Fi1tt~({
~~~d atFilqfl~d
Filctfl,fl1lij
atFilctfl~
Filtt~(j Rltt~({ ~c61fliElJfd Filttflia I
81Fi1ttfli
Rltt1l~d 14f Filtt~d Filttfli~a
Filc6l fiitfl t!
The only common forms in Sanskrit literature are the active forms of the present and imperfect, e.g. IG\JIIli at fa and 81 fGiJI rTI, (f. Present and Past participles, e.g. Rl6l4;:q, ~ctfl~1i lUI and Rltl flid f), and feminine action nouns, e.g. [GIJlrTI,l, Rltl,T "desire to ~", and agentive adjectives, e.g. PislfiI'1:, ~: "desirous of ~-ing" are also common in literature. Examples:
353
Root
Desiderative Base
Agentive Adj
Action Noun
'fiT
to eat
m:
hungry
~
hunger
to want to eat
m
to know
~
to want to know
~:
inquisiti ve
~
desire to know
fijf
~:
wanting to con.
~
desire to con.
ftttm{
~
to want release
ftrtrnI:
~:
fCrcrmT
thirst
to drink
1ft
to release
WIT
desire for release
wanting release
~
to die
ro
to want to die
m:
~
desire to die
wanting to die
The desiderative form can be used to express only one's own desire to do something. It cannot be used to express one's desire that someone else do something. The same constraint holds on the use of a construction such as ~ ~ "X wants to go". It cannot be used to mean "X wants someone else to go". Listing of desiderative forms for frequently used verbs:
3r<\
3{~
~
(2P, A) (lOA)
(9P)
. 1SI4 ct1 fa I
it
amf~
3i~~I\\ffd
.~ Pill j=qiSj fd Q~fiqiSffd .~
3Tfll
(5P) (2P)
(6P)
"
~ ~
(lA) (2A)
J~rtl\\fd
354
99E
~ I
'~ I
ttJ ttlllll ttJ &1 PttJ '~ I ttJ &pttJ' ttJ Isa~ $1 PeJ
eJlg~~'d
~ I ttJQI~'d
~I
~ ~
II
ill
ttJlg~~'d
ttJ hUrteJ ' ttJ htJ ttl "'teJ ehtJ"'teJ ~ I eJ ttl~ttJ ~ I ttJ h~ pi futtJ ~ I ttJ h~? ltili ~ I ttJ h P-a-ttJ ttJ ~
ttJh~b.ttJ
(dZ) ~
(V 'dL) ~ (V 'dOl) .'2.i! (V 'dOl) (V 'dOl) (dl) (dl) (V 'dOl) (V 'd6) (d6) (dl) (Vl) (dl) (V 'dOl)
bts
~
ll!
~ I eJh~hlbffi
ttJhtJt?ttJ
h .Lb: 111 td
~/~
~
~I
bteJ
I eh~lIrteJ
~
hl2
~
t,f
~
11k
14k
ld2
eJlsat<Jc.tSttJ
(dv 'dl)
(d9 'dl) (d9) (V CdS) (dT) (Vl) (V 'dOl)
eJ ttlrbttJ I eJ bID d?ttJ ~ I ttJ "Ul>teJ ttJ htJlcbteJ e Ic!J d?teJ Isa
h!I 1m
~ j
~/~~
b .b:ti! h!i!
{j'l
(4P) (lP) (lP) (lOP, A) (lP) (lA) (lP) (4P) (6P, A) (2P, A) (lP) (2P, A)
~
~
fdd14fd
fd("lt~fd
~C; og rtf" RI
cw
~
Ia
r4Ciifd
f4Ci~'td
err
cr&:
ftc{
~
~ ~
a,
fa
(lP) (IP) (lP) (4P) (lP) (2P) (6P, A) (4P) (lP, A) (lP) (lP) (lP) (2P) (lOP, A) (7P) (4P) (9P) (lOP, A)
~ Pt~R'tRi
;m ...
~ (IP)
;ft
~ ~
Trffit
Pt"i
~1(ijRlI
1Q
'tf'if
lfQ
~/a
ra, RI
a
I
Pi,a1 RI
-qq
-err
'qT
1:ffil
T1 T1
~
(f
856
L98
/ I(Jh'elI?(j
~
(V'dI) (VI) (V 'dOt) (dt) (V 'dL) (V'dt) (dZ) (V"[) (V'dn (V9) (VI) (V 'd9) (VS) (dZ) (dS) (VOl) (VS) (Vv) (dt 'n (V CdS) (V 'don (dI) (V 'dL) (dS) (V 'dL)
eJlg~t+?tJ
/ eJ httJ I R~
~/1?Jl!IR~
taJh~?tJ
eheJR~ ~/~
~.
it
else@jlhh / em@jhh
.Mt
hlt
1I:t 1I:t
;~'~/~
eh~lrchi!J
~.
eJtfli!J.
elgtJh~
~ ~ ~~/~ '~/~
/ eJ Is.~ hlti!
~/-
~/~
~ ~ ~
2.tY ..
JJt
lit
t:t
~/~'~/~
.. .. Wt
~
h
~
~ ~
hu! 1-rl
~
(;
t1i{
~ ~ ~ ~
/ ()(1 ~ll1a
()()14 lSi RI
()()ct'f RI / a
()()~lSia
.~
.~
~ ~
~ "\
rArAlill1 RI I rA81ill1 RI RI
I
(2P, A) .~/a.~ ( 2P) (lOP, A) . ~61~~'I (IP) (IA) (IP) (IP, A) (2P) (IP) (2P) (4A) (6P, A) (5P, A) (9P, A) (lA) (lA) (IP) (5P) (4P) (lP)
Cfij"
crcr
~
Cfi{
~ iff
~q(ijra
~61I4EtRI ~61R'Ia
0Il0il fcfc{
Ftc(
~
~
~ (6P, A)
or E
!f{ (IA)
Cf!
~
RI~fq"a
.~
{a"fd,a
~6j~1,RlI
a-. / a-
Rli!rt1R1'
cfcI
~
~
f61dr&l"ra
~1~'Cij fa I
~QI~csda
~
~ ~ ~
BI~I~Et RI
~ (2P) ~ (2A)
(IA) (4P) (5P)
~~II~'I ra ~~I~'Ia
~(IA)
~/~
firJ}l~tStra
fir'Y.J I~ '1 a
358
~ (2P)
fu~(ij,Fa
iF{
"
(lP) (lA)
~ tf1!1 (5P)
~
(5P, A) ~
(lP)
(ijtfl~Fa
~~Cijra
tflI
(fI
~~~fa
~
~tfT
~~~Sfa
~ (9P)
.~
~
(2P, A)
(lP)
.~/(f
. fa81~ ra
~Rlijfa
~r?iffi,Fa I
(ijt4ffiSfFa
I ~
.~
~ (lOP, A) . fqt=~~~, Fa I
"
~
~
~@i~a
~ ~
~
. ~1CijFa
r&!~ iii fa r&!ij(ijSfrd r&!ij lij fa
r&!{l~ ra
r&!fJ~tStra .~
I
~ (7P)
~
(3P)
~
"
(lP, A)
a-
Vocabulary
, fi'-TRt-~
" ;ro (m)
(f)
. 3IT+l1T (2P)
- em- (f)
~
ijlff (f)
~~(m)
cow-like earth '~(m) J"l+lJ1l (lP) to come " name of king .~-~ (n) island of Sri Lanka' (n) " year '~(m) name of monkey-god - o:q liji(UI (n)
t
ffiTOlT-1ij (m)
.~ (m)
. ~GQliiki
~
(m)
If':ITI (f)
calf, child to approach enemy-kingdom actions ocean grammar word of scripture name of city
359
~ ~ (m) . ~ (n)
ass birth
~+'1
(lP)
to make appearance
V ~;rIll (l\lff
am q(ijfttq
I
81q)+11
TfJUf
~ ~. ~ $tdluti u c;ft(~c:fl~Cl I
~~. ~: ~dl41~~t1(f I
~~. ~a&iTq5(u1 "1' ~ fqql~a: 4iIOt1ttil "1' ~ I
~ v. ~:(gI\N1llil\TGtift~1 'fJTCfFf ;i: ~
~ ,. Fi4l1t1lft....-rr JI 11 Ii 14 (\;Ill ftt, r:il I
~ ~ ~ raCij+i MI: q ~d I: q (t:q ( araera~lffCt~,l'I"Fr::a~, ;r ~ tr?t
ra ra f<l , r:il I
~". ~ ~~ IJ11T<I ~~tlfa ocrr u 4c;~1ec; I~ I u l111l111
2) Convert all verbs in Exercise 3, Lesson 6, to desiderative forms. Retain all tenses and moods. 3) Convert all desiderative rmite verbs in Exercise 1 above to infinitive + verb of desire.
360
4)
Yajiiadatta wants to make a bow for the sage. 2. The snake, wanting to bite the king, entered the palace. 3. RavaI).a did not want to be a wicked demon. 4. I want to live for a hundred years. 5. The village was desired to be burned by the enemies. 6. Mr. crocodile wanted to eat the sweet heart of his friend. 7. The swans wished to sport in the lake. 8. Rama wished to kill RavaI).a and to make Bibhi~aI).a the king of Lanka. 9. The priests should want to sacrifice to gods (acc.). 10. The elephants may wish to descend (3'flf+~) from the mountain, and may wish to bathe in the lake.
1.
361
I
Ditransitive Verbs
LESSON 41
The term ditransitive cfiI:iP~) refers to those verbs which can take two objects, both of which can have accusative in an active voice construction, and one of them can take the nominative in a passive voice construction. Several causative constructions can have two objects, especially when the agent of the pre-causative action is treated as the object of the causative action. We will not consider these causative constructions here. These are discussed in Lesson 39. For most of the other ditransitive verbs in Sanskrit, this ditransitivity is optional, because one of the two objects can possibly occur in a case other than accusative, showing that it can be categorized optionally as something other than an object. One of the standard examples of this construction is:
Assuming that the situation to be described involves a person milking a cow, we have some of the following alternative possibi a prototypical direct lities. For the Sanskrit grammarians, object is ipsitatama "that which is most desired to be encompassed by the action". The traditional choice for this status of "most desired" is the milk, rather than the cow. Thus, the milk is a direct object. There is no alternative classification for the milk. If we consider only the cow, without bringing the milk into the situation directly, then the cow by default may also be a direct object. Thus, we can get the following sentences:
~: ~:
cITfiill "Devadatta milks the milk." lft cITfiill "Devadatta milks the cow."
1:p.f:
A difficulty arises when one wishes to include both the cow and the milk as arguments for the verb dogdhi. Of these two argu ments, as explained earlier, the tradition picks out the milk as
363
the ipsitatama "most desired" argument, and hence it becomes a direct object. How about the cow? Even if it were ipsita "desired" in some sense, it is certainly not the most desired entity. The tradition considers the following alternative charac terizations for the cow. a) One may simply construe the cow with the milk as the possessor of milk. This gives us the genitive case for the cow. The cow may be considered to have a specific semantic role with respect to the action of milking, such as "point of departure, source" for the milk. This would give us the ablative case for the cow. In the last alternative, one does think of the cow as a factor involved in the production of action, and yet does not specifically categorize it as a "point of In this situation, the departure, source" etc. Sanskrit grammarians tell us that an entity which is related to the action but which is not specifically categorized gets the designation "Object". respectively, account for the following
b)
c)
m-: m-:
crtfiil
crtfiil
In the Sanskrit grammatical tradition, the following distinc tion is made: the ipsitatama "mpst desired" object is the princi pal object (pradhana-kaT7Yl,,(1,n), and the akathita-kaT7Yl,,(1,n "the object
364
role" is the secondary object Especially in the context of passivizing these constructions, the tradition offers us a list of verbs with two objects: Active Voice Constructions
karaka (apmdhiina-karman).
with
an
unspecified
Verb
crtfiij
to milk
lfl1J
cow
milk
00
to beg
~
earth
~
Bali
~
to cook ~og~ra to fine
ail ~'1lf
rice
d O 8li
rice-grains
lflll;J
Gargas
Qijflf
a hundred
3Iq()olfa
to confine
lfll!
cow
~
religious duty
lIlOlqitilf
boy
to ask
fimfd"
to collect
~
fruit
~
tree
~
to speak
~
religious duty
lIlOlqijllf
boy
m
to teach
~
religious duty
lIlOlqijllf
boy
~
to win
401~i1lf
Devadatta
a hundred
~
to churn
~
ambrosia
~
ocean
ijQJllfd
to steal
~
a hundred
~q~i1,!
Devadatta
365
~
to lead
~
goat
~ village
m
to bring
~
goat
~
village
~
to drag
~
goat
~ village ~ village
~
to carry
~
goat
A difficulty arises when one needs to passlVlze these cons tructions. Which of the two objects would get the nominative case and become the subject of the passive construction? The tradition claims that there is no uniformity in this regard and that for some verbs the principal object gets the nominative, while for others it is the secondary object which gets the nominative. For the last four verbs listed above, the principal object gets the nominative, while for the rest of the listed verbs the secon The passive constructions are dary object gets the nominative. given below:
Passive Constructions
Class A
Principal Object (Accusative)
tp:f:
Verb
~
to milk
ll'l:
cow ~: Bali
~:
milk
~
to beg
~
earth
qi4;(1
to cook
81lq"'l+f
rice
rice-grains
qug=q;(l
to fine
~
a hundred
lJlTf:
Gargas Q\1J: cowpen
~
to confine
lfllI
cow
366
~iIii1d
to ask
~
religious duty
+fl1J1Gfcfj:
boy
~:
~
to collect
~
fruit
tree
+fl1J1Gfcfj:
~
to speak
~
religious duty
boy
+fl1J1Gfcfj:
~
to teach
~
religious duty
boy
~
to win
~ a hundred
cforcre::
Devadatta ~(fZl rtf: ocean
~
to churn
~
ambrosia
~
to steal
~
a hundred
Class B Principal Object (Nominative)
cforcre::
Devadatta
Verb
~
to lead
~
to bring
~
to drag
~
to carry
m+f1I
village
m+f1I
village
m+f1I
village
m+f1I
village
From a modern point objects, the one which is must be accessed first, construction. In any case, in Sanskrit usage, which verbs which can optionally is given above. Study variation described above:
of view, one may say that of the two more animate, agentive, affected and gets the nominative in the passive we must accept that there is variation can be handled best by listing those take two objects. The traditional list the following examples involving the
367
lit: lit:
(abl) -qlf: I
(gen) -qlf: I
~ q1t6lIq~: I
"The blanket was begged from (the king) Paurava."
lfIlf ~
368
+I IUIOllfl4! ~ ~ I
"X asks the boy the path."
dU811~ml
"X cooks the rice grains (into cooked) rice."
d081"11+1 ...
aITq;rq ...
Vocabulary
am;r:
(m)
~ (lOP)
~ (n)
(a)
, ;w..r
(IA) ...
0l;f!i1i (m) ~ (m) .. ~ (m)
Cfi
(SA)
mcr-~ (m)
~ (n)
nPrcr (m)
~ f\1'1ij1lti d desid. of to enquire . 3R'+~ (IP) to take away . ~, ~, (d"'(c{ (prn) other
Exercises 1)
arc{ (l~)
3IT+-mr
(6P)
~.
. rt ~ 'SreOi1': I
"1" ~
=t.
~.
,.
f1.
\).
1f!:
369
t.
~.
I
~~. ~: ~1iSl411 ~ ~ I
~~. ljt rGt~lijd ~ I
~:t. "fJ\ifT ~ ~ 3t1r4~lq I
~ v +IT;:r: 3fPJ: 3ftJR I
~ , ~~ ifTlt :;p:J I
2) Carefully reread the Story of the Mustard Seed in Lesson 11. Find all constructions of the type "X said to Y" and change them to passive. Translate the following into Sanskrit:
1.
~ 0 ~I ( C(4 4 ;ncffit
trf4';t q;f ~ ~: I
dl~q IC( ~ iffifiPt ~ ~ I
iffifiPtsfq
3)
2. 3.
4.
5. 6. 7. 9. 10.
4)
Why was I asked that question? She should be addressed (spoken to) these words by you. The boy was taught Dharma by the teacher. These words were spoken to the king (dat.) by his wife. The king was asked (for) money by the poet. The horses were taken to the palace by the servants. The monks ~ m) were taught Emptiness ~ f) by the Buddha. The words "Give up, give up" were said to RavaI}.a by his brother Bibhi~aI}.a. The disciple was told by the teacher: "recite the Vedas".
370
.
I
LESSON 42
Intensive I Frequentative Verbs
A frequentative verb may be derived from any root of the first nine conjugations which are monosyllabic. This kind of secondary verb indicates a repeated or a frequently performed action. A frequentative verb root undergoes reduplication. With a reduplicated root, there are two ways to formulate a frequenta tive base:
An affix ~ is added to this reduplicated root, and then a) the derived base is eonjugated only in the middle (ai 1("+14 qCi), e.g. " >
ilw9i4a.
b) No ~ is added to the reduplicated root, and the base is conjugated only in the active (q t~ qC;), e.g. " > ~. Frequentatives are rare in literature, and only the few verbs which are met in literature are listed below with sample active and middle 3rd person singular forms:
~..less
at I("+I~ qC;
~
"wander" "do" "walk" "go" "walk, move" "be born" "recite" "burn" "cross"
only
"
ifil{
aililila ~ i1 ititi'"i4 a
~ I illl*FJ
ilititi41 ra
~(tlt)"ttRt I ~
lf1I T.R:
Gtt4Ha
iit1"
\ifC{
~
iJ13t:rfl ra / iJ1SfRt
GtI\1'01?'4 a
~
371
err
cfrI
qq
'1l
1({
"Cffi
"bite" "burn" "give" "shine" "shine" "dance" "drink" "cook" "blossom" "break" "roam" "die" "sacrifice" "roar" "cry" "like" "weep" "lick" "bite off' "be greedy" "speak" "be" "go" "grieve" "shine" "sit" "go, move}'
q;:q~ftra
q;:q{lra
cmrta'
~ (4 <f\fd ~1d)Fa / ~
~ "ask"
~ ,q
"know"
\PI
lJ"
~ ~
~
~ ~ ~
414iltd (((lild
(:l~lid
~ ~
(:1 t>'StId
(161ld ~ cll~Uid
~
if{
~ Gfc{
~ mm
l1ldiltd
~11Qj'Utd
~ l1lCicfl fa
l1 i)l1 Fd / l1 l'l1d1 fd if(diJfl ra ~Il Qj:rfl fd t't It't cfI fd t't i)ij Fd ij (l~cf1 RI ij Ifli (1 fa ij Ifl1 q)fd
CfI
~
l1i)~?1d
~ ~
~
~
~ ~
~ "crawl"
tI
t:1J
t'tl1~l4d ij If+l~d
ijl
'1l4a
Jit4)ttd / ~tt;::tjd
Gifi;fl RI / ~
372
1Q "dance"
Middle Present
~: Tffr;~:
~:
~: Tffr;~
~(ljra
"ill,?I "ill,?1lq~ 'I1l),?1I+16 "i fi,?1~ '11 (l,~if 'I1l)i("tf~ "1il,?1d "i l1,?Id "i (li?1;:d
'{ "to be"
Active Imperfect
1{ "to be"
Active Present
~~ ~:~:
~:t11Cft:
~~
~ ~
~t11r.fuI ~ ~:
The reduplication of the root involved in frequentative verbs is riddled with options, and the Sanskrit grammarians give an enormous number of alternative forms, For instance, for the form if (lepfd above, we have the following alternatives: ~t T.4~epfd, . .f Pi " , it fl iii l) Rl and 'I flq; [Ira. The middle forms also serve as passive forms, e.g.
~ ~:
Theoretically, a frequentative verb can have all tenses and moods, though these forms are very rare at best.
f
Active Present Imperfect Perfect Aorist Imperative Potential Pi Future nl1{ Future eonditional Benedictive
'{
ilfl*rd
Middle
ilfl,~lq
it tlififl6ll Rl it (liliai
Siil tl*fl6liq
ill)f~lq
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
373
;rrt iIi!ff: (deaf) ffd 3t~ klt I TJ\iIT ij q II ~iijif I ;rrt iIi!ff: ~ 3m1(=OIT (l\ifT ~ 1ff: ~: ~ I
"Not knowing that the man was deaf, the king asks him again and again."
~61gd@if (fate-struck) ~
~ltgd@'l ~
ma: ~lljiUd I
"The mind of a person struck by fate gets deluded again and again."
~cflU1+tI~i tllJ1qs~i (1"11"11 ~ I (present middle participle) attrcr (exceedingly) cflU1~I~i (1IJ'1q;~; (1iJ11?1) ~ I
"The prince saw the exceedingly bright princess."
Vocabulary
611#41 fclj
+tt?ft
(f)
'~(m)
~ nt+m (9P, A) .~(n)
~ (4P)
to support name of person name of sage town streets battle-field summer-season to know tip of tongue to be confused
, iji
II gfd
<
ijlf+~ ...
to destroy
:;r(iP (m)
II
(n)
. qifol (I\if
(m)
'~(f)
hell study of sacred texts desert-region traveller goddess of speech king among poets name of a city
~.
~.
:{. 3$: Fr ~:
~.
~~t=d~ '1~@~ "1~t=d~ ;pit ~: I ~ l\q; fd mrr8 ijstl\ g fa ~ IJ11'Rf II (111: q jqillld I
~c{lU1'tI~ ~ I ~ 'iT: l:fTCt i411q; fd ~ ~S;:;p.rt cl r8tM;d
374
q;t '?llRIl tftoT ~?(StiAjq 1011 q 1<414;( 1'JII4 \iPlllf I i~, ~ td~41 "'iJltrfttfttJ 31212lid? \3. ijQtll'U) mt: ~ ~ ~FJ;:aI1f I l.. ~ 4llUlaT iIl\iAjqlOI: ~ ~ fqqltlfd I ~. td(O('q41il (hjFJd? {fd' 'f?If q tl~i'4'1Q I~ I m "'ITft ~ , ~o. ~: ~ fd ~at=dd". {fd' "'rf1" ~: qlSliiftRl I ~~. l1'Pf ~ ~ t'1tt=CIJt ~(l"'tld, mSll 4i~tl\il: 4i1(8Cilij: I ,. ~.
m-
mt:
375
,
J
LESSON 43
Denominative Verbs
~
Denominative verbs are derived from nouns through affixation. Examples of denominative verbs in English would include expressions like "to chicken out" , "vaporize" , "to table a motion", "to Americanize" etc. Here the basic element is a noun, In which has been pressed into extended service as a verb. Sanskrit, there are various different kinds of denominative verbs.
Type I
Dleamrnng
= deshing
~
x.
"J?" + If + fa'
'1?fl4rd
used
~~: ~
wants to have a son for oneself This construction is something for oneself. only in the sense of desiring
Type II
;mr+lf+<t
f iSDlIlfd
IIg
= ;mr:
Kr~I)a
~ 3i1'q ~ Fa
acts like
~+lf+<t
litl)
= ~:
f)II_I
,F\
~+lf+<t
ti ,
:3,,,)
= ~:
f)..
I ,
F'\
377
Type
m
Noun + ~ + Active / Middle Terminations This construction is used for color words such as ~ "red" in the meaning "to become x", and for onomatopoetic expressions, imitations of non-linguistic sounds.
~ +~ +
fa"
I -a- ~
f&DJ
+ IT +
fa" I afa" I a-
~ ,Willi fa I
a-
to become blackened
q(! q (! I + ~ +
~ + ~ +
fa" I a-
Some
378
~+~+<t
--7
ftrJR
+~ +
fa'
--7ftr~
to mix
Type VI
I l
~
fa'
--7
~
to act like or become
Kr~I).a
~ +
fd'
--7
~
to act like or become a poet
Type
vn
(This type is strictly speaking not a denominative verb, but a type of compounding with a verb. However, since it is functionally related, it is given here.)
f
r
i
~
Noun + ~ (l) + f + Active or Middle Terminations Meaning: to make not-x into x. Noun + (l) + ~ + Active Terminations Meaning: having been a not-x, to become x
~ +
~mfJ
t + mfJ
--7
--7
QjiMlq:;(lta
--7 --7
t + mfJ
lli1q:;tHa
to make something into Ganges
379
31O'j ~ ifltfd
~+
3)
~
~
ifltfd
.~m ~+f+m
3P1JT ll1T m
~ ~
~
to become white
~ ~
ll1T+f+m
31O'j~m ~+3)+m
~
to become Ganges
~ ~
~
to become small, be reduced
Theoretically, the denominative verbs can have all tenses and moods, though generally only the present tense forms, and a few participial forms are found in literature. A sample present tense paradigm of 'f$Ill4Rl is given below.
Active
1,fl4a: 'l=414rq 1,fl4 Rl aI'l?fitlq ~?ft41i1CflI ( at 'f$Il41q 'l?fi fil ~ fd 'l?fifila I 31 'l?ft P!I ~ q 'f'Otllq
380
~ ~
j
"1
Again, theoretically, a denominative verb such as 'ffl:q ra can have secondary formations such as causatives, desideratives, intensives etc. Such formations, though theoretically possible, and though discussed by Sanskrit grammarians t are almost non Just for fun, the desiderative existent in actual known usage. forms derived from 'j?flJOOt fa have numerous options, depending upon which syllable is reduplicated: ~'j?fl~61 ra, 'ira,fH1461 Rt and cr,fl(t(Itf,ra. Such forms stretch the rules of Sanskrit grammar Who would want to say "X beyond the limits of reasonableness. wants to want to have a son"?
Vocabulary
to become lethargic . ~ (m) good folk , t4t48JOOt fa whiten .~ (a) desirous of getting . 't48~ra turn x into a morsel -~ (m)valor ~181JOOtd to act like a swing, oscillate (lA) to begin . 3IT+(1{ turn x into a fault ~ ClllSll4d ,~ (m) a wicked person .3F=T (a) small, little "~(a) those who have sons (m) the earthly world
r
. 'i1P<i IJOOtd
to accept
~ (m)
.3{q+8tcli
.~
'
<-
(n)
qtldl,(1 ra
.~
moon-shine sacifice boon demon who eats the sun and the moon during an eclipse (lOP, A) to see turn into a virtue face, mouth to make something into a mountain to become heaven
~ ~
~.
~~ iRflIT: ri \1PTq
m ~ i1:;:q 11I:rd I
v.
~.R'iFi ~ :q ifjq811R1 I
~ l1~It4lIU4d I ~ ~ f1 3fI\iP1l1{ I
~. al'iq81Cfll ij q18fl1'iI"1'iRl~~ I
t. "SfRiTif-~-(=tITsftr "1" litis 111d I
~ 31~ 6f1,! ~ arftr ljDTFI ~: qcid1,,4Rl I
~ o. (i\NI"1Qc:f4 qttsrr: ljUlI:q;:ij I
~ ~. lIJj"1qq~ ljOJT: til,ll1;(J I
,.
~ ~. ~ sftr 'i?fl11
2) Try to paraphrase as many of the denominative usages with non-denominative usages as you can. 3) Translate the following into Sanskrit:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
If a wife and a husband love each other, the house turns into heaven. For a man, separated from his wife, even the moon becomes (like) fire.
The fame of the king whitened the whole world. The good teacher magnified the virtues of the boy. The sages made salutations to gods at the sacrifice. Having defeated his enemies, the king acts like an eagle. 7. Do not act like a dog in front of your friends. 8. When boys see a girl passing by, they all, saying "who? who?", act like crows. 9. Even a fool, clad in good clothes, acts like a scholar. 10. Engrossed in Krf?l).a'S love, Radha acts like him.
4) Write any five Sanskrit sentences of your own.
382
LESSON 44
Gerunds in -3P{
3P{ Gerund
iffi1{
lfP.ffiT
~
~ '\
~~
~~
0\
~
~
(f(S1{
dls14kt ~
~/_
err
~cma-
?fF11J C1W1I
Cfl1:f1{
!lTiftiTfcJ
~~
~
tnlJl{ 'AfP.P{
~
tf7im
-err
~~ ~~
~
lfrOl{
~
383
~ ~
~ ~
~
~
tIT(1{ cm1{
~
~ ~ J.fRf+{
Some commonly used compounds with atl{ gerund (with their idiomatic meanings):
~31,dijil
(f
'\
~~
3f;:q~
,~
,djqiSf,,!
"I:y"'llll,!
~~tf1Crnlf
ij'l8E1ldif
.~I~IIl'
"doing an amazing thing" "having eaten beforehand" "having done something otherwise"
"how?, by doing what?"
"grinding something into fine powder"
"saying there is a thief"
"taking someone alive"
"in that way"
"like beating a beast"
"having thrown up one's arms" "in such a way" (goes with (f~) "destroying roots and all, completely" "having made something sweet"
384
(0 "direction"
(0 "shoe"
N ~!i{ Ace ~ I ~ D
Abl G ~:
L
ifi;it iPf'T!
~
~ ~
iPf'T: iPf'T:
~fc{ aql""gl
~: ~:
~
~:
~!i{
ffiR
f
~fc{ I3QI",,~l
~ (0
aql""gf aql""gl aql""gl a q I""C(~ lif a q I"" rt: ~ aq I""C(~ lf aQI""C('U4: ~! 13 QI""C(4If d QI""C(U1 : ~: I3Q l""g1: I3Q I""~ III I3QI""~ I3QI""g1: I3QI""~
aQI",,~:
~: ~:
"wish-yielding cow"
~: ~:
~~~:
~:
L V
~~:
~:~~:
4i1'1\~ ~
" 3ft{ (0 "water" only pI.
4iI+lil81: '1'1\81:
4iI+lii8
.1+11161
~ ~:
I,
Acc
I
ant:
~ arrq:
arrq: 3R':
I.
~ (m) "honey-bee"
~:
~:
Abl G
L V
3{tW{
385
~_: ~~ ~:
~~:
~.-:
. ~ (m) "man"
(m) "dog"
1fI11
~
Ace 'fIit4'1 I ~
~ ~
~:
Abl ~: G ~:
L
~ ~ ~
~: ~:
ifit:
~
~:
~ ~
~ ~
"q'Q:lI~
~:
~:
~:
~:
~:
~:
~:
~:
~
~
~ ~
Tffir:
~: ~:
w.t
~:
~: ~: ~
~ ~
~:
~ (n) "day"
N
I
Ace~
'IT
D
Abl
G L
lfIT ~
=
,q~I'1
8f6: 8f6:
~:
~: ~:
am
lft':
'qlOlll~
am
~:
W4"
~
-
~: ~:
'qlOlll~
~
~
~ ~
~:
am-: am-:
~rm 8f6:
m; m:
amllI
~
m~mFt
(m) "Indra"
~: ~:
~ (m) "Indra"
i{'((ff
Ace ~?lgoli I ~
D
G
L
Abl~:
=
fwJt
~?lglOllli
~:
~?lg~:
~?lg~lJ],
+Ilq I~~ ~ ~
'?l6"W41~
~?lg~:
~: ~: ~~~:
~?lLI1I'1
Ifrt;r: Ifrt;r:
~
~ '\
~
~:
+Ilq I~' +Ilq I~' +I I qlOll 1'1 +I I qlOll '''I 'ilqlOll 1"1 ~: ~: 'iiq l<;:tl
'\ '\
~:
Ifrt;r:
~:
"I~q~:
~
~:
386
. ~ (m) "path"
tp.{l':
N
I D
1f"
~
~
Acc~
=
t{'t~I'i
t{'t~I'i
~:
~:
~:
~:
Abl ~:
t{'t~ l'i
~:
G
L
~: '{fi1r~ ~:
~:
~ ~
~:
-cp.n;rl -cp.n;rl
tp.TFf:
-cp.n;rl
~ ~
1:flJ: ~: ~: ~:
tp.TFf:
Vocabulary
.CJUt f
~.
~ ~ 'fllr: ~ ~ I
~.
~.
v.
,.
~.
".
l.
~~~~~mftcfql
~m~~~~1 tfI'i; 'CfTt fj lijI 01 iii 18: ~ CJUt iPrtfa I ~ lTPt lJW ififct: ~ dltStltRi I 1q~I~~ ;r ~ I 00 ~ ~ ij' ill til (+I uf)l~IRI I
'1*,
~~. ~s~
lROIT ij'
+Ii.-t +llrid4I"'1
387
2)
For every irregular consonant noun introduced in this lesson, write any two sentences making use of forms of that noun.
388
16&
.I:: ~h@t}n - PnP=ttJ sVll..2mil I ~~ ~ l! ~~ I ~sVl ~ ill 'l:tY?hCPPlb.Jt}n ~ I ~sVl ~ ~nCbhljlt ~ ~ l! I ~ ~ ~I ':5, hi tr hl.I::J}..2 1:dt21t ~:.P..e I eJ ~ n~!tljltt@1 Hll - ~SVl I ~ -S~elutellohlt ~ ~ I ~1@lrM..:.a.p=c6t-IIC$ l! I P~J??luh~SVl ~ I PP~ld rce~~l? Ih~S~ I P~J??I@?If?1 K ~ !Jillt !1'd.~~ till- l..2mil
I PnP=ttJI2~f? ~ ltJ1fu ir ~ Ijl~td llitl l~ ~ !h:tJ. ~ I htift 1tI:t ~ 1:1:1 hJ:t ~ l!-hlh hJ:t ill~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~ I ~ ~ eJk't-t?.. g~rljlt ~ I ~ ~::2 ~ .l:tll.I:: ~ I PnP=ttJhlniH~ ~::2 ~ l! ~~S~ illt .B ~ l.t?5illt l! ~ I Pfulrh21f?IK ~ :.I::t l! I ~ ?lnll?)tt:.P..e I ~Ifut ~::2 ~ - ~S!h~ I PnCbIP~tJW :~ ~.lrl I PnCbltl. ~ ~
te
~ 1~~::2~:~ Iffi~~~'P!~'P!~~
~ ~ ~
I ~S~ ~
reJeJ K~b@ I bJ??~'e~tt~~.t!~ I ~k!telY?hCP~~ ~ I bJ2.we ~ ~ ~l.t:l!h trl21 &1 K.IrlB I ~ -?lliJ..IS. ~ l! I Pnr.?h21&IK tdcpt-cp ~ ~:bb I ~ l!.t! lh I }J0~.iiP-k! lh ~ I Eillt ~ ~ ~ ~ I Eillt 1!il h.I:: ~ 1tI:t - Pnp... ttj SVf i l l ~tjQht-t+'BP.~te?l,fCl2h I~~~~illl~
I Pfulr?~jQ Pl21triK :!r~ l..2mil I ~ ~ '<J 2ttJ k.$.I:: ~:2 I ~ ~ ~ - PnP=ttJ SVl I lJ R cbtnl2W.I:: ~:~ ~ I k01 k!h~'lli :hl~~1 ~ I bfr!.nltl. ~~ ~ .lLh 11;"'1 htt$ :hl.I:: DIDI~~I .... ,,)~
. , , )
:m
~ ~ :ruP.~Cb ~::2 ~~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~.E h.U 'e2t,fc ~ - ~S~ l?plFebSlRe1tr~~ ~ l2h I :!r~ ~ I ~S~ :itd. 1!il.I::.E 1211ttrIYtS~ ~ 1J'?IRlh J.2.h
!-hlh ~~
I eJtBJfun ~ ~ Sfill:rls~~ I ~ ~ $Ihltns~ ~ ~ :~ h .P=h=hS~ l2. i l l '~~ we1n1h ~l'&fcCIHl\ l2h l2h I ~ llnfr. .P.ft:itd. I LP 21 ttl h ~" I DI ~.td I ~ 1:: ~
,,);).. .... ....,j
I eJ tBJ ?g ~:~I H el91 h~& ~ I }Jfun~p)tt :~ ~ :1:1 1tI:t I 1:: }J.. t"dt,b ~ ~ ~ 1tI:t ~ P I }JRl9lwiY?tlpf? ~ 1:: ~ ~ : I ~f..1n~ I it I P= PP .t!~ II 01r 199 eJ h.lrl I hi PIII ~ .u4. '1tI:t - .E.hh~..2..P..f? ~ ....
,,)
em
. , , )
,,)
'~llsnoltitI19 ~ !ll ~ I ~ !"4S~ ~ ~ I bf?!olet&tt !~ p t Id......1t!J P I B.!o.hs~.l:ill! lP-Pt,fe t IrP-}J1PY?'<J WI~?P? lit
(1)
lhm
'R1~~1' ~ ~~, ~ ~ q~~lIfliRiI (f(f: m-S;:;f Gi8i11("t1lJ1q I ij' ~S~ I f$;:q ij' ~ ;mrttIQ I m-S1FlJ(f. ~ijtPi"13t8~ ("lIGtllig 'I (ul~q ~ ~ ~ I oat U11~~q Ig ~ I oatS~ ij' ~ ~ tll 1"1 III lle; 'de; I ij' t:t?'4 i 611 F.l I ro ij' S'fif(f I
t:t41S1131"1I"1i ~ I ~ f!ii~i4J,- W ~I ~~ q;tp:f I q;~ ~ ~:~ ?'4Gt~RI I ~ - W ~:, ~ ~:~ WUJlI I ~ 1l1fl1f4i ~, ~ ~ ~ ~:~ ~ ~ 1 ~ ~~flIf4RI 0" "(!Cf ~:~ fbI~RI I ~ ~ 4i1i5R1 0""(!Cf ~ ~ ffd I ~ 1'1"1'1,1 (f ttj~ ("{Gill, I OFf q'q"11 PI if '1t'd$iSq Q)6I,1 (fTf4" if '1t'difllril '{\JIll 1 I fc$;:q ~ ~ ~ (fje; 1U1?"F1 I ddt=dlSli ~:6I'iijlfq ~ ~1I+4R1 I 11
ij'
lJrt,
Vocabulary
(a)
if~
~(m)
~(n)
~
(a) (ind)
SlRI ~"11
India name of city name of the queen hurt, sick dead how? Siddhartha's son vision, experience awakened one everyday for pleasure
iJl (a)
r.flT'("UJ (n)
lfffi!ffT (0
rm (m)
!"fR (n)
~(n
3J~
(ind)
name of a king face name of a prince old man cause Siddhartha's wife hair meditation desire or, else
392
&6&
lp...hsaP ~ in ~ I ~ ttJil?th ~ _ hJ.e lp.:hsaP ~ '~~ lli l2h I pteh"tltet ~ ~ E: B I Pteitl&.eJ.i ~ ~ ~ ~ B I Ptt21bbiP ~ ~kclbP1 ~ E: i I ~S~ ~ IPiljh .I:tU: ~ ~1 I ~ lli Hi? nl Pil p...C'C ~ I bfultlb.~~E: tPPiY'+'rlnbUt&:ltaPiIHIC~a2.~~~ ~ lhl! I \?fulrntl21rtH I b?jttl B.d .e.P , . ~ ~ QJ'tl=!~ .lB :~ I eJ~ttlf.. ~ hh ttllrl? ...t 't21rtH lli ~ m ~ - \??b=fhlt... ~ ~ cbt21rloi ~ I Pfuld lc.tel p.?{!ttl lcb"'~ljh tlc.1tJ1 ~~ ~ 'Pttllt\l tet m l2h I Pttlk'ited? Id?~tnp hl I ~S~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ lli~~~~b-!Pith~ 1.eJ.i~ ?ttllPfun~ ?'fr?Pt~hhh .l2ll~~~~hh I :lh~~~i&l!llih'~~~~ I ~hMIt3hlp.? ~!till' ~ ~ I ~IRMb~ t311q~trtf? ~ I ~Ihsa]) ~ ~ WDlhJ! I IttKbhlfl'" .Qlhl!i e ~ ~ I ~ :~ ttllrlh...10 ~ ~~ I ~S~ ~ 1:~.I:tU: l"-ltJltM?) l '~~ - .P.&lhh -~ IPiljh B Ip.?~ p...ttJ ~ I htt~ttl QJ b? ~~ .P!i :1 tnP~9~P.~h !till' ~ ~ I ~ id ~ ~ J..td.eil f ~ IoW' tgrl I ~ .e.P t:tnIPd? ~ -~ ~~ - Pttp...ttJS~ I P?b=ftto QJh?~lfljh i ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ l Piljh .& ~ rp-'BPi!ltl",llrl.P I ~ ~ ~ a2.!h ~.l;y.l I ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ lttJltp...ttJ. ~ ~ .P2 tJ lhp.?1cb ~ I \?fubhP ~ ~ ~ I Jrl eJ np.:tt) Io~? h~UtIj ~ B I ~~1iJ, ~ ~ ll!:lli ~ h1 lli I \?RCbnljh ~ ~ QJi=':IrlJd? lli ~ lli l2h I Pfu1rnLDtYh ~ lli \?ttJ1bd? I Pflo~~tr hJ.e ~ trltecblo~ ~ I Jrl K :Itecblo~ ~ ~ ~ I:~ ~ ~ tl21rP1 ~ .reJeJ '~ ill ~ , . l h h I ~S~ ~ ~ tt21rP1 il.b.
I ~ '?~P?lh ~ pjll=!Mb=fP I:~ ~ B :~ ~ ldh ~ I ~S~ p...... bl P-:hsaP B.d B I ~S.tll hJ.e ~ I ~.h:il! ~:~ I .P.&lhbI2p.:CIC :~ eJ~loh lh~ I eJ ~ R~ h !till'.P2 ?' Iot?ll ~h ~ ?p...l=! b b? B.d II hh.@j.t1 I eJ ~HIC hJ.e .h1t '~ ~ - ~:~ I eJUt'ih~lttlk ~ ~ ~s~ a2. ~
~.P2
tJ - ~lbJPib"
'.th
:m :.th
:.th
Vocabulary
in the past (m) god 'Qt (0 many $I ~~+f (ind) everyday :;:nlf (ind) name ij414lf (ind) near ljti (n) face Pl41?'4 gerund, having closed ~ gerund, having heard fit+~ (lP) to forget ~ (lA) to shine 3l"P1"?:r gerund, having come ~ (a) pleased 8ft1' (ind) then 3Jrifi{ (pm) another
"ifT (ind)
R"
(m)
~(O
~ ttCfl;:tt I (0
ra
.-(0 ~(O
~ (ind) ;);r (n)
~ (a)
af\'q (ind)
~
name of a god earth nymph name of a nymph beautiful girl for a long time eye beautiful, handsome exceedingly,
1PF
(m) bird ~ (0 little girl ~, caus. of rp.{ (lA), to raise, to bring up ~ (m) name of a king ~ (m) country, region
(ind) like fit~ (m) name of a sage penance ~ (n) sweet (a) daughter, girl cp.rr (0 'tfRta' (a) fallen Cfl'U(f (m) name of a sage ~(m) hermitage ~1(d~QI (m) India, Bharata's country '1f (m) Dut?yanta's son young girl ~(O
394
qm-~..q;'IT (3)
3ft{
(f
d'l=lf ~ ~ 'fI81;:ttij I~ q I ~ d'l=lf ~~ I~* ~ ;rm ~s'q'(f({ I ocrr :q ~: ~: "'2'1 G'f' ~?'f\1lI;qd I ij;{ ~"SRF1: (f qmf ~ ~ ~ $l1~q~1ltf'iq I ~;mt ~ilq;(l ~ i4lqijdlt I ij'~: ifl~ I~q ~tut'd1(iiIJIGJq I CfRtoT ~ ~ ~ I 0TF1 ~ ~ ii.~I;qI~li4"'d I \!it ij' ~: Slfdr44 O?r ~cnd1(+PIGJq ~ i4lijl~q I ~ ~: 0TF1 ~ )J~ii~lIq I qm-1q;(lIl~?l11f(.f({ I qm: Slfar4;i ~ ~ ~ 'fI81;:tt4GJq I
ftr
~1*4~"'d4q - trlqm: ~rar44 ~~~d'l=lf~ lfqt ~ I m ~ +i*(1;q14~q - f 1W:T, am- ~ ~ ql"1~@'1 t41r4(lflliiiJl41fd I acrr ~s~ - ij' qmf 1) ~ I ifl~ ~ ~~ rl Fa I (fd": ~ ~ - q 1"1 (@4 "1" ~, ;nt ufI~41i I
am ~ 'illJi'114 lpf ~ qmfs~ - f lfctl(, (fGf l]t ~, lpf l]t ' I ifl~ (fGf ~
qmf+i*~@4'1f8'dYlra~lq I ~RT.f~~s)IGJal~( ~-~ p:r( I lpf 1lRf (fGf ij 1 (lftlGJdl fa I qmf tftats ftr +i Pl+i ~"'dtf q I R ij' ii.~+i4~q - f fir;r, ~ lpf ijCfT ~ 45t2t ~ I lff{ 1ft ~ ~<1~dig ~ lpf tfit\4ft1Fa I ~ ~ ifRi 'i~~t SI?'f"14d I ql~(t'dl(Ot)IGJ~Ot(l~ilifl(lli ~ - t l{9, ~ ~ HGlIflifa I
VocabUlary
back 1f8' (n) qm (m) monkey crocodile ~(n) heart ~ (n) hollow of a tree ;nfcrr (0 name of river friendship ~ (0
~(m)
otherwise, or else thrown female crocodile meal to eat, infinitive noise always
395
L6E
I ~ ~Jcblnttl"lt ~ 1e)ltt9Q -~ J! ~ I }J@1.ldtIJlr~ltnltt?tJ, ~ b: ~ ~ :hllll!?-?~bltt~ ~ J..RJ.J!2 ~ .pillt trllopl? I la.;Utlopl t .l.P:lli ~ ~ ~~ h.ltt ~ l}Jt W1btt1Pl)! Vill' .td1tJ.l ~ ~S~ I l?J~ Wbh:!t?II1 .td1tJ.l ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ tc!! ':Jill\ I }Jp.a.jlh. ~ !lD.m ~ ~ JJill't trlP.I",h.p .td1tJ.l ~ I!! ~ !lD.m ~ hh ':Jill\ ~ - ~ "llopl? ~ I }J@1.!tttl*2 II!?-?~Ih ~ ill ~p....dS ~:2 I PHllo~IC b: ~ !lD.m :1 ttl 1))10919 :lnh:2.2 ~ rltyJ?lrt I ~ ~~b: ~!lD.m :Itrl~ ~ 'lnh:2.2 ~ - ~ ~ ~ II!?-?i'hp I PIR9~W' ~ R-ntt?tJb ~ !P~lplt I ~lfu~J?~I1 ~ ~ ~ I hbli?>f, 'hll ~ - J!Jsd.ltle ~ ~ .Lll ~ ill I ~ bilopl? ~ J..RJ.J!2 m Ilrl ~ ~ J:tJ..r- ~ P~P.ttPI wl1 b: ...~~ ~ :hI.1 ~ .!:it
JtdJ
I ~s-lh.lli} ~:2 ~ eJLPfu lr ~ ~ I PSl?JIK hJ.r-.P ~ b: ~ ~ :hJ1. 1p.l~lk ~ I ~ hJ.r-.P ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~In~h l~l?ph ~ ~ 'hJ1. ~ - ktmcblttlttl? -lh.lli.2 ~:2 1p.?~ltt~.P I eJl2tJfu lr hJ.r-.P ~s~ 'fuut l~l?ph-l:Jillt '~ ~ - ~ I PRI~tt~~cb .P.i 1nI..hlh :~ ~ I l?J~fulr hJ.r-.P lit ~ ~ I ~ltrgtJcb ~ -!Wt ~ ~ ~'~ ~ -l!2RS-lh.tJ.2.2 ~ Jk8fuP I eJLI1R9~lr $1.r- b: ~ eJtrg~h 1tt?I1Ir1p ~ ~ ttJtGtJcb ~ lh.P ~ ~ Illi!i.it eJ~@?'J, ~ ~ ~ !!."hll ~ :lttIM&lcb I fuut l~l? ph .l!!il lit ~ 1t.h I ~ ~ J!hllt p~tt?11 ~ I 11:d ~ i! I ~trgtJrp ~ ~1@?~W2h: - P2Plttltl.lli..2 ill 1p.?~p.a.ttJ ~ I }Jttp.a.ttj I tf eJ t8J pk l~l? ph .P..U lit ~ 1t.h I ~ ~-ldS :.r-h ~
~ lhlt eJ Wfu~~cb ~ ~ -lh.lli..2 I ~ h.t.R.2 eJ ~ pk ll!il. .ea Jill. t p.a.... plio? tt.l:tJ:t 1.ijl2h ll!il. l~1 t ph J.2.P ~ ll!il. ~ lhlt I }J@9.~~cb ~ ~ -lh.lli..2 tp.a.~212Icb:~ I eJUtltG~R!! ~ ~ eJtG~h 1@9.~ttJtcb 1t.h lhlt ~ 'etnl:Pttt@J ~ J.hh me ':!!h ~ - ~ ~ ~ ~!.P I eJYt1tntJcb ~ 'etn~p.? l!h - ~ :h.t.R.2 ~ "'~?ICP?ttJ ...~ l2cba 1:.14;.:~ !!."mt I ~ :Ittlk.~& &~ :lnh:2.2 I IMttlrb lP.Lh.td1tJ.l I ~~ :lit ~ ~ I p.a.R~~t Thh :~ Jrlh.m2 ~ ~~ I p.a.fpt ~ ~ eJlJl". 1 ttNttlcb ~.hiP I ~s~ J:tJ..r- -lh.lli.2 ~ Ir~1 R1.t:h s~e P? 1 J11 h
(v)
lh.cb.bU.
Vocabulary
(m) name of a king <"4 I (f) name of a queen
~(O name of a queen
~ (0 name of a queen )lijTcf (m) kindness, favor
kRI: < fir (0 three 'f1lf (m) name of a prince
~: < ~ (m) four 'fr (m) name of a prince
~ (m) name of a prince if)(ltSOlllfti < , (SP) to make, do ~ (m) name of a prince ~ (m) time ~ gerund, having heard ~ info A) to make, do ~ (m) crownprince ifjJq (m) anger ~ (pm) former, previous if) (l tSOlI ~ < , (SP) to make, do ~ (a) fourteen ~ (n) year 3m"?i (adj) untrue, false ;r(ifi (m) hell pain, grief ~ (m) 'tfI'S1lUT (m) rock (a) hard RavaI}.a's sister (0 Rama's wife ~(O <m" (f) island of Sri Lanka "fRRfT (0 demoness q;rij (m) (1(iJ1JJ (m) demon-king of Lanka ear if)~<;(fi (0 screaming, crying ~ (0 nose 3ftI'+8" (lP) to snatch, carry off 'ilil ~(jf info caus. of 1N (6P) to C;~I6I~ij5iA (n) 10,000 years release, to free RavaI}.a's brother ~ < ~ (2P) to kill, killed ~ (m) ~ t:tllq~(q1 having made him the king, caus. of t:'-IT IP
~
,hi
,esp,
398
66E
I hfu~~9 ~ ~ I Pt?~lpj) 1.W.td..2! ~ :~ JJnh -~ 1t?~IJ...llStB IltiS~ J:t1J! -lb1..l2 - ~S~ ~ I ~ pltr?lb ~ ~ ~!t ~ ~.@J.tt l~ ~ l~ ~ ~ 'lnMI.t ~ - ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ .!-lnIPTb~ P~.)~ltttnltreJ I hlPetltlP.)lt l?JlPfu.1dte .P1llnMl.t ~ ~ ~ ~ !hltttlt~!S I Pfu.lrlbPIf\P~ ~ tr?'opl~ t?lplltV>k' ~ :h1 a ~ fij2 !b::tl?cp ~:l! I ~S~ Plr'PP ~ I eJ~t?K ~lN\P~ W h.tt ~ I p'rtltt9tjlt ~ ~ '~ ~ - ~s~ :Iollttt~ tlollttt9llt ~ ~ I eJlJtltt9~ ~ tt~ l~llrxltJcp ~ I:~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ;~~9 ~ ~ - PPIoIt?lIolltt?~ ~ tn~tJ :tt?ltr?P I ~~ ~ :~ t'0llth1lt ~ ~ - ~ ~ t-dtn~I-eP I ~ ~ s~ J.InU ':~ ~ ~ ':~ ~ ~ - ~ ~ :~ lIohl;pn.lli.2 I ~ ;~P~tJ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ a ~ ~ I ~ PlrlrJ?lb ~ tr?p~rCb.)~ ~ - PR~ttJS~ I PlioiclttJkn ~ ~ hPieJ bt.. J:t1J! -lb.lli..2 ~ ~ ~ ~.td..2! ~
-H ~ ~
Wa .vJt
I bl.tm!?lh]?~?b ~ ~ !:1! ~ -?i ~ ttl2Iltt:b~t;.lb :~ ~tlltV>k' ~ IIo.)eJt.?lJ:t1tnt1hV>k' I ~ ll! ~ :~ l?~ttJlcb. I RJ...lhV>~~ceJ~ ~ btrlJP() .e I :lolfu~]?lb :hh ~ '!:b. ~ 1l..e..hltcbl ttll!.b l~fultd]?1 b :hh ~.ijh ~ pi? p~ hiP I ~ ~ 2i B ~ JJillt Ip.?~blili ~ ~ Vill ~ a :~.ijh JA!i ~ I P?lohj...'B~'=J ~ hiP :~ V IrJ...ij9lcb ~ Ib&I};lte:!!)k tr?PTIJ...k' l~fulrln!fllia1~~~ I Ptcpllo~llt ?cpfuP 1o~l?pi:lnMI.t 11o.)~blni~~~ !hlt&b1?~p. I ~~ili ?cbfuP ~ I Pflolt?cpl9 1.01?h.)~reJ ~ trllopl~ trl!StJ 2 I eJlJtl tnt ?hye1cb ~ ~~fuItdJPft Jhh - ~ ~ I ~ t?lful!J~lf ?tye1cb ~!hlIk ~ 'lnMI.t ~ ~ - ~ ~ ~ lp.?ttJ~lt ~ I eJlP tt9 t VlrJ...ij9l cp ~.& I:~ ~ ~.e I ~lfultd]?U~ Itll!J.llr !:1! .L.!o:lli: ~ltJ...U9lcb ?'rlK.)lIorh I :lill1~ ~ tlolttllJ?tnlgJk .lp.lh ~ l.292 I ~ ~ ':-?h ~ - PPlohr!Pk lIlli:t .t-dlololli ~.l I ~ ~ .eJ..IS. ~ trllololli J:Ylh~ I hi PI{IgJ lo!nhlID! ~
B ~ l.Illit hiP
~~~~ 1~~ll!J..ellt~hiP I~
I ~s~ :cblob~ J:t1J! ~
Olffit ~: "]?I"
3ft~1fq_;fu:qr~1 ~~1fSf~1 ~ ~ ~ ot ftra-rl "jqq~qdllf - ~ ;cr, 14?1f~i4l: 'i?l(Od~~I~i )Ifll&ql~: I ;u~l~diNI8 qlt=lllq: I ~ ~ 4qlC441{:l411\JfI14d ~ ~ ilt!4fit I
~ lJtfIt.rt ~ ~ iil1&qlq{Od"IT ~ d'if ~ ~ ql1&qtflRl I ~ '11 fit ('q I ~ <R ;;if1q'1q ~;N1d lf I ~ (IllJ ftra-rl if ~ <R cptql cmf'1T ~:~ ~ _ SI ?Plildq I i4CfT Cfm"'1t=lI" 1J?IT 'ff1rt ~4('q1 ~ SlIkl8d Cfm"'1Tsfi:t QI1;uIll4d I
ot
ro
rn
Vocabulary
(m) name of a young man ~(m) ~ (adj, ) great qll~'1JI t (n)
~
JII'I:tcfl (0 the river Ganges crftr (a) poor ~ (n) cart ~~.JIqrtf(C4l, caus. ~1IT (lP) having placed, stopped
~inf.
~(a)
m~(a) Fro (0
3PT'faqr
(a)
info of., to fill ~ (ind) for hunting t;qf.t (m) noise frta (a) hurt ~,~ (5P, A) to hear ~, ~ (2P) to kill ~ awaiting, 'SI'fa'+~, lA. )fllJd'd", 'Si'+'lf({, lA, to strive ~tf (m) name of a king 6(1' (a) killed
~(a)
~,1
f4m
~
(a)
young man city of KasI RT (2P) to bathe old tired sleep having no choice began 5P, to hear sharp man, human
(m)
PltSf&q, ~+f'{lP, to pull fl &It IflI, ; 8P, to make, do 311i I~ (C4 f, 'l'1'1!f lA, to speak with negative 31
ql
~(a)
qrtf (n)
thrown, shot sin lA, to serve lP, to pull he who had come near kingdom'
~+3IT+f remove
~,~
~inf."
3l'PTd"
TliTlJ
(a)
~ (ind)
(n)
400
lOt
qnp
'Jf~!lS
(m)
1n.2
~
paads
de.Il ''-lau
uJe~
(ill)
.It.(!
l.lI..IeJ 'Play
(u) ~ (e)
(u) ~
paUY
(u) h=Lh
fh . . ~rtP
~~~~ I PSeJlp~~ 1o~~lrh~~ I eJ~l?elti)~~ ~. ~ '~ ~ ~ ~ ~ trlPitt - PttP:-ttJ S~ I ~ - . :~ .tl :~ iA1 ~ ~.!th I ms~ .tl ~ I }?@1.lfltk.~ ~
I Pl?~lp(l ~ :~
rn
__ .tB.
1o~~P(l - P2pltlrh _
I
I ~ ll!p lj1el?b ~ ~ ~ '~ .QJl!tt _ .b.tl - llil Ihi~cplcb ~!dlth I ~ !.till eE k~ Po I.fulill I:~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ .tl '~ ~~p.?yl? - .2.IostWt I eJ ~ t?~l}P ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~s~.L.I1.!J2:! JHil I p~ln?tt ~ ~ Il:t!l:~ ~ ~
:l2Lkf2 ~
eJtJeJtt!Sfi ~ ~
I ~
~~e~~.tdh I ~R.i~.tiil~S~ I ~
tNtltJ ~ ~ ~ 1.eJ.i ~ ~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I . . 'l5:.t8" . b?ilho tttlrhhirh ptellric D ~ ~ It&.il I eJ~l?, 1H&.ltJlt ~ .td1dt ~ ~ - PttP:-ttJ D ~ l Pl?Cblt -Jdt ~ pti!l1'4,~. I ~ .tE ~ Ip~lfh D ~ I ~ -!ii tdtrl~' hi!I!i). I bbhb:::ttft:i .t;ys~ ~:~!dlth ~~ '~:~
~ e ~ t! ~ I:~ ~ :!hllt ~ hh I ~S_ h!.. ltIh!s~ - ~S.. I ~ 1it:dt ~ Pt ~ t ~@'+lrUtp.?yP& IlrhlbS~ I:.IrlJPtplbcb e ~ ~ IhQtttlhtJ! ~ hit ~ i,hbltd?
.. ~S~.&
S_
1.td!Id!I!.edlt.tdY!dlth ~ I
hi Ptlpl e~l} ~
1~~~:1&.:~ I Pfplteb.ltl.e$h.2~eP?lk
(9)
Jh~~!il.cb-kh
ROy
(m) ~
ll1.
ssaaupd -e JO amEU
0)
~tdt
IJUJll
JO
9tuBU
(m) ~
I bpl?11 p.~ ll!ID P ~RI-t P b: plofr ~ ~PIJr I ttll-tlh-?p ~ b: ~h-I-t2 I ~ ~ :~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ 1i lj?=r-,~te ~ ~ b: " :~ p~R-?& :~ ~ ~ r ~ lj?=h-np.LA1 ~~ trl? p~1oi ~ ill I }..sr.a.lrl-t"-'h:1 trl? P~!o1
!Y
IJo.?~?lh ~ PftY>"- ~ ~t!- ~ P111?;11-t~ ~ ~ lJ?=h-I-tP I :~ l~fr1tt:1W=tdtP ~.1.J2..l! I:~:~ p :~futt:l -lJ?=h-np I l?h-Ircl-tte ~ ~ ~ :~ ~ ~ ~ ~ :? P~P1 :Ih-lte!f; I ~ ~ l?PlbJ...... tnl-tcfJ ~ LP--"h-np l}?=h-P=ttJ ~ ~
I
Wt!lilll
-~~ tt?~tJeJK .I!~~ I l?fu~?!Pk~~ :~~~~ I Wt~ ~ ~"'nl-tp ~ ~ -'rl.b11:dhijt ~ ~ ~ .tt :~ ~ I eJ Uti trsa~ n~ ~ buofr. ~ ~ .l?J.K !f:tdt 2 1.t;yJ..b3 -.ijj! ~ ~ ~ ~ ~!h ~ ~ I ~!h lit '~~ - l?ljJP1tl. ~ I ~S~ .it:.P.ljt I ~ ~ ~ :~ bb:t.ui ~ l2!Ihl
I }..futf?!l't1k ~nl-tp ~ ~ ~ I.e!t!S~~.t!~~~~tf!Rnb I P=nl~lp&:h.!: .l.ll::!f;.hJ.e ~nl-tp -'rl.b1 ~ ~ I hpeJ'~) ~ 1B1tlt ~ I eJ 1ftx.~Pijij ItI ~tr .a 'pI bh~~.It I t!J I tnl!> ~ ~ t!J ~lttnl? '~ ~ - ~S .it I l?lPP1?~t+f~~tJlt~~ ~lil?th lrlr-ttbia .L.blt ~ I l?fuld nl! Irr-1:dhijt lrlP1tJIe~ .hJ.e ~ l2!Ihl I ~ .:}tll-tPi :~.it ~ ~ ~ I W.2llilK lrlP1Ph1'&:~ I ~
rp'BPTth
I.
(n) kingdom (f)+t{ (lA) tremble ~ (m) region of Vidarbha ~ (ind) for a long time ?I<f: < f;t three ~ (a) afraid, scared ~ (a) thin, emaciated ~+~ (lOP) to invite ~ (a) confused 61 ('14 1"1 lij chose (Perfect of;- lOP)
~ ~
(n) (m)
~ (m)
cr:r;r
~
(m)
(m)
404
ifJi(8ctltiifJtrr
(8)
"Itd~~ 1JfT ifJl(8q ltil ;ntf iifjlifJ~4~ I R' iPtrr ~ I CRrJI': 4i1(8q Itt J\N1~;ft~JI ~ S~ I 0P1 ,ri"1i~fI4q I ~ ij' ~Sqq-q I '(!ij)(fT
tIT;r(: ~ ~ qrrgddiil ~ tl'M);:l11 ~ I '~~Jj<r11 tilJ1ep;:tti lRGIT dl~qi4q;~ ~ ~ tlGtq;;:q, ;prtS~ epl(8ql\9) ;ntf i4fjlqrrgd) p!qttRt I ij' ~ ~~ I a;r ~ ~ uftfctt ~ ~ I ~ ~ m tilJ1cp;:q1 qllIACiiti~~ ql~:;:a:q& I ~ ~ I A iT d'PfT: ifJl(8ql~<r1 ~ ~qlfj) \jffif: I 3fftr ~ Cflll8qltil ~ 31qrrgd rFd m ~qI6Iq<r1:;:atii6l)!fq I m CflllAqlti ~ . t ~, lIT lit ~ I <r1i6li1iiIFti ("qliiqrrgij I ~ ~ ~ I ffif: ifJ IlAq Ittt:d :,:;PI i ("lIq:("q I q;t JTa': I q;t iT ij' Cfl lJl~ Olj I ~i4 qQ4& I O?r ij' ctolIT ~ Tfcfiff I ~ ~ ~ W ~ ;fi Stili ii(f I ~ ctolIT: ~ ij' 't 61* Fa 4'{tf I ~ \1RT: * IlAct lti rFd ~I
-u;rr tlijfqj;:qllli _ :
m ~("lItilEtllq
Vocabulary
(m) (a)
young
goddess Kali
405
LOf
l!.e lh.td I fu.tt.K ~ ~ ~ l!.e ~ ~~ J:th I:~ ~ -bl?br-HHt '.b1 ~ - t;ltrrtJh ~ 1P=?iY+P I~.m ~ I ItjIf?gtJ* ~ ~.t; .hlh1illt) KllStt ~ J:th ~tbh=?lfbbl-tP I It) tJl ph 1tJ~l-t1k'i!! I :~ :?I*br-ltil~~t I-t~~r-Ik'l-tlp.? '~~ -.t!J.2~ b-tlrbhtJh.l;:J1h:'!~
I ifl I-tl tt P=a:ttJ ~I bhll t b I-t~ :~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ttlr-I~lbt?jl-tIr-I~lbP$P I .ItJ1lttllS~l-tI"'Ir-k' ~ 1.n?ICP?Pj) I l!bI9l-tt P-litJhl till-t ~ :~ lot Icpbl"'ej) I ~ ~.t; trlP1pJ?l-tP1'f l2
lP=a:&tilbhtJh l till-t ~
~ I?j~Rp....ttJ h ~~~ I :illRi~~t?ott.ltJb 1,eJIk;lP~&~~ lPP1P~ ~ P I ktt$lp?~@Jp ~ I beJ??,. Th.h I:hlu! ~ H~It\p!ttJ9 P ~ trlr-ptr+ t It)te:JPlt. 1"'k'P!ttI9 P - ~ ~ :~ ~:~ Il:!.1n!iS~ 12P1tttillbh~hP112rt& ~.L.2h I beJ??'fl2 ~ .t; ~ ~ trl"'PM ttlell-t81cp?~tJ :Ji!J..I&. ~ 1p.?~p....ttJ ~ 1.ItJ1 hlli.t:J! ~.m ~ J.e t l~ :bltrll2h J?i .Ph l!S~ ~ -ttS~ 1ttp....It:4'k.hk'l? ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ !! ~tJ P~~& I :tkl!SktJh - :&11t .I;:J1h:'! pi p....2~l.~~ Th.h ~ trl Pi Pftp ~ I P&p tel j.r:~ ttJ tJ 1m tp..'rlJ Piy,.lr ?p....lltltt ~ .t; ~~ :~ ~ ~ ~ ~l
~ trlr-PIy+!btrJ~ct I ktfP,Itt.l1tll-tblj:ttr h ~ t?ott.ltJ b .gj.ijt ~ ~~!lili.L.2h eJ W 21t?t?j ~ ~ ~ I P81tJ' P? hili ~ ~ I Pt&I?j'''' .t; I?j 1-t2ltu\tdkhll! .l:YJ1I!=S~ 1.hI..I!.lt: ~ k.teelr-IIt:flltrimttJh ~ ~ ~ ~.w I ~ till-t1PI?j ~ ~ I ~~ PlJlpltt tt~&;rtJI. ~ ~~~ :hltiU~;ttJl?1m ~ I k&P'r-~J} tp..'rlJP ~ b:~ I!ISJllriC :l..W.h2, ~ I ~ -k?bT?b~~~~~~~ I :hlu!.bjS~ ~ .l?j.S_ ~ e tp..ltlJP I kSItJ~'t?!lStt :~ b-llrll-tr-p ~ -.ijh 1,eJ1f'lrr-1-t11t tp...@?~J?~p....ttJ P~?P-4-1 ill ~ I k&PIP.vl2tbt?jt 121bl't lttr.fett]et t~'rlJP I Purlh"'B9tt.ltl.e~ tlft1rUI.I't ~ep?lh1lh
I
:it.! ~ ~
!Jib.
~ ij.,ISlfd8llIT ;r ~ 'i~6l1d1fd I ~ add~al~ ~ ~ ~ q;;:qr ~ ~ 1i1~(lt("q1 ij ~ ~:fijat ~ I ~ ~ ~ ij ~ . ~4Cf)~ ~, ~ ~ ij"ISlfd81~ Qql"t141 ~: ~ I 4f{ (dI~at=tflfd~'t=tf qEHl~"T.4q;'n:~ OO'1at'd~ql@1lq, ~ ij.,ISlfd8lm 'i~&l1d1fd I fqd Iqs, fd4ij crr4 ~ r4Gtf<'(~OIl~ m ~;:lII<lcflq ~ ORr, ~ RFd411 ~ ~:a1r4~ "tRl~fd I fq~,8(~ r4Gt~(4qfq-crft. ("lIGt;:Jl m ~ ~"i4q91@<1 00 ~ I ykladl if m ~ OO~. mTfit ~ 'liF?n ijqql"il ;r ~ "t('i6,qli1~~q: I
m-
YI1('4~d ~a"tfd'llqi ~ ~ ~tff (1f ~ ~ ~ I dT4j("q1 tH<lrflq: . ~4qlf4~&l1lfl1 I ~ iff fqdI4ii5l1 tf -cffit ~;r ~f4lfft I ~ 'otl'l~~fd I \!Gt '1 IPI(=(JI I m ~ ~ ~ lJCC.fT ri ~ ;:lIac;~q: I ~si'CfuJ:. mq m':{ ~ I ~ I 4f{ dlqri4"il 'i"itISI("ll acfq oft (1f ~~ ~ T.fJfturl ~ ~tJ: I 4f{ ~ ~ -cffit 'f'11ot 14 ~ ij ~ ~ I dlillf?ol"il 'i"i(IJIC4 ~ma-~ I mT.f~ma "t?j4f4"i'l1ff'S1(f I qq"I"if'li1~IGt&ll911 ~ ~4iri4I'1otCi(1I"i . ~, ~ PlI"iI;=;:flfdC(t RI(~;q"il ;nq- ~ R: I ~ Olf "tfdt'drFI1 rts ~ ~ ij ~ 'i~&l1J\fd I 31"i~t :r;qq"iM~1 rtsGPmt ~ ~ I "tfddd~1 ~4i;:ll41 ~~:r;qq"i~(4i18 ~ I ot~ijf.ff~ PRT ~~lffqfddal~~qfJ~ifcfn11 m~~4~fd I
illfd~;:c;(l ~: I iR ~ I at ~ a~14"i(ij mt ~ I
ot of ~ . ~
~,
mt
at ma-
-amt
Vocabulary name of a princess ~ (m) cowherd 3Fl+ftff (lP) to perform ~ (m) power Y(toy (~ (ind) one another 0lfIV (m) tiger ot4t18i1 (n)1000 years fqa Itl8 (m) grandfather
~(f)
~(n)
at ~ "t 18
~7P
'\
(m)
;r~
~(m)
~(m)
(fu;r (a)
~(n)
name of a forest shepherd not only state of peace to kill, injure name of a sage intense, harsh 100 years
408
,
~
m m
bird hair ~ (a) one's own contemplation 11hJ (a) immersed in ~(m) name of a king ~(a) surrounded, encircled ~ I~ I~ ( (n) another town ~ (a) motionless ~, gerund, having looked closely iflT8' (n) ~ (a) old, decrepit stick, club (m) sage to break, pierce ~ 7P, A, (m) clod, lump of earth to laugh at J'q+~ lP (a) crazy, mindless lR9: lP to curse mq (m) curse here and there ~d(Odd: (ind) m(m) ~ (n) monkey clothes ~(a) confused 31S181q:::q, gerund, having seen fl1j ('q~ (a) 'produced ~, gerund, having called 3MCfJI"( (m) bad treatment 3l+~, neg gerund, not having recognized aror+~ lA to plunge into iittr (m) anger to take away ~,inf. J'q'"pf (m) means to forgive ~, info to be able, ought to ~ < 1flfq, voc. sg. Sir ~ lP (m) ~ (m) regaining offense, transgression t<fttr (a) one's own young ~ (adj, f) (a) dear ~:m (a) saddened 3P1"faq; (a) desperate family ~ (n) ~(f) ~ (n) worry, anxiety protection, fA (a) virtuous, happy, preservation fortunate ~(a) divine q ~ (ijO'( (n) protection, qRl~(U (f) dedicated to her husband ~ (CPI8f (ind) for a long time preservation ~(a) serving (a) without 'tf(" (pm) another ~ (m, dual) name of two divinities m(m) Cfllif (m) desire, love unrighteous behaviour to report f4~qllld Fa' (m) incident ignorant !.FlIT arRt Bravo! you are great 3ffi (a) not too far ;r aildC(\!f ~ acting, doing (m) Eternal Youth
arrm.r
409
t}l11~dlr::t (10)
~ 'good saying. 1f<r: 'fool'. q Ps( IUlt4ug: 'piece of rock'. (Mijij11 'the designation of jewel'. fa'+trr (3P, A) 'to make, do'.
ijtil(Cfl~~fftlf
~1~d((iI@J1lcl! ~: ~: ~ II ~ II
~: 'mundane world'. ~ 'bitter'. SPfcI'+'J"'qlf 'comparable to nectar'. '(lf~: 'enjoying the juice'. ~: 'companionship'.
~ Q~dlq~ I
~:
tnf ~ I
,liqp:uRl
"~'iI~lra
mrrrq
II ~ II
~: 'amazing.
m:
'fit:
m ~ [aqtldl
aFlR?f
~: 'rogue'.
ql.fsfilf:
a II
v II
'snake, cobra'. ~qfld 'reverse'. ql.{-ifiiI': 'order, sequence of killing'. ~ 'ear'. -muT: 'life, breath'. fa'+lJfI 'to release, to separate'.
'fiI'f:
~ CflU(!qi I~ i T.J ~
I
aq 1"1~(!Iifft 7fT ~ 7fT [atiJi"1'i II " II
$I
fa ri141
~:
411
~: 'wicked person'.
'snake'.
~:
W+o
'to avoid'.
~: 'jewel'.
trt:
'terrifying'.
~ ~ ;r
f<NTfd
~ 'ear'.
'gift-giving' .
ifjJlf:
t ur;8"1 CfFR ~ q n- I
m:
'f<J1I 'learning'. fur;84J. 'ear-ornament'. ifRl{ 1:f1f8r: 'hand' . ~ 'bracelet'. fit+'fT 'to shine' . gp 'indeed'. q(lqq:JI(: 'benefitting others', :q;q"i1
~ II
fqcflfActll . 'ant'.
~: 'slowly'.
'fRI
'to shine'.
318ti@l
3ltFf@I'
f(fl
3Ii?ij:
'lazy'.
aJ+fiRr: 'unlearned'.
412
;r
~(ql@OiRtr::q~
;r
~(ql@OiRt~'i: I
m;r ~ ~ ~
~qqt'(1"IT II ~~ II
'ftlI: 'enemy'.
iJT1DIlf 'reason'.
~ 'certainly, indeed'.
'mountain'. 1lfit1q:J.1, 'ruby, jewel'. +llfiidCfiif 'pearl'. There is a folk belief that the skull of an elephant contains pearls. ijlfj: 'righteous, good person'.
fri?:
~ ~ lJU1T: ri ~ e;lttl~ ~: I
d@'l14~t'1~ilU4: 'SIm ~ riltIIltd II ~ ~ II
'Sfm:
'learned'.
~-\1R: 'learned people'. 'f<?ltlJ: 'praiseworthy'. ~: 'person Pi (t'd q Ie; q: 'that in which all trees are of lesser intelligence'. destroyed'. ~: 'castor-oil plant'. ~ 'becomes a tree'.
stfdq(litll: 'excessive familiarity'. afCfm' 'lack of respect'. ~~ 'constant visiting'. aR'JCf(: 'insult, lack of respect'. 1f81f: 'southern mountain'. ~: 'tribal people'. ~ 'woman', i.fn8lf 'wood'. ~ 'fuel, firewood',
413
'CfJCfT: qd~q r1 ~ I
~ ~ iiITd"Ri ~: f?ll qJj\T4d II t" II
il18t"lt Ifq
rt:
("fct: 'sun'.
'age'.
'J"Y'+~
~ 'mountain, king'.
~ (n)
C1fIiii:
FJ:
cUi:ra ij't~
m:
ifiIiti: fqqi: fqqi: II t, II
fCrq;':
1)cr: 'difference'.
~: ~ ifqi: ~: ~ q
iiJifj:
mm
iflt t1crt
ilq;~ij111: I
~ ifqi: It t~ II
'heron'. ;ftr~-h': 'distinguishing milk from water in a mixture of milk and water'. There is a folk belief that a swan can drink only the milk from a mixture of milk and water..
'tiP{ &root'.
fq~d! 'mixed'. SIc:; (dOlI! 'should be given'.
'l8
itmtrl if m:
....a
-14k..",..
~~~
n-: ~
~ ~ +ti10I~ltl1l II ~ ~ II
~:
'ocean'.
ffi't lci~ I
n:
'Siva'. 'fear'.
m:
'Vil?I).u'.
amTT 'hope'.
~-\fIOT 'amazing kind of chain'.
~:
if(:
'tied'.
1f'd':
'free'.
'laDle'.
414
~:q(=Ci:q~~1
61 fid1 rn (5 ~
tiltsla (''16'111
~ II ~:t II
~: 'great king'. 81Cfl:;1Itf 'he who is the lord of the world, he for whom the whole world is his lord'. titi1d1rn and 'Sf81a<:"'}6ti1 are different types of compounds in Sanskrit.
~ (4?4+t0tl4)1fltf: I
II ~ V II
This is a pun on the names of Sanskrit compounds. 11: 'a pa.i.r. fitlj: 'one with two cows'. 3f0l441*fTCf: 'a state of no spend.ing. ~ qr(lf 'hold a job'. 6fi1di~: 'one with a lot of rice'.
II ~, II
Cfl18:
ij (Oijif iiq RI
3fI1fhf
~:
'Wi
'company of good people'. ~ 'goodness'. ij(?~: 'company of bad folks'. t<k?("OI1! 'wickedness'. 3fIlrtG: 'fragrance'. ~: 'born from flowers'. ~ 'mud, soil'. ~: 'smell'.
F,
(f)
season'.
'autumn'. 'iff 'to rain'. ~ 'to roar'. f.r:~: 'soundless'. ;fi:r.r: 'lowly person'.
~ 'rainy
415
~ ~ ~ ij"ffif ~ ~ II ~t II
'jewel ~: 'bracelet on upper arm' for men and women. iFi+'3'To1(?: 'bright like the moon'. ~8q"11{ 'using necklace'. fragrant ointments'. ~ 'adorned'. ~: 'hair'. 7.f1Uft 'speech'. ijlf~+f 'to adorn'. 'polished, civilized'. ~ 'diminish'. ~ 'ornament of speech'.
m:
m ~ ~ ~ lJ\i{
~
a\N1~lt II ~~ II
'good morning'. ~ (m) sun. 3C{+{ 'to come up, rise'. tfii1I'+~: 'beauty of the lotus'. ifll~IJla 'caught in the bud'. ~: 'honey bee'. ~ 'alas'. ~ 'lotus vine'. 3C{+! 'pull out'.
.,..,~Irrr+tT'""I""'1"""lrfTr&l~ ~ ~, ~ ms~
~: 'Vi~I}.u, lord of Rama (= Lak1?mI)'. ~ 'struck down'. 14~1I:q~: 'demon'. qt IlI ol1{ 'goal'. 1:J'fl 'farther'. ~: 'concentration of mind'. 3C{+~ 'pull out (of the misery of life and death)'.
416
A'HYSS01D
i This glossary contains only the words used in this book, pro\Y1des only those meanings in which these words have been in this book. Therefore, it does not replace more elaborate tionaries. However, it is sufficient for the purpose of book.
The Sanskrit words are listed according to the order of the Sanskrit (DevanagarI) alphabet. You must keep in mind the following order:
a ii i i u rJ, rJ,h 1J t th d dh
u r r 1e
ai 0 au 'Y{t lj, k kh g gh n c ch j jh it n p ph b bh m y r l v 8 IJ 8 h
~h
All combinations of verb roots with pre-verbs (upasarga) are alphabetically listed in the same place as the verb root. For all verbs, their third-person singular present tense form has been The following grammatical provided in addition to the verb root. information has been supplied with the words:
Verb conjugation number 1-10
A '" itmanepada
adj '" adjective (declined in all genders)
adv "'" adverb
f feminine
ind = indeclinable m = masculine n :;: neuter P "" parasmaipada pm = pronoun prp = preposition
:II:
Words which have either an anusviim or a homorganic consonant In the given alphabetical order the should be checked for both. anusvara comes before other consonants. The visarga also comes before other consonants.
Sf
(m), part, portion (m), ray
...cikrtakiirnm, (ind), doing an amazing, previously unknown thing
t!k~i, (n), eye
agadt2, (m), medicine - agnt, (m), fire agra, (n), tip, front, beginning agrn1Ji, (m), leader
agre, (ind), in the begining, at the front
agrebhojam, (ind), having eaten before someone
anga, (n), body, limb
anga1}AL, (n), yard, field
a~a, a~u,
419
"
apakara, (m), insult, bad treatment, /offense apanui/fUL, (m), insult , apara, (prn), another, other aparadha, (m), sin, offense api, (ind), also, a question-marker in clause-initial position apUTlJa, (adj), amazing, previously unknown
dbhaya, (n), protection, lack of fear
"'abhiiva, (m), absence, non-existence
abk{talJ,, (prp), near, around
abkidhii1UL, (n), name, title, designation
abkibhava, (m), insult, defeat
abhimii1UL, (m), pride, conceit
abhimukham, (ind), facing someone
abkilii:!a, (m), desire, passion, greed
amara, (adj), immortal, god
amitra, enemy, someone without friends
.. amJtra, (ind), in the other world amTta, (n) ambrosia, nectar, drink of immortality; (adj), not dead ambara, (n), cloth, garment, sky - ambu, (n), water ara1Jya, (n), forest aravinda, (n) lotus flower , . an, (m), enemy arc, arcayati, (lOP), to worship , arju1UL, (m), name of a prince artk, artluiyate, (lOA), to request artha, (m), meaning, purpose, object, money ~ ard, drdati, (lP), to beg, approach with a request ark, arhati, (lP), to deserve, should, ought to iilam, (ind), sufficient, enough (= no more), capable, able to alasa, (adj), lazy
dlpa, (adj), small, little
- alpadki, (adj), small-witted, fool, unintelligent
avakasa, (m), opportunity, occasion, space
avajna, (0, insult, disrespect
avamiina, (m), insult, disrespect
avalipta, (adj), excessively proud, conceited
avasthii, (0, condition, state of affairs
'. avakita, (adj), attentive
avac, (adj), downward
avi, (m), goat
avidya, (adj), ignorant
. avidya, (0, ignorance
avidyavat, (adj), ignorant avipala, . . (m), shepherd
as, a8niiti, (9P), to eat, enjoy
as, aSnute, (5A), to enjoy, get, pervade asana, (n), food
"
a~tan,
tisru,
(n), tears
eight
421
, astam gam, astam gclcchati, (IP), to set (as in sunset) asthi, (n), bone as'YrUid, (prn), first person pronoun, I, we
ahan, (n), day
ahi1?1-sa, (f), non-injury, non-killing
asi, (m), sword &,su, (m), life, breath usura, (m), demon
akasa, (m), sky akhu, (m), mouse akhya, (0, title, name, designation akhyana, (n), narrative, story acarya, (m), teacher atm,aja, (m), son; (0, daughter atman, (m), self, soul
, iidi, (m), beginning
aditya, (m), sun ap, apn6ti, (5P), to attain, obtain, get, achieve apad, (0, disaster, calamity, adversity anwda, (m), fragrance amra, (m), mango tree, mango fruit ayata, (adj), long, elongated ay~m,at, (adj), long-lived one ayus, (n), life, life-span alana, (n), post to tie an elephant asa, (0, hope astti, (f), eightly
t,
, asrama, (m), hermitage as, aste, (2A), to sit, remain, stay .. as} pari+upa+, paryupa,ste, (2A), to serve, attend upon, be devoted
( to
,asu,
asana, (n), seat asanna, (adj), nearby asviida, (m), taste, flavor, enjoyment
422
I,
i, adhi+, adhyeti, (2P), to ~emember " icchii, (0, desire ijya, (0, sacrifice, ritual 1-tara, (prn), other, another. 'itarad in nt.
iti, (ind), thus, quotation-marker
ittham, (ind), thus urom, (prn) , this (he, she, it, these) indra, (m), a Vedic god indriya, (n), sense organs indhana, (n), fuel, fire-wood
tyat, (adj), this much, these many
,~ iva, (ind), like
is, iccMti, (6P), to desire, want, wish
~ i~u, (m), arrow
i~tri, (adj), desired, desirable ilui, (ind), here
f
I
(lA), to observe, examine ik~, pari +, parik~ate, (lA), to examine, investigate . ik~, prati+, pratik~ate, (lA), to await iBa, (m), God, lord, powerful iSvaro, (m), God, lord, powerful, capable, ruler is, i~te, (2A), to rule, control ih, ihate, (lA), to desire ihii, (0, desire
see
3'
ujjayini, (0, name of a city in central India
ujvala, (adj), bright
uttiina, (adj), facing upwards udaka, (n), water Udac, (adj), upwards, northwards, udiira, (n), belly, stomach udarapuram, (ind), filling one's belly ~ udara, (adj), generous udgama, (m), origin, source udb'!ava, (m), origin, source, birth udyana, (n), garden unmatta, (adj), drunk, intoxicated, crazy, conceited unmanas, (adj), crazy upajivika, (0, livelihood upamii, (0, comparison upari, (ind), above .. upavana, (n), garden .. upadhyaya, (m), teacher upana,h, (0, shoe upaya, (m), means upeyivas, < upa+i, (adj), one who approached (perfect ppl.)
T'.
<
423
,I
ubha, ~prn), both ubhayatalJ" (ind), on both sides umga, (m), snake, 'chest-goer' ums, (n), chest urU) (adj), big, great, valuable, large UIIcts, (0, dawn, goddess of dawn UIItm, (m), camel
"Tt-U:
r~,
. Ttvtj,
424
erq?J4a,
art
an
aw;adha, (n), medicine
Cfj
ka'YfUJa, (m), name of a demon-king of Mathura kaku'bh, (D, direction kanka7JAL, (n), bracelet kacchapa, (m), turtle, tortoise kathina, (adj), hard, harsh, tough ka1}taka, (m), thorn r-ka1}tha: (m), throat / , kanthi kr, karoti, kurute, (8P, A), to memorize - ka~va, (m)" name of a sage kath, kathiLyati, (lOP), to tell, narrate, report kathankaram, (ind), in what way?, how? kathtlm, (ind), how?, why? "kathii, (), story
w
. kadacit, (ind), sometime kanaka, (n), gold ~ kanya, (), girl, daughter kaparda, (m), a shell used as dice, a shell used as a coin kapt, (m), monkey kapilavastu, (n), name of a city ~ kam, ka'fYlAiyate, (lOA), to desire ~ ka"rnala, (n), lotus flower kamala, (), goddess Lak!?mi kamp, kampate, (lA), to tremble, to shake (intransitive),
to
vibrate kambala, (m), blanket kara, (m), hand, ray, tax karu1Jii, (), compassion
akarrJ-ayati, (lOP), to listen, to hear (m), ear karir, (adj), doer, maker, creator ~ kannan, (n), action, ritual kq-1'7},
~ kO;rrJ-a,
a+,
425
f
4
426
0:
0,
427
klJetrapati, (m), owner of a field, farmer ksubk, k~ubhyati, (4P), to be upset, agitated, angry
kha, (n), sky, space khaga, (m), bird, 'sky-goer' khanja, (adj), lame khan, klulnati, (IP), to dig / khan, 00+, utkhanati, (IP), to dig up
khala, (adj), scoundral, rogue, evil, wicked person
kkala, (n), threshing ground
kkalapu" (m), one who sweeps the threshing ground
khalu, (ind), indeed
khii'fJ4a,va..z (n), name of a forest
khiid, kkadati, (IP), to eat ~ khid, khtdyate, (4P), to be depressed, upset, dejected khel, khelati, (IP), to play, sport khyli, khyliti, (2P), to tell, narrate, report
u
ganga, (D, name of the river Ganges ., gaja, (m), elephant ga1J-, ga1']Aiyatilte, (lO~, A), to count ga1J-, ava+, avaga1JAlyati, (lOP), to insult, disrespect, look down upon
gatul, (m), flock, tribe, group
ga;7J4a, (m), cheek
gati, (D, course, movement, choice
(gantr, (adj), goer
gandha, (m), fragrance, smell gandharva, (m), divine musicians ~ gam, gacchati, (IP), to go gam, adhi+, ddhigacchati, (IP), to acquire, attain gam, anu+, anugacchati, (lP), to follow gam, ava+, tivagacchati, (IP), to learn, know, understand gam, a+, agacchati, (IP), to come gam, upa+, upagacchati, (IP), to approach gam, nir+, nirgacchati, (lP), to go out, leave gam, prati+a+, pratyligacchati, (IP), to return gam, sam+, sa'l'M1acchate, (IA), to unite, go together
gariman, (m), magnitude, greatness
garti4a, (m), eagle
garga, (m), a clan name
garj, garjati, (IP), to roar
,gardabka, (m), ass
gardabki, (D, she ass
garva, (m), pride, conceit
gala, (m), throat
~ gahana, (adj), dense, thick, deep glindkarva, (adj), pertaining to Gandharva's, e.g. form of marriage, love marriage
428
t,
tf
ghata, (m), )Vater pot, jar .. ghUfj, gho~ayatilte, (lOP, A), to announce, declare
ghrta, (n), ghee, clarified butter
ghra, jighrati, (IP), to smell
s
T.f
., cakrvas, (adj), one who did (perfect ppl. < kr) cakra, (n), wheel, discus (a weapon of Vil?I}.uj
, cak~us, (n), eye
cancu, (0, beak of a bird
catul}pancasat, (0, fifty. four
catul}l!~ti, (), sixty-four
catur, (m, n, ), four
caturasiti, (0, eightyfour
catu'nJ;t1vati, (0, ninety-four
caturdasan, fourteen
caturvi~ati, (0, twenty-four
catUcatvari~at, (0, forty-four
catustri1(l.at, (0, thirty-four
catussaptati, (D, seventy-four
catvliri~at, (D, forty
candana, (n), Sandal-wood tree, Sandal-wood candra, (m), moon candrarnas, (m), moon
\ . camii, (D, army
car, carati, (lP), to move, go, walk
<0
429
car, a+, acarati, (lP), to perform, behave, conduct carca, (f), discussion, debate carcita, (adj), smeared . cal, calati, (lP), to move, go, walk , cataka, (m), a type of bird cqpa, (m, n), bow caru, (adj), beautiful, attractive ci, cin6ti, cinute, (5P, A), to collect, pick, pluck, select ci, ava+, avacinoti, (5P), to collect, pluck, pick ci, nis+, niscinoti/cinute, (5P, A), to decide, determine cittalaya, (m), concentration of mind, meditation ~ cint, cintityatilte, (lOP, A), to think, contemplate cintana, 5n), contemplation, thinking ~ cud, codayati, (lOP), to instigate, object, question cur, corayatilte, (lOP, A), to steal, rob
II
cUrf)Al, (n), powder, dust cUrf)Alpel!am, (ind), like beating something into powder
cet, (ind), if
cetas, (n), mind
,caura, (m), thief
caurankaram, (ind), saying that there is a thief
cyavana, (m), name of a sage
"jdgat, (n), world ,jagmivas, (adj), one who went (perfect ppl. < gam) .' jan, jllyate, (4A), to be born, happen, occur jana, (m), person, people janaka, (m), father, name of a king janan~, (f), mother janitf~ (adj), progenitor, creator 'janman, (n), birth jara, (f), old age ,jala, (n), water jiifl!', jagarti, (2P), to awaken, keep awake
I'
.>
jaya, (0, wife jala, (n), net, trap ji, jayati, (lP), to win, conquer . ji, para+, pttrajayate, (lA), to defeat ji, vt+, mjayate, (lA), to win, conquer, be victorious ji!fU}a, (f), desire to win
ji!fU}u, (adj), desirous to be victorious
jijMsa, (f), desire to know, curiosity
jijiliisu, (adj), desirous to know, curious
430
jihva, (0, tongue ji"l'7)a'L (adj), old, delapidated, decrepit jiv, jtvati, (lP), to live, be alive j'iva, (m), life, soul, creature ~ fi,vagraham, (ind), taking one's life, intensely .. jivana, (n), life, water jivika, (0, livelihodd 'jet'!, (adj!r winner, victor jna, janati, janite, (9P, A), to know, understand, realize jna, anu+, anujaniitiljanite, (9P, A), to allow, p~rmit jna, ava+, avajaniitiljanite, (9P, A), to insult, disrespect . jnana, (n), knowledge jyrl!tha, (adj), eldest, oldest " jyotis, (n), light, star .- jyotsnii, (0, moon-shine jval, jvalati, (lP), to burn (intransitive) jval, pro+, prajvalati, (lP), to burn forcefully (intransitive) jvala, (0, flame
"-!'
r
or
e
tika, (0, commentary
'0
6"
tj,amaru, (m), a small two-faced hand-held drum
G Uf
'0
takl!ak~, (m), carpenter, name of a mythical snake tata, (m, n), bank of a river - tag., tli4<iyati, (lOP), to beat, to hit, to strike tandula, (m), rice-grain ta,tcilJ" (ind), therefore, from there, then ,tatro, (ind), there
431
.1tatmbhavat, (pm), hislher honor over there ,. tatoo, (ind), so, that way tathiikaram, (ind), doing that way ,tathiipi, (ind), even then, even so (tathii+api)
tad" (pm), that (he, she, it, those); (ind), then, therefore tada, (ind), then, at that time r'tan, tanOti, tanute, (8P, A), to spread, stretch, pervade, do tanaya, (m), son; (0, daughter tanu, (adj), thin; (!1 body tantu, (m), thread , tantrl, (0, lute
tap, tapati, (lP), to heat, to do penance, to torture
tapas, (n), heat, penance, mortification
# ta1YlfLS, (n), darkness
~. tari, (0, boat
, taro, (m), tree
taru1pa, (adj), young tarhi, (ind), then (as in 'if, then') tata, (m), father, occasionally also refers to son tiipasa, (m), ascetic tapas'i, (0, female ascetic tq,ra, (0, star 'tiivat, (ind), that long; (adj), that much, that many tiryac) (adj), transverse, horizontal , tik~'fJAJ" (adj), sharp ~ tira, (m), bank of a river, lake etc . .. ttrthd, (n), a holy place, pilgrimage place ~ tud, tudtlti, (6P), to strike, beat, hit, inflict pain tulya, (adj), equal, similar, identical ~ tWl, t~yati, (fP), to be pleased,_ be happy tWl, ~am+, santWlyati, (4P), to be happy, pleased , tr, tarati, (lP), to cross, swim (n), grass tr~td, (adj), thirsty tejas, (n), luster, brilliance
tejasvin, (adj), brilliant, shining
tbya, (n), water
, toyada, (m), cloud, 'water-giver' tyaj, tyajati, (lP), to abandon - tyaj, pari +, pdrityajati, (lP), to abandon
I
tnw,
(0, sixty~three tmya(tri)pancasat, (0, fifty-three trayascatvari'f/'tsat, (0, forty-three trayastri'Yfl,sat, (0, thirty-three trayas(tri)saptati, (0, seventy-three trayo(tri)navati, (D, ninety-three . trayodasan, thirteen tmyovi'Y{tati, (D, twenty-three
t:ri, (m, n,
trayalJ,(tri)t!a~ti,
tri'Y{tat, (D, thirty trai, triiyate, (lA), to protect tryaiti, (0, eighty-three "tvac, (0, skin
0, three
432
cr
daiva, (n), fate
da~, ddati, (IP), to bite
danultrii, (0, jaws
ddkt!i'Yjii, (0, priestly fee, fee for the teacher da1J4, da1J4ayati, (lOP), to punish
~ da:1J4d, (m), stick, club, punishment
diidhi, (n), yogurt, curds
danta, (m), tooth
darnana, (m), name of a sage
dampatt, (m), husband-and-wife, couple
damya, (m), bullock
day, dayate, (IA), to be compassionate
dayii, (0, compassion
dayiilu, (adj), compassionate
,ditridra, (adj), poor
daridrii, daridriiti, (2P), to become poor
dardura, (m), frog
darsana, (n), Vision, sight, appearance ddvit!tha, (adj), farthest dasan, ten ddsaratha, (m), name of a sage dah, dhati, (IP), to burn (transitive) "dah, ava+, dvadahati, (IP), to burn down (transitive) - 00, yfLcchati, (IP), to give 00, a+, ayacchati, (IP), to take, bring : 00, pra+, prlLyacchati, (IP), to give , 00, dAidati, datte, (3P, A), to give 00, OOti, (2P), to cut, slice ~ OOtf, (adj), donor, giver OOna, (n), gift, giving .. daru, (n), wood OO8a, (m), servant OOsi, (0, maid-servant ~ d{na, (n), day .' d{v, (Q, heaven div, dtvyati, (4P), to play dice, gamble. divya, (adj). divine, heavenly diS, (0, direction diS, disati, (6P), to point, show diS, ii+, iidiSati, (6P), to order, command, instruct - diS, upa+, upadiscUi, (6P), to teach, advise . dis, nir+, nirdisati, (6P), to point out, show dip, dtpyate, (4P), to shine dtpa, (m), lamp
. dtpaka, (m), lamp
, dulJkM, (n), pain, sorrow
dulJkhita, (adj), in pain, sorrowful, suffering -durjana, (m), wicked person, evil person, rogue
s
,
I
!
.'f
I
{
433
durbhikl!a, (n), famine durlabha, (adj), rare, difficult to get d~yanta, (m), name of a king duh, dogdhi, dugdhe, (2P, A), to milk ,duhitr, (0, daughter p dura, (adj), far duram, (ind), far
drs, pasyati, (lP), to see
devd, (m), god, divinity
devakanya, (0, nymph - devata, (0, divinity, spirit devadatta, (m), name of a person desa, (m), region, country dola, (0, swing ,dof!a, (m), fault, defect dyut, dyotate, (lA), to shine dyuta, (n), game of dice, gambling dyo, (0, heaven dravya, (n), thing, object, money, substance
dvandva, (n), pair
dva(i)navati, (0, ninety-two
dva(i)l!al!ti, (0, sixty-two
dva(i)saptati, (0, seventy-two
dvacatvari:rrtat, (0, forty-two
dvatri~at, (0, thirty-two
dviidaSan, twelve
dvq(dvi)pancasat, (0, fifty-two
"dvar, (0, door, gate
dvara, (n), door, gate
dvavinUati, (0, twenty-two
dvi, (m, n, 0, two
dvirepha, (m), honey bee
dvividha, (adj), two-fold
dvil!, dvel!ti, d~te, (2P, A), to hate dvyaiti, (0, eighty-two
I,
- dhb,na, (n), wealth, money dhanavat, (adj), rich, wealthy , dJuinus, (n), bow dhanya, (adj), fortunate, lucky, worthy dharma, (m), religious and moral duties dhavala, (adj), bright white , dha, dO,dhati, dhatte, (3P, A), to place, bestow dha, ava+, avadCuJ,hati, -dhatte, (3P, A), to place down, fix dha, vi+, vidadhati, vidhatte, (3P, A), to do, perform, make dhanya, (n), grain, crops . dhav, dhavati, (lP), to run ... dhav, abht+, abhidhavati, (lP), to attack ~ dh~k, (ind), curse upon xl, fie upon xl dhi, (0, intellect, thought, mind dhimat, (adj), intelligent, thoughtful, wise
A
434
'(
h~
,dhira, (adj), courageous .. dhivam, (m), fisherman 'dhur, (0, yoke of a cart dhum, (0" yoke of a cart dhu, dunliti, dhunite, (9P, A), to shake (transitive) dhurna, (m), smoke dhr, dMrayati, (lOP), to hold, owe (a debt) dhrta~tra, (m), name of a person "dlumu, (0, cow , dhya,na, (n), concentration, meditation, attention dhyai, dhyliyati, (lP), to meditate ~ dhTUOO, (adj), firm dhvani, (m), noise, sound
;r
na kadlipi, (ind), never (na kadii api) naga, (m), mountain niigara, (n), city, town nagtt", (0, city, town -nad't, (0, river nanlindr, (0, sister-in-law, husband's sister .. nand, ii"+, itnandati, (IP), to rejoice, be happy , naptr, (m), grandson nam; narnati, (IP), to bend, salute nam, pra+, pro/r,parnati, (lP), to salute na,malJ" (ind), salutations namana, (n), salutation namaskara, (m), salutation nayana, (n), eye nara, (m), man naraka, (m), hell narmada, (0, name of a river
nala, (m), name of a king nalini, (0, lotus vine - Mva, (adj), new navacatvliri:'?t8at, (0, forty-nine navati, (0, ninety navatri~at, (0, thirty-nine navadasan, nineteen navan, nine navanavati, (0, ninety-nine navanita, (n), butter navapancasat, (0, fifty-nine navavi~ati, (0, twenty-nine navalja:Jti, (0, sixty-nine navasaptati, (0, seventy-nine navasiti, (0, eighty-nine navina, (adj), new nas, Msyati, (4P), to perish, be destroyed . . nliga, (m), snake, elephant .nlith, natkate, (lA), to beg, request nlida, (m), sound, noise
435
(as in 'x
nam,a,
y'
= 'y
n~~,
n'tbhrtam, (adv) , secretly , ni'f'ja'f'a, (m), god, ageless nirmala, (adj), clean, clear, free of dirt nis, (), night nisa, (), night nisaca'f'a, (m), demon, 'night-walker nisita, (adj), sharp niscaya, (m), decision, determination niScala, (adj), unmoving, still n~kara'1}ALm, (ind), for no reason ni, nayaU, (lP), to take, lead, carry ni, apa-t, apanayati, (lP), to take away nt, a+, ana1Jati, (lP), to bring ~ ni, nir+, nirt;tayati, (lP), to decide, determine ni, pari+, pdri'1}ALyati, (lP), to marry, wed ni, p'f'a+, pni1J(lyati, (lP), to compose (a poem etc.) nica, (adj), lowly person, wicked person
nita, (adj), dark, blue
nitakafJ,tha, (m), name of Siva, 'blue-throat'
nu, nauti, (2P), to praise nttd, nudO,ti, nudate, (6P, A), to incite, push nutana, (adj), new nrt, nftyati, (4P), to dance nrpa, (m), king nrpati, (m), king netf, / (adj), leader , netTa, (n), eye ~ nyJc, (adj), downward
~ pak1!{n,
(m), bird
pailka, (m), mud, mire pankaja, (n), lotus flower, 'mud-born' pac, pacati, (lP), to cook
pancacatvari~at, (), forty-five pancatri~at, (), thirty-five
panca.daSan, fifteen pancan, five pancanavati, (), ninety-five pancapancasat, (0, fifty-five
436
pane~~ti,
(D, sixty-five
,
~
437
pal, palayati, (lOP), to protect, raise, nourish ~ pavaka, (m), fire, 'purifier' "pavana, (adj), purifying, sanctifying pasa, (m), net, noose, trap
palja1J.fLkha?J4a" (m), piece of rock
pika, (m), cuckoo bird
piwmaha, (m), father's father
pitt, (m), father, ancestor pipasa, (0, desire to drink pipasu, (adj), desirous to drink, thirsty pipilika, (0, ant 'piita, (n), flesh ptsuna, (adj), wicked person, evil person pit}, pi~ti, (7P), to crush, grind, beat pf4, pUjayati, (lOP), to bother, torment, torture pita, (adj), yellow; drunk pi7JlL, (adj), fat pu'Y(8, (m), man ~cha, (n), tail
(0, daughter
pUnar, (ind), again ~ IJU,narb4il, (0, remarried widow p1i.r, (0,: city, walled town pura, (~), city purata"',', (ind), in front of
purandh~,
(0, woman
paurava, (m), a king born in the lineage of Puru .. prakara, (m), kind, type, variety prakasa, (m), light praceh, preeMti, (lP), to ask , praeeft, a+, aP'fcehate, (lA), to take leave . praja, (0, progeny, subjects of a king t prajfliita, (adj), well known
w
438
q;
pool, pOOlati, (lP), to succeed, blossom
pluila, (n), fruit, result
'if
baka, (m), heron
badhira, (adj), ,deaf
,. bandh, badhnati, (9P), to bind, tie
bandhu, (m), relative , bala, (n), strength, power, ability, army : Mlavat, (adj), strong, powerful bali, (m), ritual offering; name of a demon-king .. balIn, (adj), strong, powerful ~ baht"" (ind), outside . bah{i, (adj), much, many bQ4M, (adj), firm, well
b(1)a, (m), arrow
badh, badOOte, (lA), to bother, affect, afflict
biIla, (m), boy, child . bala, (:), girl balika, (:), little girl . bibhilla1)a, (m), name of a demon budtihi, (:), intellect, thought , budh, bodOOti, (lP), to know
'I
439
bTiihma?,J>a, (m), person belonging to the priestly caste, a Brahmin . . brU, bramti, brUte, (2P, A), to speak, say
bhakta, (adj), devotee bhaktt, (f), devotion bhak~, bhak~lI-yatilte, (lOP, A), to eat bhakljaka, (adj), eater, predator bluJkljya, (n), food, edible
, bhiLgavat, (adj), powerful, lord, prosperous
~ bhagini, (s), sister
bhanga, (m), breakage
bhaj, bhajati, bhajate, (IP, A), to serve, to be devoted to
bhanj, bhandkti, (7P), to break
bhadrd, (adj), fortunate one, gentle person
bhaya, (n), fear
bhayaiLkara, (adj), terrifying
bharata, (m), name of a prince
bhalluka, (m), bear 'bMvat, Jprn), your honor (like German Sie) ~ bha, bhati, (2P), to spine, seem, appear bha, prati+, pratibhiiti, (2P), to seem, appear bhaga, (m), portion, division bhagirathi, (f), name of the river Ganges bhanu, (m),' sun bhiira, (m), burden bOOratadesa, (m), land of Bharata, India
bOOra~i, (f),
, bOOrya, (f), wife .. bhavd, (rp), existence, being, emotion, state , bha~, bOOflate, (lA), to speak, say bha~, prati+, pratibhaljate, (IA), to reply, respond boos, bhasate, (lA), to shine, seem bhasvat, (adj), shining; (m), sun bhik1j, bhik1jate, (IA), to request, beg , bhid, bhinatti, (7P), to break, split bhilla, (m), tribal person bhi1Jaj, (m), doctor
bht, (D, fear
bhuj, bhu;:;{kti, bhunkte: (7P, A), to enjoy, eat, rule bhujanga, (m), snake bhuvana, (n), world ~ bhif, (f), earth . bhu, bhdvati, (IP), to be, become , bhu, anu+, anubhavati, (lP), to experience, feel, enjoy
440
bhu, iivir+, iivirbhavati, (1P), to become manifest, appear bhu, ud+, Udbhavati, (lP), to originate : bhu, nyak+, nllagbhavati, (lP), to bend down , bhu, pari +, paribhavati, (1P), to overcome bhu, pra+, prabhavati, (lP), to originate, be able - bhu, priidur, priidurbhavati, (1P), to become manifest, to appear bhubhrl, (m), king, mountain " i' .t'\ bhumt, (.lit earth, ground ,bhuloka, (m), earthly world bhii.Jj, bhii.Jjayatilte, (lOP, A), to decorate, adorn, ornament , bhusana, (n), ornament, decoration bhr,' bi"bharti, bibhrle, (3P, A), to support, bear, hold .. bhrsam, (adv), a lot, greatly bheda, (m), difference, distinction
bhaimi, (0, daughter of Bhima, i.e. Damayanti
. bholJ" (ind), respectful form of addressing
.. bhOga, (m), enjoyment; snake-coil
bhojana, (nl, meal bhram, bhriimyatilbhramati, (1, 4P), to wander, roam '. bhram, pari+, paribhramati, (lP), to wander around bhram, pari+, paribhriimyati, (4P), to wander around ~ bhramara, (m), bee bhramari, (D, female bee
bhrU, (D, brow
1f
~kara, (m), alligator, crocodile
"nuikari, (D, female alligator, crocodile
- magJu:{van, (m), name of Indra
ma?Ji, (m), jewel ma1J4ita, (adj), decorated, adorned, ornamented
matt, (D, intellect, thought, mind
( matimat, (adj), intelligent, wise
matkuna, (m), bedbug
- m4tsya, (m), fish
.math{n, (m), churning stick
. . mathura, (f), name of a city
mad, madyati, (4P), to rejoice, to be intoxicated rniulhu, (n), honey, mead; (m), spring season madhukara, (m), madhukari, (f), honey-bee madhura, (adj), sweet - madhultn, (m, 0, bee .. m..lulhya, (n), middle point; (adj), middle madhyiihna, (m), mid-day man, manute, (SA), to think man, nuinyate, (4A), to think man, anu+, &nU'manyate, (4A), to consent, agree
11l4nas, (n), mind
manu, (m), Manu, the progenitor of human race
manuja, (m), man, human
manW/ya, (m),; man, human
mantr, mantrayate, (lOA), to consult, converse with
6
y
441
m,anth, m,athniiti, (9P), to churn, destroy m,anda, (adj), slow .. m,ar~v-a, (n), death m,arut, (m), wind m,arudesa, (m), desert region m,alaya, (m), southern mountain 'm,aluit, (adj), great, big, large m,ahiirha, (adj), expensive, costly m,akimiI,n, (m), greatness m,ahi, (0, earth nUi, mati, (2P), to measure nUi, m{mite, (3A), to measure " nUi1!l-Sa, (n), meat, flesh nUiv-avaka, (m), boy mafJ,ikya, (n), ruby, jewel mat', (0, mother ~ nz-adhava, (m), name of a person manin, (adj), proud manW}a, (m), man, human 'nUiya, (0, illusion, deception nUiruti, (m), the monkey-warrior in Ramayal}.a nUirga, (m), path, road, way marjara, (m), cat nUila, (0, garland m..iisaJ (m), month mitra, (n), friend; (m), sun
miSra, (adj), mixed
mukha, (n), face
muc, muncati, (6P), to free, release mud, nuidate, (IA), to rejoice , muni, (m), sage mumuklJa, (0, desire for freedom, salvation
mumuk!!u, (adj), desirous of freedom, salvation
mumurf!a, (0, desire to die
mumurf!u, (adj), desirous to die
murari, (m).! enemy of the demon Mura, Kr~l}.a mW}, mUf!1JlLti, (9P), to steal, take away muh, mUkyati, (4P), to faint, be confused, deluded mii4kadhi, (adj), fool, stupid murdhaja, (m), hair - m1lla, (n), root mr, mriyate, (6A), to die . mrga, (m), deer, animal , mrgaya, (0, hunting
I
c
"mrla,
(adj), dead
mrdu, (adj), soft megha, (m), cloud menaka, (0, name of a nymph
m,aitri, (0, friendship
moha, (m), delusion, confusion
m,auktika, (n), pearl
442
'lI'
"yaj, yajatilte, (lP, A), to sacrifice, perform a ritual yajus, (n), text from Yajurveda yajna, (m), sacrifice, ritual yajiiadatta, (m), name of a person yat, yatate, (IA), to try, attempt, exert yata'", (ind), since yatra, (ind), where (relative usage) y6,tha, (ind), as /" yath'iikaram, (ind), doing in such a way
<
I'
ytUl,,,(ind), that (as in 'he said that'); (pm), relative prn yadii, (ind), when (relative usage)
ycidi, (ind), if
yadyapi, (ind), even if, even though (yadi+api) yama, (m), god of death "y6,8as, (n), fame yasodhara, (), name of Buddha's wife ya, yati, (2P), to go ya, a+, ayati, (2P), to come ya, upa+, upayati, (2P), to approach
yae, yacate, (lA), to request, beg
yavajjiv6m, (ind), as long as someone is alive yavat, (ind), as long as; (adj), as much, as many yuga, (n), age, long cosmic span of time - yuj, yundkti, yunkt~ (7P, A), to join yudk, (), fight, battle " yudh, yUdhyate, (4A), to fight, battle yuvaka, (m), young man ., yuvan, (adj), young yuvaraja, (m), crown prince , y'W!~, (prn), second person pronoun ('you') Y'ii:.tkd, (m), flock, herd, group yupa, (m), sacrificial post to tie the sacrificial animal yojana, (n), a distance of about 8 miles
#
"f
rakta, (adj), red, colored raklj, r6,~~ati, (IP), to protect TaC, racayatilte, (lOP, A), to construct, build, arrange r4jju, (), rope r~t, ratati, (lP), to utter, shout, scream, recite mindlessly . ratna, (n), jewel ,ratha, (m), chariot .. rabk, a+ arabhate, (lA), to begin ~ ram, rdmate, (lA), to sport, rejoice in, enjoy ram, v+, mramati, (lP), to cease, stop, desist
rasa, (m), juice, emotion
A'tiikljasa, (m), demon rakljasi, (0, demoness raj, rajate, (lA), to shine rajakanya, (f), princess
J
443
!
rajan, (m), king mjanya, (m), a person of warrior class rajaputra, (m), prince rq,japuTWja, (m), kings servant rajni, (0, queen r rq,jya, (n), kingdom 'mtri, (0, night
y
mva~, (m), name of a demon-king mil, (m), heap ..I. rasabha, (m), ass, donkey rasabhi, (f), she ass, she donkey , rah.u, (m), demon who devours the sun and the moon during eclipse rahula, (m), name of Buddha's son rikta, (adj), empty riktM, (n), property, inheritance ~ ric, ri1'}.lLkti, rinkte, (7P, A), to empty ripu, (m), enemy ru, rauti, (2P), to make noise, cry 'r'UC, rocate, (lA), to appeal to, shine (in older Sanskrit) .. rud, roditi, (2P), to cry, weap , rudra, (m), name of Siva ~ rudh, ru1,!Aiddhi, rundM, (7P, A), to obstruct, stop, prevent rudh, ava+, avaru~ddhilrundhe, (7P, A), to obstruct, confine ruh, r6OOti, (lP), to climb, mount "YUh, a+, arohati, (IP), to climb, mount
I
m-ma,
~ roha~,
lakll'l'Yl4~, (m), name of a prince lakllmi, (0, prosperity, wealth, goddess Lak~mi lagh"},, (adj), small, little lanka, (f), island of Sri Lanka lata, (f), vine, creeper , labh, labhate, (lA), to get, obtain, attain, achieve lalata, (n), forehead labOO, (m), acquisition, getting, attainment . likh, likMti, (6P), to write ,lipsu, (adj), desirous of acquiring Uh, leq,hi, liq,he, (2P, A), to lick lup, lumpati, (6P), to bite off, steal -lubdhaka, (m), hunter lubh, luphyati, (4P), to covet ~lu, luniiti, lunite; (9P, A), to cut, pluck . loka, (m), world lOllta, (m), clod of earth, lump of earth lohita, (adj), red; (n), blood
If
444
cr
~ vakti, (adj), speaker vac, vakti, (2P), to speak "vacanti, (n), saying, speech, words vacas, (n), saying, speech, words
vajra, (n), thunderbolt, Indra's weapon against demons
vane, vancayati, (lOP), to deceive, cheat
vafa" (m), banyan tree
, vatsa, (m), child, calf vad, vtidati, (lP), to speak rod, abki+, abkivadati, (IP), to greet ~ vad, vi+, mvadate, (IA), to debate, argue vadana, (n), face, mouth vadha, (m), killing vadkil-, (D, bride, young woman, daughter-in-law 'van, vanute, (8A), to request, beg vana, (n), forest vaniyaka, (m), beggar vand, vandate, (lA), to salute " vdyas, (n), age vara, (m), boon, wish, desire, bride-groom varam, (ind), better va'1'7j.-a, (m), color, complexion, caste, letter of the alphabet varl!a, (n), year varlja, (f), rain varljabku, (m), frog valga, (f), bridle, rein vas, vasati, (IP), to live, dwell vasana, (n), clothes, garment vasanta, (m), spring-time vasudha, (f), earth, 'bearer of wealth' vastu, (n), thing, object vastra, (n), clothes, garment vak, vahati, (lP), to flow (intransitive); carry (transitive) ~ vak, nir+, nirvahati, (lP), to carry out vahanp., (n), carrying, flowing ~ va~ vati, (2P), to blow (intransitive, as in 'the wind blows') " vae, (f), speech, language, words, saying vanek, vlinchati, (IP), to desire, want, wish
.va1),i, (f), language, speech, words
vata, (m), wind vcitaprami, (m), antelope, 'swift as wind' vanara, (m), monkey vanari, (f), female monkey .. vapa)Ja, nir+, nirvapayati, causative of va (2P), to extinguish ~ vayu, (m), wind ,vari, (n), water ,valmiki, (m), name of a poet, author of Ramayal).a rosas, (n), clothes, garment
vi'Tfl-Sati, (f), twenty
vigkna, (m), obstacle, difficulty, adversity vid, vidyate, (4A), to be
'1
445
vid, vindO,ti, (6P), to get, obtain, attain vid, vitti, (2P), to know, recognize, understand ; vidyavat, (adj), learned .. vidyJt, (0, lightening ,vidvds, (adj), learned, wise vidhi, (m), rule, ceremony, fate, creator vinasana, (n), name of place where the river SarasvatI disappears vina, (ind), without vi1Wda, (m), entertainment, ammusement vipad, (0, calamity, disaster, adversity
viparita, (adj), reverse
; viyat, (0, sky
virahita, (adj), without
virama, (m), cessation, stopping, end
vilepana, (n), anointing, anointment
vivaha, (m), marriage, wedding
viveka, (m), proper discrimination, judgement
vis, (m), people viS, vis&'ti, (SP), to enter ,vis, abhi+ni+, abhin{viSate, (SA), to resort to "' viS, upa+, upaviSati, (SP), to sit ~ viS, pra+, praviSati, (SP), to enter viSald, (adj), large, big viSelJa, (m), distinction, specialty, difference viSvapa, (m), world-protector, god ~vamitra, (m), name of a king-sage ~d, (n), poison
vU!"IJu, (m), name of a divinity, Vi~Q.u
vUrrJ-umitra, (m), name of a person
vU!vac, (adj), all-pervading
visarjana, (n), releasing, leaving something
vihaga, (m), bird, 'sky-goer'
vithi, (0, path, streat, road vim, (adj), brave virasena, (m), name of a king 'V'f, V'f'T}Afti, 'lJ'(IJite; (5P, A), to choose, select, elect vr1ca, (m), wolf kt, ,CO, she wolf vrklJa, (m), tree V'{klJatva, (n), treeness "vrt, vartate, (lA), to be t vrl, ni+, ntvartate, (1A), to return, retire, turn away pari +, p~rivartate, (lA), to change, turn . vrt, pra+, pravartate, (1A), to begin, proceed, move on , vrt, prati+ni+, pratinivartate, (1A), to return vrt, sam+, sa~vartate, (1A), to happen vrttanta, (m), event, incident, happening vrtti, ~O, livelihood, conduct "vrtraMn, (m), killer of Vrtra, Indra vTa,d1ui, (adj), grown, old,o old person . V'{dh, vardhate, (1A), to grow, prosper V'{lJti , (1 rain I 'vr, ~ti, 'lJ'(IJtte, (9P, A), to choose, select, elect vega, (m), speed
t
4
vr
vit,
446
-veda, (m), Vedic scriptures vediirtha, (m), the meaning of Vedic scriptures
( vedhtfs, (m), creator, god
'vep, vepate, (lA), to tremble, shake
vainateya, (m), eagle vyaya, (m), expenditure, diminishing
\. vyavasita, (adj), determined
~ vyakaraf}{L, (n), grammar
vyagkra, (m), tiger vyadkita, (adj), sick, ill vyapaka, (adj), pervading vraj, vrajati, (lP), to go
vraja, (m), cowpen
'V'I'ata, (n), vow, religious commitment
mki, (m), rice
~
~'
,sas, sasti, (2P), to teach, instruct, rule sas, anu+, anUasti, (2P), to teach, instruct sas, a+, asaste, (2A), to hope, wish , sastr, (adj), teacher, ruler, instructer ~ sastm, (n), sacred text, traditional sciences sik~, s{k~ati/te, (lP, A), to learn, study , sikhara, (n), peak of mountain, dome of palace or temple .. sikM, (f), tuft of hair, flame siras, (n), head, top
447
samma,
(m), tiger
, silii, (0, stone, rock siva, (adj), holy, good, auspicious; (m), name of divinity, Siva Stsu, (m), baby, child , sUfya} (m), disciple, student si, sete, (2A), to lie down, sleep Sita, (adj), cold, cool Simla, (adj), cold, cool ~ ~r~a, (n), head sUlca, (m), parrot suki, (0, female parrot
sukta, (adj), white
s'lic, (0, grief, pain, sorrow
sue, socati, (lA), to grieve
SUci, (adj), pure, clean Suddhodana, (m), name of a king subh, sobhate, (lA), to shine , sutka, (n), price, nuptial gift s'W}, s'W}yati, (4P), to dry up sunya, (adj), empty, vacant sura, (adj), brave, heroic surpa1J.O,khii, (0, name of a demoness siUa, $m), spike, stake srgiila, (m), jackal srnkhalii, (0, chain --srnga, (n), peak, horn sobM, (0, beauty, splendor, shining syii'fna, (:}dj), dark, black sram, sriimyati, (4P), to exert, toil, get tired sram, pari+, pariSramyati, (4P), to exert, toil sram, vi+, visriimyati, (4P), to rest sravatuL, (m), name of a young man <l'sri, (0, prosperity, wealth, goddess Lakl?mi ; sri'fnat, (adj), prosperous, wealthy, rich sm, Srti, Broute, (5P, A), to hear, listen Bruta, (n), learning, heard word Brotr, (adj), listener, hearer srotra, (n), ear sliigh, liighate, (lA), to praise atoka, (m), verse, praise Svlm, (ind), tomorrow svan, (m), dog Sv&sura, (m), father-in-law
/ svara, (0, mother-in-law
svas, svasiti, (2P), to breath ~ 8Vas, vi+, visvasiti, (2P), to trust sveta, (adj), white
#
I
448
"
sarasvat'i, (0, goddess of learning, Sarasvati "sarlt, (0, river sarpa, (m), snake sarp'i, (0, female snake sarva., (prn), all sarvatak, (ind), on all sides, from all sides sarvadii, (ind), always sarfJapa, (m), mustard seed sasya, (n), grain, corn, crops sak, sakate, (lA), to tolerate, withstand, bear saM, (ind), with (in the sense of accompaniment) saluisra, (n), thousand 'saMdhyayin, (m), co-pupil ,sahita, (adj), together sadh, sadhnoti, (5P), to accomplish sqdku, (adj), good, virtuous; (ind), bravo! sam..an, (n), text from Samaveda ~ sakasra, (adj), consisting of a thousand (sakasra) "sakaY'}Ja, (n), assistance r si'l?1-lui, (m), lion si'l?1-ki, (0, lioness
sic, sincati, (6P), to water, to sprinkle
siddkartka, (m), given name of Buddha
su, sUn2ti, sunute, (5P, A), to press the Soma vine for ritual ,sukanya, (0, name of a princess suklui, (n), happiness, pleasure sukkam.aya, (adj), full of happiness sugandhi, (adj), fragrant ,s1tcarita, (n), good conduct suduracara, (adj), a person of very wicked behavior Budka, (0, ambrosia, nectar, drink of immortality ,Budk'i, (adj), wise, intelligent, with good mind sundara, (adj), beautiful
suprabhata, (n), good morning
subkallita, (n), good, wise saying
subkiklla, (n), prosperity in food, good for getting alms - subkrU, (0, woman with beautiful eye-brows sumadkya'mii, (0, woman with beautiful waist-line surru:tnas, (n), flower, good mind; (adj) good minded person ,sumitrii, (0, name of a queen suvar1}a, (n), gold; (adj), with good color suJifd, (adj), friend, with a good heart su, sute, (2A), to produce, to give birth "slltra, (n), thread, concise statement, aphorism siLrya, (m), sun sr, sarati, PP), to move, to flow ,sf, anu+, anusarati, (IP), to follow srj, srjati, (6P), to create, produce srp, sarpati, (lP), to move, crawl stoo, {O, army senant, (m), commander of army senapati, (m), commander of army ~ sev, sevate, (IA), to serve, partake, be devoted to sainika, (m), soldier
t
450
soma, (m), Soma plant, whose juice is used in Vedic rituals skandhd, (m), shoulder stambh, stabhnliti, (9P), to stop, obstruct . stu) stauti, stute, (2P, A)~ to praise strt, (f), woman . stka, t4thati, (lP), to stand, remain, stay stka, ddhi+, adhitifJthati, (lP), to stay in, dwell in stka, ud+, uttu,thati, (lP), to stand up .. stka, pra+, prcit~thate, (lA), to set out, begin sthi} sam+, sant~thate, (lA), to remain sthlina, (n), place
sthiili, (f), dish, pot
sthira, (adj), firm, stable
sthula, ~adj), big, large sna, snati, (2P), to bathe snana, (n), bath '" snih, snthyati, (4P), to love, be affectionate sneha, (m), affection spardh, spardhate, (lA), to compete sPTs, sPTsati, (6P), to touch - sPTh, sprhliyati, (lOP), to long for, desire intensely smita, (n), smile
smr, snulrati, (lP), to remember
smr, vi+, vismarati, (lP), to forget
syand, syandate, (lA), to flow ~ sva, (adj), one's own; (prn) , oneself
svad, svadate, (lA), to taste, appeal (intransitive), like rue.
svad, svadayati, (lOP), to taste (transitive)
svap, 8vapiti, (2P), to sleep svaya'Y(ltvara, (m), ceremony for a princess to choose a groom svarga, (m), heaven , svargaloka, (m), heaven , svastl, (ind), hail! sviigata, (n), welcome "sviidunkaram, (ind), having made something sweet sviya, (adj), one's own
#
#
,.,.
"6
,ha'Y(lt8a, (m), swan haui, (adj), killed han, hanti, (2P), to kill hanta, (ind), alas! hara, (m), name of Siva hari, (m), name of Vi~I)u haridviira, (n), name of a holy place
.. havis, (n), oblation in a sacrifice has, Msati, (lP), to laugh 'has, pari+, parihasati, (lP), to laugh at ~'Msta, (m), hand hastin, (m), elephant
hastini, (f), she elephant
451
. , M, jiJJi:ati,
452
A
a lot, bhrsam (ind) (to) abandon, hil, jahilti, (3P); tyaj, tyajati (lP) ability, sakti (0; slirnarthya (n) able, prabhu (m); sarnartha (adj); alam (ind); sakta (adj) (to be) able, bhu, pra+, prabhavati (lP); sak, saknoti (5P) above, upari (ind); urdhvam (ind) absence, abhilva (m) abundance of alms, subhiklla (n) (to) abuse, (verbally), kl1ip, adhi+, adhikllipati (6P); nind, nindati (lP); bhlif, apa+, apabhiillate (lA); man, ava+, avamanyate (4A) accompanied by, sahita (adj) (to) accomplish, sOOh, slidhnoti (5P) accumulation, sancaya (m) (to) accuse, k'lip, adhi+, adhikllipati (6P); nind, nindati (lP); bhiill, apa+, apabhiillate (lA); man, ava+, avamanyate (4A) acquaintance, familiarity, paricaya (m) (to) acquire, gam, adhi+, adhigacchati (1P); labh, labhate (lA); vid, vindati (6P); lip, apnoti (5P) acquisition, labha (m); prapti (0; samadhigama (m) action, karman (n); kriyli (0 (to) adorn, bh'iLII, bh'iLllayatilte (lOP, A); kr, alam+, ala1(tkarotil kurute (8P, A) adorned, ma'lJl4ita (adj); ala1(tkrta (adj); bhU:jita (adj); sobhita (adj) adversity, anartha (m); lipad (0; sankata (n); vipad (0 (to) advise, diS, upa+, upadiSati (6P) (to) affect, bOOh, blidhate (lA) affection, priti (0; sneha (m) after, anantaram (ind); anu (ind); pasclit (ind) again, punar (ind) age, vayas (n) (to) agitate, manth, rnathnliti (9P); cal, vi+, causative, viclilayati (to be) agitated, ksubh, kfubhyati (4P) (to) agree, man, anu+, anumanyate (4A) alas!, hanta (ind); hli (ind) all, sarva (pm); sakala (adj); samasta (adj); aSefa (adj) alligator, makara (m) alligator (female), makari (0 (to) allow, man, anu+, anumanyate (4A); jna, anu+, anujlinlitil jlinite (9P, A) along, anu (ind) also, api (ind) although, yadyapi (ind) always, sarvada (ind); sada (ind); aniSam (ind); sarvaklilam (ind); satatam (ind); santatam (ind)
453
t
1
another, anya (pm), apara (pm), pam (pm) ant, pipilikli (0 antelope ('swift as the wind'), vataprami (m) aphoristic statements, sutra (n) (to) appeal, rue, rocate (lA) (to) appear, bhii, pmti+, pmtibhiiti (2P) (to) approach, gam, upa+, upagacchati (1); ya, upa+, upayati (2P) (to) arise, bhu, ud+, udbhavati (lP); bhu, sam+, sambhavati (lP);
bhu, pra+, pmbhavati (lP); gam, ud+, udgacchati (lP)
army, bala (n); camu (0; senii (0 around, parital} (ind) (to) arrange, granth, grathniiti (9P); rac, racayatilte (lOP, A) arrow, iflu (m); bat}-a (m); sam (m); ayomukha (m); Bilimukha as long as X is alive, yavajjivam (ind) as much, as many, yavat (adj) ascetic, parivraj (m); tiipasa (m); yati (m); muni (m); Tfli (m) (to) ask, pracch, PTcchati (lP) ass, gardabOO (m); riisabOO (m) ass (female), gardabhi (0; rasabhi (f) assembly, parilJad (0; sabh.a (0 assistance, sah.ayya (n) associate, saciva (m); sah.aya (m) (to) attack, dh.av, abhi+, abhidhiivati (lP) (to) attend upon, as, pari+upa+, paryupfiste (2A); S6V, sevate
(lA); bOOj, bOOjate (lA)
attentive, avahita (adj) (to) attract, kTfI, a+, akarflati (lP) autumn, sarod (0 (to) avoid, hr, pari+, pariOOrati (lP) (to) await, ilefl, prati+, pratikflate (lA)
axe, kuthara (m); parasu (m)
B
baby, SiSu (m); balaka (m)
back, P'[f!tha (n)
backward, pratyac (adj)
bad poem, kukavya (n)
bank of a river, tata (m); tata (n); tati (0; tira (n)
banyan tree, vata (m)
bath, snana (n)
(to) bathe, sna, snati (2P)
battle, samara (n); yudh (0; yuddOO (n)
(to) battle, yudh, yudhyati (4P)
454
be, as, asti (2P); bhu, bhavati (IP); vid, vidyate (4A); vrt, vartate (IA) beak, cancu () bear, bhalluka (m); rk~a (m) beautiful, ciiru (adj); sundara (adj); rucira (adj) beauty, kiinti (); sobhii (); saundarya (n) because, hi (ind); yata", (ind) (to) become, bhu, bhavati (IP) bedbug, matku1J4 (m) bee, bhromaro (m); mm:lhukara (m); dvirepha (m); mm:lhulih (m) bee (female), bhramari (); mm:lhukari () before, priik (ind); pu,rvam (ind) (to) beg, am, ardati (lP); bhik:j, bhik:jate (IA); niith, niithate (IA); van, vanute (SA); yae, yiicate (IA) beggar, vaniyaka (m); bhik:juka (m); yiicaka (m) (to) begin, rabh, ii+, iirabhate (IA); vrt, pra+, pravartate (IA); kram, pra+, prakra'mQ,te (IA) beginning, iidi (m) (to) behave, hr, vi+ava+, vyavaharati (IP); car, ii+, iicarati (IP) behind, paSciit (ind) (to) belittle, ga1)t, ava+, avaga1J4yati (lOP); jna, ava+, avajiiniitil jiinite (9P, A); 'mQ,n, ava+, ava'mQ,nyate (4A) below, adha", (ind); adhastiit (ind) (to) bend (intransitive), nam, namati (IP) (to) bend down, bhu, nyak+, nyagbhavati (IP) beneath, adhastiit (ind) (to) benefit others, kr, upa+, upakarotilkurute (8P, A) benefitting others, paropakiira (m) best, Sre:jtha (adj), varilJtha (adj) better, varam (ind), sreyas (adj), vartyas (adj) between, antarii (ind); mm:lhye (ind) beyond, parota", (ind) big, guru (adj); sthUla (adj); viiila (adj) (to) bind, bandh, badhniiti (9P) bird, antarik:jaga (m); khaga (m); pak:,in (m); sakunta (m); vihaga (m); a1J4,aja (m) birth, jan'mQ,n (n); jiiti () (to) bite, da~, dasati (IP) (to) bite off, lup, lumpati (6P) (to) blame, nind, nindati (IP); vad, apa+, apavadati (lP); k:jip, adhi+, adhik~ipati (6P); bhii:!, apa+, apabhii:jate (IA) blanket, kambala (m) blessed, bhadra (adj); dhanya (adj) blind, andha (adj) (to) blossom, phal, phalati (IP) (to) blow, (intransitive, 'wind blows, vii', viiti (2P) blue, nua (adj) boat, nau (0; tart (0 body, anga (n); kalevara (n); kaya (m); sarira (n); tanu (); vapus (n) bone, asthi (n) book, pustaka (n); grantha (m) boon, vara (m) (to be) born, jan, jayate (4A)
(to)
455
C
calamity, anartha (m); iipad (0; sankata (n); vipad (0 calf, vatsa (m) camel, 'Ul!tra (m); kramelaka (m) carpenter, takfJaka (m) (to) carry, vah, vahati (lP); ni, nayati (lP) (to) carry out, vah, nir+, nirvahati (lP) carrying, vahana (n) cart, sakata (n) castor oil plant, era'1J4,a (m) cat, bi4iila (m); marjiira (m) (to) catch, grah, grh1J1i,ti, grh'1}ite (9P, A) cause, klLra1)a (n) (to) cease, ram, vi+, vimrnati (lP); sam, samyati (4P) ceremony, vidhi (m) certain, dhruva (adj) certainly, karnam (ind); avayam (ind); dhruvam (ind); bfi4,ham (ind)
456
certainly, eva (ind) (with the verb) chain, srkkhalii () (to) change, (intransitive), 'V'[i, pari+, parivartate (lA) chariot, ratha (m) (to) cheat, 'Vane, vaneayati (lOP) cheek, ga'Y)i!4 (m); kapola (n) chest, uras (n) child, bala (m); iSu (m); kUnULra (m); vaUla em) (to) choose, (esp. in marriage), vr, 'lJ'f'1Jiiti, 'lJ'!"f.J.ite (9P, A) (to) chum, tnanth, mathniiti (9~) churning stick, tnathin (m) city, nagar;, (); nagara (n); pur (); pura (n); pur;, (0; pattana
kl!al, kl!alayatilte (lOP, A) clear, prasanna (adj); waccha (adj); nirmala (adj) clever, nipu1JAL (adj); catura (adj); kuSala (adj) (to) climb, ruh, rohati (lP); ruh, a+, arohati (lP) clod of earth, loij[;a (m) clothes, ambara (n); tta8ana (n); 'Vasas (n); tta8tra (n) cloud, 'Yftegha (m); toyada (m); jaladhara (m); jalada (m) cold, iita (adj); Sitala (adj) co-pupil, sahadhyayin (adj) coconut, narikela (m) (to) collect, ci, cinoti, cinute (5P, A) (to) come, gam, a+, agaechati (lP); yo" a+, ayati (2P) (to) command, diS, a+, iidiSati (6P) commander of an army, senani (m); senapati (m) commentary, tika (0 companionship, sangati (0; sahavasati (); sanga (m) comparison, upanUi () compassion, karu'Yjii (0; krpa (0; daya (0; karu'f}ya (n) compassionate, da1lalu (ad.j); krpalu (adj); karu'f}ika (adj) (to) compete, spardh, spardhate (lA) (to) compose, (a book etc.), ni, pra+, pra1JALyati (lP); rae, racayati, (lOP); mii;; nir+, nirmimite (3A) conceited, avalipta (adj);~ gartJita (adj) concentration of mind, cittala1la (m); dhyana (n) concerning, antare1J,lL (ind) (to) concur with, gam, sam+, sa'l'fltgaechate (lA) condition, bhiiva (m); avasthii (); sthiti () conduct, vrtti (); vartana (n); acara (m); acara'f}a (n) (to) confine, rudh, ava+, avaru1}addhi/rundhe (7P, A) (to) conquer, ]i, jayati (lP); ji, para+, parajayate (lA); ji, m+, vijayate (tA); bhu, para+, parabhavati conquerer, jetr (adj); vijayin (adj) (to) consent, tnan, anu+, anutnanyate (4A); jm, anu+, anujo,natil janite (9P, A) (to) consider, tnan, manute (SA); man, manyate (4A); cint, cintayati (lOP) (to) construct, rac, raea1latilte (lOP, A); nUL, nir+, nirmimite
(3A)
(to) consult, mantr, "Inantra1late (lOA) (to) contemplate, cint, cintayati/te (lOP, A);
dhyai, dhyayati
(lP)
457
D
(to) dance,nrt, nrtyati (4P)
dark, nila (adj); yatna (adj); krl}tul (adj)
darkness, tatnaB (n); andhakara (m)
daughter, dukitr (0; kanya ('); putrl (0; tanaya ('); 8uta (');
attnaja (0
daughter-in-law, vadku (') dawn, ~as (') day, ahan (n); dina (n); divasa (m) dead, mrta ( mr (past participle) (adj) deadly snake, kriJtulsarpa (m) deaf, badhira (adj) death, tnaratul (n); mrtyu (m) debate, carca ('); vada (m); vivada (m) (to) debate, vad, vi+, vivadate (lA) debt, rrJAL (n) deceit, maya ('); vancana (');
458
(5P, A)
alatytkarotil kurute (8P, A) decorated, ma1J4ita (adj); bkiUJita (adj); ala'Y{tkrta (adj) decrease, kfJaya (m) dedicated to husband, pativmtii (0 deep, gahana (adj) deer, mrga (m); hari1}a (m) defeat, pambhava (m); paTajaya (m); abkibhava (m) (to) defeat, bku, pari+, paribhavati (lP); ji, paTa+, parajayate (lA); bhu, abki+, abhibhavati (lP)
demon, asura (m); niBacara (m); rak$a8a (m)
demoness, rakfja8i (0
dense, gahana (adj)
(to be) depressed, khid, khidyate (4A); sad, vi+, visidati (lP)
desert region, 'm.I1/rudesa (m) .
designation, satytjna (0; naman (n); akkya (0; abkidhiina (n)
desire, icchii (0; kamana (0; iM (0; kama (m); man~a (0;
klinkfja (0; abkiZat}a (m)
desire for release, mumukl}a (0
desire to die, mumurfja (0
desire to know, jijnasa (0
desire to win, jigilJa (0
(to) desire, if}, icchati (6P); kankE}, kankllati (lP); vaftch,
vaftchati (lP); ih, ihate (lA); lall, abhi+, abhila$ati (lP)
desired, if}ta (adj); kankfjita (adj); abhilafjita (adj); vaftchita
(to) declare, gkW!, gkofJayatilte (lOP, A) (to) decorate, bkiU!, bkiUJayatilte (lOP, A); kr, alam+,
(adj)
(to) desist, ram, vi+, viramati (lP); vrt, ni+, nivartate (lA) (to) despise, ga1J-, ava+, avaga1}ayati (lOP); man, ava+, avamanyate
(4A);
cinute (5P, A)
E
eagle, ga~ (m); vainateya (m) ear, kart}lL (m); 8rotra (n) ear-ornament, ku'TJ4ala (n); ka'1'"'1Jb.bhfi.!!at;Ul (n) earth, bhu (D; bhumi (f); klJiti (f); ptihivi (0; ptihvi (0; vasudha (f) earthly world, bhUloka (m) east, eastern, pram (0; pu,rva (f) eastern, prac (adj) (to) eat, ad, atti, atte (2P, A); ai, asnii,ti (9P); bhakl!, bhakl!ayati (lOP); bhuj, bhunakti, bhunkte (7P, A); khad, khiidati (lP); hr, abhi+ava+, abhyavakamti (lP) eater, bkakl!aka (adj~ egg, a'TJ4a (n) eight, alJtan eighteen, al!fiidaSan eighty, aBiti (f) eighty-eight, alJta8iti (0 eighty-five, pa1icasiti (f) eighty-four, catumsiti (f) eighty-nine, ekonanavati (0; nava8iti (0 eighty-one, eka8iti (f) eighty-seven, saptaBiti (f) eighty-six, l!a4a8iti (0 eighty-three, tryaSiti (0 eighty-two, dvyaSiti (0 eldest, jyelJtha (adj), varlJiI}tha (adj) elephant, gaja (m); hastin (m); naga (m) elephant (female), hastini (0 eleven, ekadaSan
460
elongated, ayata (adj) elsewhere, anyatm (ind) emotion, bhiiva (m) emperor, samraj (m) empty, rikta (adj); 8unya (adj) (to) empty, ric, ri'lJAlkti, rinkte (7P, A) end, anta (m) end of action, viriima (m) enemy, an (m); npu (m); satru (m) (to) enjoy, aSnati (9P); as, asnute (5A); bhu, anu+, anubhavati (lP); bkuj, bhunakti, bhunkte (7P, A) engage, vrt, pra+, pravartate, (lA); enjoyment, asvlida. (m); b/wga (m) enough, alam (ind); krtam (ind) (to) enter, vii, viiati (6P); viS, pra+, praviSati (6P) entertainment, vinoda (m) equal, samana (adj); tulya (adj); sama (adj) (to) evacuate, ric, ri'lJAlkti, rinkte (7P, A) even if, yadyapi (ind) even so, tatOOpi (ind) even then, tatOOpi Ond) even though, yadyapi (ind) everyday, pratidinam (ind); pmtyaham Ond) evil, piSuna (adj) examination, parikfJa (0 (to) examine, ikfJ, pari+, parikfJate (lA) exceedingly, parama (ind); ativa (ind) except, rte (ind); vina (ind) (to) exert, smm, sramyati (4P); yat, yatate (lA) exertion, pariimma (m); yatna (m); prayatna (m) existence, bOOva (m); satta (0 expenditure, vyaya (m) expensive, maOOrha (adj) (to) experience, bku, anu+, anubkavati (lP) (to) extend, tan, ta1Wti, tanute (8P, A) extinguish, vapaya, nir+, nirvapayati causative of va (2P) eye, netra (n), nayana (n), akfJi (n)
as,
F
face, mukha (n); vadana (n); asya (n), anana (n) facing upwards, uttana (adj); unmukha (adj) (to) fall, pat, patati (lP) fame, kirti (0; yasas (n) family, kula (n); ku,tumba (n) famine, durbhikfJa (n) famous, kirtimat (adj); prasiddha (adj); YaSasvin (adj); suvijiiiita (adj) far, dura (adj); duram Ond) farmer, kfjetrapati (m); krfJaka (m) farthest, davilJtha (adj); duratama (adj) fast, kf}ipra (adj); kfJipram (ind); asu (ind) fat, stkUla (adj); pina (adj)
461
fate, daiva (n); niyati (0 father, janaka (m); janitr (adj); pitT (m); tata (m) a father-in-law, svasum (m5 fault, dosa (m) favor, pYasada (m) favorable, prasanna (adj) (to be) favorable, sad, pm+, prasidati (lP) fear, bkaya (n); bhi (0; sanka (0; bhtti (0 (to) fear, bhi, bibheti (2P) fearlessness, abkaya (n) feasible, sakya (adj, adv) (to) feel, bhu, anu+, anubkavati (IP) field, yard, anga'1}a (n) fifteen, paitcadasan fifty, pancasat (0 fifty-eight, alIta(a)paficasat (0 fifty-five, paficapaficasat (0 fifty-four, catulJ,paficasat (0 fifty-nine, eko1tal!al!ti (0; navapaficasat (0 fifty-one, ekapancasat (0 fifty-six, l'Jatpaficasat (f) fifty-three, traya(tri)paficasat (0 fifty-two, dva(dvi)paficasat (0 fight, yudh (0; yuddka (n); sa'YfUl,ra (n) (to) fight, yudh, yudhyati (4P) (to) fill, Pr, pu,rayati (lOP) final resuft, pari'Y}(Lti (0
(to) find, vid, vindati (6P); labh, labkate (IA)
fire, anala (m); pavaka (m); agni (m); vahni (m)
firm, bli4ka (adj); dhruva (adj); sthira (adj); dr4ka (adj)
fish, 'YfUl,tsya (m) fisherman, dhivam (m) five, pancan flame, Bikhli (f); jvala (f) flesh, mii1pSa (n); pi8ita (n) flock, ga'Y}(L (m); yutka (m)
(to) flow, syand, syandate (lA); vah, vakati (IP)
flower, k'USu'YfUl, (n); sumanas (n); 'P'U1!pa (n)
(to) follow, gam, anu+, anugacckati (lP); anu+, an'USamti (IP); ya, anu+, anuyati (2P); i, anu+, anveti (2P) food, anna (n); a8ana (n); bkakl'Jya (adj) fool, alpadhi (adj); mUif,hadhi (adj); murkka (adj); mUif,ka (adj) foot, pada (m) for the sake of, krte (ind) forehead, lalata (n) forest, ka,nana (n); vana (n); ara1)ya (n) (to) forget, smr, vi+, vismarati (IP) former, p1lrva (adj) (to) forsake, tyaj, pari+, parityajati (IP); hii, jahlitiijahite (2P, A) fortunate, dkanya (adj) forty, catvari1(tsat (f) forty-eight, atltacatvari1(tat (f) forty-five, paficacatvari1(tat (f)
sr,
462
forty-four, catu.8catvari~at (0 forty-nine, ekOfUl,pancasat (0; navacatvliri~at (0 forty-one, ekacatvari~at (0 forty-seven, saptacatvari~at (0 forty-six, :}atcatvari~at (0 forty-three, trayacatvari~at (f) forty-two, dvacatvari~at (0 four, catur (m,n,f) fourteen, caturdaSan fragrance, am.oda (m); sugandha (m); saurabhya (n) fragrant, sugandhi (adj); surabki (adj) (to) free, muc, muncati (6P) friend, mitra (n); su1t'[d (m); vayasya (m); sakki (m) friend (female), sakki (0 frog, var:}abku (m); marJ4Uka (m); dardu1"a (m); bheka (m) from there, tatal) (ind) from where?, kutal} (ind) fruit, pkala (n) fuel, indkana (n) full of, samakula (adj); sa'Y(tkula (adj); pU'1'1}a (adj) future course, gati (0
G
(to) gamble, div, divyati (4P)
gambling, dyuta (n)
game of dice, dyuta (n)
Ganges (the river), ganga (0
garantor, pratibku (m)
garden, udyana (n); upavana (n)
garland, mala (f)
garment, ambara (n); vasana (n); viiSa8 (n); rostra (n)
gate, dvar (0; dvlira (n)
generous, udiira (adj)
(to) get angry, kup, kupyati (4P); krudk, krudkyati (4P)
(to) get up, sthii, ud+, utt~thati (lP)
(to) get, ap, apnoti (5P); asnute (5A); gam, adhi+, adhigacckati (lP); labk, labkate (lA); vid, vindati (6P) ghee, clarified butter, gkrta (n) gift, va1"a (m), dana (n) girl, bala (0; kanya (F) (to) give up, tyaj, pari +, parityajati (lP); ha, jahatiljahite
as,
(3P, A)
(to) give, dii, dadati, datte (3P, A); dii, pra+, prayacckati (lP); 00, yacckati (lP); tr, vi+, vitarati (lP) (to) go beyond, kram, ati+, atikmmati (lP); kram, ati+,
atikramyati (4P); tT, ati+, atitarati (lP) vrajati (lP); ya, yati (2P)
(to) go out, gam, nir+, nirgacckati (lP) (to) go, cal, calati (lP); gam, gacchati (lP); i, eti (2P); vraj, goal, pamya'T)LL (n) goat, aja (m); avi (m) goat (female), aja () .
463
god, deva (m); iVara (m); viSvapii (m); nirjara (m); 8ura (m);
amam (m); sumanas (m); divaukas (m)
god of death, yama (m) goddess Kali, kalidevi (0 goddess Lakl?mi, lakflmi (0; Sri (0 goddess of learning, Sarasvati, bhiirati (0; sarasvati (0 goer, gamin (adj); gantr (m) gold, kanaka (n); 8uvartm (n) gold coin, 8uvartm (m), suvartmmudrii good conduct, sucarita (n) good mind, sumanas (n) good morning, 8uprabhiita (n) good people, sajjana (m); sujana (m); sat (m) good, wise saying, sUbhiiflita (n); suvacana (n); sukti (0 good-hearted people, sumanas (m); suhrd (m) (to) grab, gmh, grh1J,iiti, grh'fj/ite (9P, A) grain, dhiinya (n), sasya (n) grammar, vyakara1)a (n) grandfather, piUimaha (m) 'father's father'; maUimaha (m) 'mother's father' grandson, naptr (m) grant, vara (m) grass, tro (n) great, mahat (adj) greatness, mahiman (m) green, harita (adj) grief, suc (0; dulpkha (n) (to) grieve, suc, 80cati (lP); lap, vi+, vilapati (lP) (to) grind, pill, pinaflfi (7P); mrd, mrdnati (9P) grinding something into fine powder, curtmpeflam (ind) ground, bhil, (0; bhumi (f); kfliti (f); PTthivi (0; PTthvi (0; (to) grow, (intransitive), ruh, rohati (lP); vrdh, vardhate (lA) (to) grow, (transitive), V'fdh, causative, vardhayati (lA) guest, atithi (m)
H
hail to x (dative), svasti (ind) hair, kesa (m); murdhaja (m) hand, hasta (m); kara (m); pa'f}i (m) (to) happen, vrt, sam+, sa'1{tvarlate (lA) happiness, sUkha (n); pra'lnOda (m); santofla (m); priti (0;
saumanasya (n)
hard, harsh, kathina (adj) haste, tvara (0 (to) hasten, tvar, tvamte (lA) (to) hate, dvifl, dve~fi, d~te (2P, A) head, siras (n); sirlJa (n); mastaka (n); murdhan (m) heap, ri.i8i (m) (to) hear, sru, 8r1}oti, sf1Jute (5P, A) hearer, srotr (m) heart, hrdaya (n); hrd (n) heat, tapas (n)
464
I
I, first person pronoun, asmad identical, samana (aaj); tulya (adj); sama (adj) if, yadi (ind) ignorance, ajiUina (n); avidya (0 ignorant, avidyavat (adj); aj1ia (adj); mfl4ha (adj); manda (adj) ill, vyadhita (adj), TUU1J( (adj); rogin (adj); asvastha (adj) illusion, maya () in front of, pumtalJ, (ind) in the morning, pratar (ind) in the next world, amutm (ind); pamtra (ind) in the past, pum (ind) in the presence of, agre (ind); samakf!am (ind); pratyakf!am (ind) incident, vrf,tanta (m) (to) incite, una, nudati, nudaie (6p, A)
465
(to) increase, pwJ, ]YUf1.Kiti (9P); Vfdh, causative, vanlhayati (lA); pwJ, causative, pOIJayati (4P) indeed, hi (ind); ka'YlUm (ind); khalu (ind) India, land of Bharata, bhiiratadesa (m); bhiiratavarIJa (n); bharatakhanda (n) influence, prabkliva (m) inheritance, riktha (n) (to) injure, hi'flUl, hinasti (7P) inquisitive, jijiUisu (adj) inspection, pariklJa (0 (to) instruct, diS, upa+, upadiati (6P); sas, anu+, anuSasti (2P); siis, sasti (2P) insult, apakara (m); apamana (m); adhikIJepa (m) intellect, dki (0; 'YIUti (); buddhi (0; prajna (0 intelligent, dhi'Ynat (adj); 'YIUti'YlUt (adj); sOOki (adj); prajna (adj) intoxicated, unmatta (adj); pra'YlUtta (adj); matta (adj) (to) investigate, ikfJ, pari+ (lA) investigation, parikfJa (0 island of Sri Lanka, lanka (0
J
jackal, krofJtu (m); Brgala (m) jaw, da'l'f1,ftr a () jewel, 'YIU1}i (m); ratna (n) jewel necklace, hiira (m) (to) join, (transitive), yuj, yunakti, yunkte (7P, A) juice, rasa (m) just as, yathii (ind)
K
(to) kill, han, hanti (2P); ki'flUl, kinasti (7P)
killing, vadha (m); ki'flUla (0; hatya (0; hanana (n)
kind, type, prakara (m)
kind, compassionate, dayalu (adj); krpalu (adj); karu1}ika (adj)
king, bhartr (m); bkubhrt (m); nrpa (m); partkiva (m); rajan (m)
kingdom, rajya (n)
(to) know, budh, bodhati (lP); gam, ava+, avagacchati (lP); jna,
janiiti, jantte (9P, A); vid, vetti (2P) knowledge, jfiiina (n); bodha (m); avabodha (m); graha1}a (n)
L
lake, hrada (m); saras (n); tatjika (n) lame, khanja (adj) lamp, dipa (m); dipaka (m) (to) laugh at, has, pari+, parihasati (lP) (to) laugh, has, hasati (lP) lazy, alasa (adj); 'YIUnda (adj)
466
(to) lead, ni, nayati (lP) leader, agra1Ji (m); netr (m) leaf, patra (n) (to) learn, gam, ava+, avagacchati (lP); Sikf/, sikf/atilte (lP, A); i, adki+, adhite (2A) learned, vidva8 (adj); vidyavat (adj); pa1J4ita (m); PTajiia (m) learning, scholarship, sruta (n); vidya (0; pa1J4itya (n);
vidvattva
(n)
get out) gam, nir+, nirgacchati (lP) to abandon) ka, jakati, jahite (3P, A) leej,ki, liej,ke (2P, A) 8i, sete (2A)
life, ayus (n); jiva (m); jivana (n); prli1Ja (m); asu (m) light, jyotis (n); prakliSa (m) lightning, vidyut () like, iva (ind); yathii (ind) (to) like, rue, rocate (lA) limb, anga (n) lion, si'Yfllw, (m) lioness, sint/ti () (to) listen, Bru, rrJnti, 8r?Jute (5P, A); kaT1}, a+, akar'1]-ayati (lOP) listener, Brotr (m) little, alpa (adj) little girl, balika (0; kanyaka (0; darika () (to) live, (= to be alive) jiv, jivati (lP) (to) live, (= to dwell) va8, vasati (lP) livelihood, jivika (); vrtti (0; upajivika () long, ayata (adj) (to) long for, 8prk, 8prhayati (lOP) long span of time, an age, yuga (n) long-lived, aYUllmat (adj) (to) look down upon, ga1J, ava+, avaga1Jayati (lOP); man, ava+, avamanyate (4A); jiUi, ava+, avajanatijanite (9P, A) lord, bhagavat (adj) lotus flower, aravinda (n); kamala (n); pankaja (n); nalina (n);
padma
(n);
8aroja
(n);
sarasija
(n);
jalaja
(n);
varija
(n)
lotus vine, nalini (0; kamalini (); padmini () love, kama (m); priti (0; sneha (m); hrcchaya (m) (to) love, pri, pri~ti, pri1Jite (9P, A); snih, 8nihyati (4P) lowly person, nica (adj); adhama (adj) lute, tantri (0
M
made up, adopted, not natural, krtaka (adj) magnitude, mahiman (m); gariman (m); maMtmya (n) (to) make, dhii, vi+, vidddhati, vidhatte (3P, A); kr, karoti, kurute (8P, A); tan, tanoti/tanute (8P, A) maker, kartr (m) man, manu.;ya (m); na1"a (m); pu'qtS (m); purufla (m); manUlla (m);
manuja
(m)
467
many, baku (adj) (to) marry, ni, pari+, parituLyati OP); vak, ud+, udvahati (IP) master, prabku (m); svamin (m); bOOnr (m) mean, kfludm (adj) means, upaya (m) (to) measure, ma, mim'ite (2A) measuring cup, k'l1i)ava (m) , meat, ma'qUJa (n); amu,a (n); piSita (n) medicine, agada (m); aWjadha (n) (to) meditate, dhyai, dhyayati (IP) meditation, dhyana (n) (to) memorize, ka1Jthe kr, karoti, kurute (8P, A) mendicant, parlvriij (m) merchant, va1Jij (m) merit, religious, pu1Jya (n) mid-day, m..adhyahna (m) middle, m..adhya (n); madhya (adj)
mighty, prabala (adj)
milk, kflf:ra (n); payas (n)
(to) milk, duh, dogdhi, dugdhe (2P, A)
mind, cetas (n); manas (n); mati (f); citta (n)
minister, saciva (m); a'Yniitya (m)
mixed, mi8ra (adj) money, dhana (n); vitta (n) monk, bkiktfU (m); sanyasin (m) monkey, kapi (m); vanara (m) monkey (female), vanari (f) month, miisa (m) moon, candm (m); candramas (m); glau (m) moon-shine, jyotsnii () moral, ritual duty, dharma (m) morsel, kavala (n) mother, janani (0; matr (0 mother-in-law, svasrU CO motionless, nucala (adj) (to) mount, ruh, ii+, arohati (lP) mountain, bhubhrt (m); parvata (m); girl (m); acala (m); naga (m) mounting, roOOtuL (n), arohatuL (n) mouse, akhu (m); mUflaka (m) mouth, mukha (n); vadana (n); asya (n) (to) move, cal, calati (IP); car, carati (IP) movement, gati (0; gamana (n); calana (n); sara'YjAl (n) much, bahu (adj) mud, mrd (); panka (m) multitude, yutha (m); gatuL (m) mustard seed, sarflapa (m)
0
N
name, naman (n); sa"",jiili (0; abhidhana (n); akhya (f) (to) narrate, kath, katOOyati (lOP); khya, khyati (2P) near, abhital], (ind); antika (adj); asanna (adj) necessary, avasyaka (adj), avaayam (ind)
468
ham (m); ko/t}fhabham?pa (n) nectar, amrf,a (n); sudhii (0 net, jlila (n); pliSa (m) never, na kadapi (ind) new, nava (adj); nutana (adj); namna (adj); abhinava (adj) night, mtri (0; sarvari (0; niS (0; niSli (0 nine, navan (no gender agreement) nineteen, eklinnavi~ati (0; ekonavi~ati (0; navadaan; unavi~ati (0 ninety, navati (0 ninety-eight, w,tiUa)navati (0 ninety-five, paficanavati (0 ninety-four, caturl'}A1tvati (0 ninety-nine, ekonaSata (n); navanavti (0 ninety-one, ekanavati (0 ninety-seven, aaptanavati (0 ninety-six, lIa'f}?pavati (0 ninety-three, tmyo(tri)navati (0 ninety-two, dvii(i)navati (0 no other, ananya (adj) noise, dhvani (m); sabda (m); rava (m); nlida (m) northern, udac (adj) nose, nlisika (0 not, na (ind) (to) nourish, P'W!, puIf1Jiiti (9P) (to) nourish (intransitive), 1J'Uf!, pulJyati (4P) now, adhunli (ind); idlinim (ind) nuptial gift, sulka (n) nymph, devakanya (0; apsams (0
neck.lace~
o
object, vaatu (n) oblation in a sacrifice, hams (n) (to) observe, iklJ, nir+, niriklJate (IA); lok, ava+, avalokayati (lOP) obstacle, vighna (m) (to) obstruct, rwih, ru'1}addhi, rundhe (7P, A); stambh, atabhniiti
(9P) (to) obtain, ap, apnoti (5P); gam, adki+, adhigacckati (lP); labh,
labkate (IA) occasion, avakliSa (m); pmsanga (m) (to) occupy, stka, adhi+, adhitu,thati (lP); lis, adhi+, adhyaste (2A); vas, adhi+, adhivaaati (lP) ocean, aamudm (m); klJ'iranidki (m) offense, apakam (m); apaTlidha (m) (to) offer, 00, pm+, p1*ayacchati (lP); 00, dadlitildatte (3P, A); hr, upa+, upaharati (IP) offering, bali (m) ointment, vilepana (n) old, vrddha old age, jam (0 old, decrepit, jirl'}A1t (adj)
469
omament, bhi1J!a'l}{l (n); ala1[tkara (m); abhara'l}{l (n) other, anya (pm); para (pm); apara (pm) otherwise, anyathii (ind) (to) ought; arh, arhati UP) outside, bahil} (ind) (to) overcome, bhu, pari+, paribhavati UP); bhu, abhi+, abhibhavati UP) (to) owe, dhr, dhiirayati (lOP) owners of fields, klletmpati (m)
p
pain, du1}kha (n); (f) pair, yuga (n); yugala (n); dvandva (n) palace, prasada (m)
parrot, suka (m); suki (n
passion, kama (m); abhila:]a (m); raga (m)
path, adhvan (m); miirga (m); path, pathin (m); vithi (n
peace, santi (f)
peak of a mountain, srnga (n); Sikhara (n) pearl, mauktika (n) ., penance, tapas (n) people, jana (m); viS (m); laka (m) (to) perform, car, a+, acarati (lP); dhii, vi+, vidadhiiti, vidhatte (3P, A); tan, tanoti, tanute (8P, A); kr, karotilkurute (8P, A) (to) perish, nas, nasyati (4P) ., (to) permit, man, anu+, anum,anyate (4A); jfiii, anu+, anujaniitiJ janf,te (9P, A) person, jana (m); nara (m) (to) pervade, aanute (5A); vi+ap, vyap7Wti (5P) pervading, ~vac (adj); vyapaka (adj) (to) pick, ci, cinoti, cinute (5P, A) place, sthiina (n) (to) place down, dhii, ava+, avadadhiiti,-dhatte (3P, A) play, keli (n; krif/ii, (f) (to) play, khel, khelati UP); div, divyati (4P); kruf" krUf,ati (lP)
suc
as,
470
pri, prituiti, pritJ/f,te (9P A); tU/!, causative, tol}ayati (4P); nand, causative, nandayati (lP) pleased, prasanna (adj); tU/!ta (adj); mudita (adj); nandita (adj) (to be) pleased, sad, pra+, prasidati (lP); tUl}, sam+, santWJyati (4P); tUl}, tWJyati (4P); mud, m.odate (lA) (to) plough, krl}, krl}ati (6P) (to) pluck, lu, lunati, lunite (9P, A) (to) plunge, glih, gahate (lA) poem, klivya (n); kavitli (0 poet, kavi (m) poetry, klivya (n); kavifii (0 (to) point out, diS t nir+, nirdiSati (6P); diS, ud+, udhiSati (6P)
(to) please,
t
poison, vil}a (n) poor, adhana (adj); daridra (adj); nirdhana (adj) (to be) poor, daridrli, daridrati (2P) portion, bhiiga (m); at]t8a (m) possible, sakya (adj, adv) pot, (different types) kumbha (m); patra (n); patri (0; sthiili
(0; ghata (m)
power, prabhiiva (m); sakti (0; sa'marthya (n); bala (n) powerful, balavat (adj); balin (adj); pmbhu (adj); sa'martha (adj) (to) praise, nu, nauti (2P); sa1fts, saflUJati (lP); slagh, slaghate (lA); stu, stauti, stute (2P, A) praiseworthy, praSasya (adj); stutya (adj); sUighaniya (adj) predator, bhakl!aka (adj) (to) press juice of the Soma vines, SUt 8unoti, sunute (5P, A) (to) prevail, bhu, pra+, prabhavati (lP) (to) prevent, rudh, ru'Y)(Lddhi, rundhe (7P, A) pride, garva (m); abhimana (m); mana (m) priest, rtvij (m); srotriya (m); purohita (m) priestly fee, dakl}itui (0 prince, rajaputra (m) princess, rajakanya (0 (to) proceed, 1J'(t, pra+, pravariate (lA) progenitor, janitr (adj) proper, samyac (adj) proper discrimination, viveka (m) property, riktha (n) prosperity, lakl}mi (0; sampad (0; sri (0 (to) protect,pa, pati (2P); pal, palayati (lOP); rakl}, rakl}ati (lP) protection, abhaya (n); rakl}a'f]4 (n); palana (n) proud, manin (adj); garvita (adj) (to) pull, krl}, karl}ati (lP) (to) punish, da1J4" da1J4ayati (lOP) punishment, da1J4a (m) pure, suci (adj) (to) purify, pil, punliti, punite (9P, A) purifying, pavana (adj) purpose, pmyojana (n); hetu (m) (to) put together, gmnth, grathnliti (9P); me, racayati (lOP)
471
Q
quality, gu'1}a (m) queen, mjni (0; m,ahUfi (0 question, prana (m) (to) question, cud, eadayati (lOP); pTaCeh, P'fCekati OP) quickly, kl!ipmm (ind); asu (ind); 8atvamm (ind) (to) quieten, sam, samyati (4P); ram, vi+, viram,ati (lP); nivartate (IA); vrt, para+, pariivartate OA)
vrt, ni+,
R
rain, var~a (0; vr~ti (0; pravr~a (m) (to) raise, pal, piilayatilte (lOP, A); ~, causative, po~ayati (4P); vrdh, causative, vardkayati rare, durlabka (adj) ray, kam (m); rasmi (m); a1piu (m); pada (m); kim'1}a (m) (to) read, path, patkati OP); vac, causative, vaeayati (2P) reason, hetu (m); kam1}nt (n) (to) receive, labh, labkate (IA); vid, vindati (6P) (to) recite, path, pathati (IP) red, lohita (adj); rakta (adj) refuge, sara'1}a (n); asraya (m) regaining, pratilabka (m) region, desa (m) (to) reject, khya, prati+a+, pratyakhyati (2P); kr, nir+a, nirii karotilkurute (8P, A) (to) rejoice, mud, modate OA); nand, a+, anandati (IP); ram, ram,ate (IA) relative, bandhu (m) relative pronoun (that which, he wh, yad (prn) release, visarjana (n); mocana (n); mok~a (m) (to) release, muc, muncati (6P); srj, vi+, visrjati OP) (to) remain, 8tOO, 8am+, 8ant~tkate (IA); as, iiste (2A) remarried widow, punarbhu (0 (to) remember, i, adhi+, adhyeti (2P); smr, 8marati (IP) (to) repeat, (someone's words), hr, anu+vi+a+, anuvyakamti OP); vad, anu+, anuvadati (IP) (to repeat, (someone's action), kr, anu+, anukarotilkurute (8P, A); dOO, anu+vi+, anuvidadOOtildkatte (3P, A) reply, b~, pmti+, pmtib~ate (IA); vae, pmti+, prativakti, (2P) reportedly, kila (ind) (to) request, arth, arthayate (IA); yae, yaeate (IA) (to) resort viS, abhi+ni+, abhinivisate (6A); sara1}ntm gam, sara1J4'1(t gacekati (IP) (to) rest, ram, vi+, viramyati (4P); viSriima'1(t labh, viSrama'1(t labkate (IA) (to) return, gam, a+, agacehati (IP); gam, prati+a+, pratyagaeekati (IP); vrt, prati+ni+, pmtinivartate (IA) reverse, viparita (adj) rice (cooked), adana (m) rice-grains, ta1J4ula (m), vrihi (m)
0
472
rich, dhanavat (adj); mmat (adj); dkanin (adj) right, samyac (adj) (to) rise, stka, ud+, uttiflkati (IP) river, n.adi (:0; sarit (f) river bank, tira (n); tata (m, n); tati (:0 road, marga (m); vithi (f); adhvan (m); pathin (m) (to) roam, bhram, bhram,atilbkriimyati (lP, 4P); bhram, pari+, paribhramati (IP); bkram, pari+, paribhramyati (4P) (to) roar, rat, ratati (lP) (to) rob, cur, corayati (lOP); mUf, tnUl!1JlLti (9P) rock, ila (:0; pa:,a1J4 (m) rogue, khala (m); piSuna (m); durjana (m) root, mUla (n) rope, rajju (:0 ruby, mii/1J,ikya (n) rule, vidhi (m) (to) rule, bhuj, bhunakti, bkunkte (7P, A); is, i~te (2A); sa8, sasti (2P) ruler, adkipati (m); sii8tr (m) (to) run away, palily, palii1l0;t6 (lOA) (to) run, dOOv, dOOvati (IP)
s
sacred place, tirtha (n)
sacred text, sastTa (n)
sacrifice, ijya (:0; satra (n); yajM (m); yago, (m); i~ti (1);
homa (m) (to) sacrifice, hu, juhoti (SP); 1Iaj, yajatilte (lP, A) sacrificial post (to tie the animal), yupa (m) saddened, dulj,khita (adj); 80klirta (adj) sage, muni (m); '!~ (m) salutation, namas (ind); namana (n); namasklira (m); vandana (n) (to) salute, nam, namati (IP); nam, pra+, pra1}Q,mati (IP); vand, vandate (IA); namas+karotilkurute (8P, A) (to) sanctify, pU, punati, punite (9P, A) Sandal-wood, candana (n) (to) say, b~, b~ate (IA); bra, braviti, brute (2P, A); hT, vi+a+, vyakarati (IP); vac, vakti (2P); voo, vadati (IP) saying, vacana (n); va?).i (:0; bhiitfita (n); ukti (:0 scholar, pa1J4ita (m); vidvas (m); bahUruta (m); budha (m) (to) scream, kruS, li+, likrosati (IP); krand, krandati (IP) season, rtu (m) seat, asana (n) secretly, nibkrtam (ind) (to) see, drs, pasyati (IP); ik~, ik~ate (IA); lok, avo,+, ava lokayati (lOP); lok, a+, alokayati (lOP); lok, vi+, vi lokayati (lOP) (to) seem, boo, prati+, pratibooti (2P) (to) sell, kri, vi+, vikri1).litilkri?).ite (9P, A) sense organ, indriya (n) senseless, asa'1ftjM (adj) sequence, krama (m)
473
servant, dli8a (m); dasi (0; kinkara (m); sevaka, (m) serve, sev, sevate (IA); as, pari+upa+, paryupiiste (2A); set out, stka, pra+, pratil!thate (IA); vrt, pra+, prava,rtate
(IA); kram, pra+, prakramate (lA)
set, (as in sunset), astam gam, astam gacchati seven, saptan seventeen, saptadaSan seventy, saptati (0 seventy-eight, ~ta(a)saptati (0 seventy-five, pancasaptati (0 seventy-four, cat'U8saptati (0 seventy-nine, ekoniiSiti (0; navasaptati (0 seventy-one, ekasaptati (0 seventy-seven, saptasaptati (0 seventy-six, ,atsaptati (0 seventy-three, trallas(tri)saptati (0 seventy-two, dva(i)saptati (0 (to) shake, (transitive), dhu, duniiti, dhunite (9P, A) shame, hri (0; lajja (0 sharp, niSita (adj); tik'rJa (adj) shepherd, avipala (m); ajapiila (m) (to) shine, boo, bOOti (2P); boos, bhiisate (IA); dip, dipyate (4A); shoe, upanah (0 (to) shorten, k,ip, sam+, sa"f!l-kfipati (6P) shoulder, skandha (m) (to) show, diS, diSati (6P); drS, causative, darSayati (IP) (to) show compassion, day, dayate (lA); krpamldayamikaru1Jijm kr,
(8P, A)
sick, vyiidhita (adj); ru{ff)a (adj); rogin (adj); asvastha (adj) similar, samana (adj); tulya (adj) sin, papa (n) since, a (ind) (indicative of time or space) since, lIatalJ, (ind) (indicative of reason) sinful, papa (adj); duracarin (adj); du,karman (adj) (to) sing, gai, gayati (IP) singing, gana (n), gayana (n) Sir, pronoun of respect, bhavat sister, bhagini (0; sVST (0 sister-in-law, husband's sister, nanandr (0 (to) sit, as, aste (2A); sad. sidati (lP); viS, upa+, upaviSati (6P) (no gender agreement six, sixteen, ,oif,asan sixty, ,~ti (0 sixty-eight, ~ta(a){1~ti (0 sixty-five, panca,a{1ti (0 sixty-four, catulj,fa,ti (D sixty-nine, ekonasaptati (0; nava'~ti (D sixty-one, ek~a{1ti (D sixty-seven, sapta'~ti (0 sixty-six, ,at'~ti (D sixty-three, tralj,(tri)'~ti (D
,a,
474
sixty-two, dva(i)fI~ti () skillful, kuiala (adj) skin, tvac () sky, akii8a (m); antarikl!a (n); kha (n); viyat (n) (to) sleep, Si, sete (2A); svap, svapiti (2P) slow, manda (adj) slowly, sanaii} (ind); mandam (ind) small, alpa (adj); klfUdm (adj); laghu (adj) smeared, carcita (adj); vilipta (adj) smell, gandha (m) smile, smita (n) smoke, dhuma (m) snake, bhujanga (m); naga (m); sarpa (m); uraga (m) snake (female), sarpi () snake-coil, bhoga (m) so, in that manner, tatoo (ind) soft, mfd,u (adj) soldier, sainika (m) sometimes, kadiicit (ind) son, putm (m); atmaja (m); suta (m); nandana (m) son-in-law, jamlitr (m) song, gita (n) sorrow, du1}kha (n); suc () soul, jiva (m); atman (m) sound, dhvani (m); sabda (m); rava (m); niida (m) source, udgama (m); prabhava (m); sambhava (m); yoni () southern, avac (adj); dakJ}i1}n (adj) southern mountain, malaya (m) (to) speak, bOOI!, bhiif!ate (lA); brU, braviti, brute (2P, A); hr, vi+a+, vyaharati (lP); vad, vadati (lP); vac, vakti (2P) speaker, vaktr (m) speech, gir (0; voo (); va~i (); bhiil!a (); bOOmti () speed, vega (m) spike, sUla (m) splendor, kanti (); Bobka (); tejas (n); ruci (); rocis () (to) split, bhid, bhinatti (7P); chid, chinatti (7P); krt, krntati (6P); dvidhii kr (8P, A) sport, keli (); krf4ij () (to) sport, ram, ramate (lA); khel, khelati (lP); kTitJ" k'f'U!,ati
(lP)
spring season, vasanta (m); madhu (m) stake, sUla (m) (to) stand, stOO, til!thati (lP) (to) stand up, stOO, ud+, uttil!thati (lP) star, jyotis (n); tara () state, bkava (m); avastOO (); sthiti () (to) stay, stka, sam+, santil!thate (lA); as, aste (2A) (to) steal, cur, corayati (lOP); cur, corayatilte (lOP, A); hr, harati (lP); mUll, mUf!~ti (9P); hr, apa+, apaharati (lP) stick, da7J4a (m); kafltha (n); lagu4a (m) stone, 8ilii (); pal!a1}n (m) (to) stop, ram, vi+, viramati (lP); stambh, stabkniiti (9P); 'V'{t, ni+, nivaTtate (lA); vrt, parii+, paravaTtate (lA) story, kathii (); akkyana (n)
475
strength, bala (n); sakti (n; safUlrth1la (n); prabhava (m) (to) strengthen, ptW!, puf1.liiti (9P) (to) stretch, tan, tanoti, tanute (8P, A) (to) strike, hr, pra+, praharati (IP); too, tudati (6P); ta4,
ta4ayati (lOP)
strong, balavat (adj); balin (adj); safUlrtha (adj); sakta (adj); pTabhu (adj) student, sil}ya (m); chlitra (m); vidyarthin (adj) study, adhyayana (n); pathana (n) (to) study, i, adhi+, adhite (2A); sik:j, sik~atilte (lP, A); path,
pathati (lP)
stupid, mU4hadhi (adj); murkha (adj); avidvas (adj); fUlnda (adj); adhi (adj); ajna (adj); bala (adj) (to) suffer, klis, kliSyate (4A) (to) summarize, k:jip, sam+, sa'Yfl,k:jipati (6P) summer, hot season, gri~fUl (m) summit, s'(kga (n); sikhara (n) sun, iiditya (m); bhlinu (m); bhiisvat (m); p~an (m); surya (m) (to) support, bhr, bibharti, bibhrte (3P, A); dhii, dadhiiti, dhatte
(2P, A); dhr, dhiirayati (lOA)
(to) swallow, gras, grasate (IA) swan, ha7fUJa (m)
sweet, madhura (adj) swift, aBU (adj); k:jipra (adj); savega (adj) swing, dola (f)
T
tail, puccha (n)
(to) take an oath, sap, sapati (lP)
(to) take away, hr, apa+, apaharati (lP); hr, harati (IP)
(to) take leave, pTaceh, a+, ancchate (lA)
(to) take rest, ram, vi+, viSriimyati (4P)
(to) take, 00, a+, ayacchati (IP); ni, nayati (IP)
(to) taste, svad, svadate (IA)
tax, kara (m)
(to) teach, dis, upa+, upadisati (6P); sas, anu+, anuSasti (2P);
teacher, acarya (m); guru (m); sastr (m); upiidhyaya (m) tears, asru (n) (to) tease, kliS, kli8niiti (9P); put, pUJ,ayati (lOP)
(to) tell, kath, kathayati (lOP); khya, khyati (2P)
ten, da8an
terrifying, bha1lankara (adj); bhifUl (adj)
that (he, she, it), adas (pm); tad (pm)
that much, those many, tavat (adj)
then, atha (ind); tada (ind)
then (as in 'if, then'), tarhi (ind)
there, tatra (ind)
therefore, tata", (ind)
these, idam (pm); etad (prn)
thief, caura (m); taskara (m)
thigh, sakthi (n)
476
manyate (4A)
thirst, pipliBa (f); trlJ1)ii, (f) thirsty, pipasu (adj); triJita (adj); trlJarta (adj) thirteen, tmyodaSa thirty, tri""sat (f) thirty-eight, alJtfi,tri""sat (f) thirty-five, pancatritrtat (f) thirty-four catustri'1{1-8at (f) thirty-nine, ekonacatvari.""sat (f); navatri""sat (f) thirty-one, ekatri""sat (f) thirty-seven, saptatri""sat (f) thirty-six, I}attri.""sat (f) thirty-three, trayastri.""sat (f) thirty-two, dvatri1[tat (f) this (he, she, it), etad (prn); idam (pm) this much, these many, etiivat (adj); iyat (adj) thorn, ka1Jtaka (m) those, tad (pm); Mas (pm) thought, dhi (f); mati (f); buildhi (f) thousand, sahasra (n) thread, sutm (n); tantu (m) three, tri (m,n,f) throat, ka1}tha (m); gala (m) (to) throw, klJip, klJipati (6P); as, asyati (4P) (to) throw down, klJip, ni+, nikiJipati (6P) (to) throw forcefully, kl}ip, pra+, praklJipati (6P) thunderbolt, Indra's weapon, vajra (n) thus, iti (ind); evam (ind) tiger, sardUla (m); vyaghra (m) time, kala (m); samaya (m); vela (f) (to) tire, (to get tired), sram, sramyati (4P) (to) pmti (ind) to the east of, prak (ind) today, adya (ind) (to) toil, rom, sramyati (4P) (to) tolerate, kl}am, kl}amate (IA); sah, sahate (IA) tomorrow, Val} (ind) tongue, jihva (f) (to) torment, kliS, klisnati (9P); Pf4, pf4ayati (lOP) tortoise, kilrrna (m); kacchapa (m) (to) torture, Pf4, pf4ayati (lOP); klis, kliSnati (9P) (to) touch, sPTs, sP'{sati (6P) towards, prati (ind) towards one's face, abhimukham (ind); sammukham (ind) town, nagarl (f); nagam (n); pur (f); purl (f); pum (n); pattana
t
(n)
477
treasure, kosa (m); nidhi (m) tree, padapa (m); taru (m); vrklja (m); druma (m) (to) tremble, vep, vepate (lA); kamp, kampate (lA) tribal person, bhilla (m) true, 8atya (adj) (to) trust, svas, vi+, viSvasiti (2P) truth, 8atya (n) tuft of hair, sikh:a (0 (to) turn, vrt, pari+, parivartate (lA), (intransitive) turned away, parae (adj) turtle, kunna (m); kacchapa (m) twelve, dviidaSan twenty, vitp,ati (0 twenty-eight, al!tavitp,ati (f) twenty-five, pancavitp,ati (F) twenty-four, caturvitp,ati (f) twenty-nine, ekonatri~at (f); navavitp,ati (f); unatritp,at (f) twenty-one, ekavitp,ati (f) twenty-seven, 8aptavitp,ati (f) twenty-six, l!a4vitp,ati (f) twenty-three, trayovitp,ati (f) twenty-two, dvavi~ati (f) two, dvi (m,n,f) two-fold, dvividha (adj) type, prakara (m)
u
umbrella, ehatra (n) (to) unite, gam, 8am+, 8atp,gacchate (lA); yuj, yunaktilyunkte (7P,
A)
v
valor, parakrama (m); saurya (n); virya (n) various, niinii (ind); vividha (adj); niiniividha (adj) Vedic scripture, veda (m) Vedic verse, rc (f) vegetable, Aa1ca (m) verse, Aloka (m) very, ati (adv) vessel, patra (n); pat,..;; (0; 8th:ali (f); bhii?J4a (n) village, grama (m) vine, lata (f); valla"';; (f); valli (0 virtue, gu'1)a (m) virtuous, gu'1}in (adj); 8iidhu (adj) vision, darsana (n)
478
T"
voice, gir (D; vac (); bhiil!a (); sabda (m) vow, V'l"ata (n)
w
(to) wake up, budh, pra+, prabodhati (lP); ja{f!, jagani (2P) (to) wander, bhram, bhramyatilbhramati (lP, 4P); bhram, pari+,
paribhramati (lP); bhram, pari+, paribhramyati (4P); hr, vi+, vikarati (lP); at, atati (lP) .. (to) want, ~, icchati (6P); vanek, vanchati (lP); kankfl, kankflati (lP); lafl, abhi+, abhilaflati (lP) wanting release, mumuklJu (adj) wanting to die, mumurflU (adj)
wanting to win, jigifu (adj)
(to) wash, klJal, kflalayatilte (l)P, A) water, ambu (n); ap (); jala (n); Jivana (n); kflira (n); payas (n); toya (n); udaka (n); van (n) water well, kupa (m) way, adhvan (m); pathin (m); marga (m) we, first person pronoun, asmad wealth, dhana (n); lakflmi (); rai (m, ); sampad (); sri () wealthy, dhanavat (adj); sri'WUJ,t (adj); dhanin (adj) weapon, sastra (n) (to) wed, ni, pari+, pari:r.tayati (lP); vah, 00+, OOvahati (lP) wedding, vivaha (m); pari'fULya (m) week, saptaha (m) (to) weep, rud, roditi (2P); lap, vi+, vilapati (lP); kru, krosati (lP), krand, krandati (lP) welcome, svagata (n) welfare, Siva (n), kuiala (n) well-being, kuaala (n); siva (n) well-known, prajMta (adj); prasiddha (adj); vikhyata (adj); suvijiiata (adj) westward, pratyac (adj) what?, interrogative pronoun, kim which?, interrogative pronoun, kim who?, interrogative pronoun, kim wheel, cakra (n) when (relative), yadii (ind) when?, kada (ind) where (relative), yatra (ind) where?, kutra (ind); kva (ind) while, yavat (ind) white, dhavala (adj); ukla (adj); sveta (adj) wicked, kOOhi (adj); piSuna (adj); piSuna (adj); durjana (m); khala (m) wide, uru (adj) wife, bharya (); jaya (); patni () (to) win, ji, vi+, vijayate (lA) wind, anila (m); marut (m); vayu (m) wine, madhu (n); madira (); sura (); varu~i () winner, jetr (m) wise, learned, prlijfta (adj); pa'fJ4ita (adj); sOOhi (adj); bahuiruta (adj); vidvas (adj)
479
wish, ~, icchati (6P); vaneh, vanehati (lP); kankfl, kankflati (IP); laf/, abhi+, abhilaf!ati (IP) wish-yielding cow, karnaduh (0 with, saha (ind) (for accompaniment); samam (ind); sakam (ind); saniham (ind) without, antaretUl (ind); rte (ind); vinli (ind); virahita (adj) without friends, amitra (m) without lassitude, atandrita (adj) (to) withsthand, sah, sahate (IA); kflam, kflamate (IA) wolf, vrka (m) wolf (female), vrki (0 woman, nari (fl; purandhri (0; stri (0 woman with beautiful brows, subhm (0 wood, diiru (n); klifltha (n) word, sabda (m); vacana (n) world, bhuvana (n); jagat (n); loka (m) worship, pu,ja (f); satnarca (0 (to) worship, p'ilj, pu,jayati (lOP); arc, arcayati (lOP) (to) write, likh, likhati (6P)
(to)
x
y
year, sama (f); sarad (f); varf!a (n); samvatsara (m)
yellow, pita (adj)
yesterday, hyal) (ind)
yogurt, dadhi (n)
yoke (of a cart), dhur (f); dhurii (0
you, second person pronoun, ywrmad
you (pm of respect), bhavat (pm)
young, yuvan (adj); taru'1j4 (adj), yuvaka (adj)
your honor over here, atrabhavat (pm)
480